catalog of classes - louisiana convergence...

176
CATALOG OF CLASSES IT and Technical Courses

Upload: lamdang

Post on 14-Apr-2018

216 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

   

CATALOG OF CLASSES IT and Technical Courses

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page i 855-306-5832 toll-free  

Table  of  Contents    CATALOG  OF  CLASSES  ............................................................................................................................................................  1  Microsoft  ........................................................................................................................................................................................  1  

10135BC  .................................................................................................................................................................................  1  Configuring,  Managing  and  Troubleshooting  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2010  Service  Pack  2  .....  1  10159AC  .................................................................................................................................................................................  2  Updating  Your  Windows  Server  2008  Technology  Skills  to  Windows  Server  2008  R2  .....................  2  10165AC  .................................................................................................................................................................................  3  Updating  Your  Skills  from  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2003  or  Exchange  Server  2007  to  

Exchange  Server  2010  .........................................................................................................................................  3  10174BC  .................................................................................................................................................................................  4  Configuring  and  Administering  Microsoft  SharePoint  2010  ...........................................................................  4  10175AC  .................................................................................................................................................................................  5  Microsoft  SharePoint  2010,  Application  Development  .....................................................................................  5  10215AC  .................................................................................................................................................................................  6  Implementing  and  Managing  Microsoft  Server  Virtualization  .......................................................................  6  10231BC  .................................................................................................................................................................................  7  Designing  a  Microsoft  SharePoint  2010  Infrastructure  ....................................................................................  7  10232AC  .................................................................................................................................................................................  7  Designing  and  Developing  Microsoft  SharePoint  Server  2010  Applications  ...........................................  7  10233BC  .................................................................................................................................................................................  8  Designing  and  Deploying  Messaging  Solutions  with  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2010  Service  

Pack  2  ..........................................................................................................................................................................  8  10262AC  .................................................................................................................................................................................  9  Developing  Windows  Applications  with  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2010  .....................................................  9  10263AC  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  11  Developing  Windows  Communication  Foundation  Solutions  with  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  201011  10264AC  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  11  Developing  Web  Applications  with  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2010  ............................................................  11  10265AC  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  14  Developing  Data  Access  Solutions  with  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2010  ...................................................  14  10266AC  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  16  Programming  in  C#  with  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2010  ................................................................................  16  10267AC  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  17  Introduction  to  Web  Development  with  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2010  ..................................................  17  10324A  ................................................................................................................................................................................  18  Implementing  and  Managing  Microsoft  Desktop  Virtualization  ................................................................  18  10325AC  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  19  Automating  Administration  with  Windows  PowerShell  2.0  ........................................................................  19  10337AC  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  19  Updating  Your  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2008  BI  Skills  to  SQL  Server  2008  R2  ........................................  19  10508AC  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  20  Planning,  Deploying,  and  Managing  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2010  Unified  Messaging  ............  20  10533AC  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  21  Deploying,  Configuring,  and  Administering  Microsoft  Lync™  Server  2010  ..........................................  21  10534AC  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  22  Planning  and  Designing  a  Microsoft  Lync™  Server  2010  Solution  ............................................................  22  10550  AC  .............................................................................................................................................................................  23  Programming  in  Visual  Basic  with  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2010  .............................................................  23  10553AC  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  24  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page ii 855-306-5832 toll-free  

Fundamentals  of  XAML  and  Microsoft  Expression  Blend  .............................................................................  24  10747AC  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  25  Administering  System  Center  2012  Configuration  Manager  .......................................................................  25  10748AC  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  26  Deploying  System  Center  2012  Configuration  Manager  ................................................................................  26  10750AC  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  27  Monitoring  and  Operating  a  Private  Cloud  with  System  Center  2012  .....................................................  27  10751AC  Configuring  and  Deploying  a  Private  Cloud  with  System  Center  2012  ...............................  28  10774AC  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  29  Querying  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2012  .....................................................................................................................  29  10775AC  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  29  Administering  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2012  Databases  ....................................................................................  29  10776AC  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  31  Developing  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2012  Databases  ..........................................................................................  31  10777AC  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  33  Implementing  a  Data  Warehouse  with  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2012  .........................................................  33  10778AC  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  34  Implementing  Data  Models  and  Reports  with  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2012  ...........................................  34  10802AC  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  34  Microsoft  Enterprise  Search  for  IT  Professionals  .............................................................................................  34  10805AC  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  35  SharePoint  Search  for  Application  Developers  ..................................................................................................  35  10806AC  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  35  FAST  Search  for  SharePoint  for  Application  Developers  ...............................................................................  35  10953AC  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  36  HTML5  Programming  ....................................................................................................................................................  36  1303AC  ................................................................................................................................................................................  36  Mastering  Microsoft  Visual  Basic  6  Fundamentals  ..........................................................................................  36  1846AC  Microsoft  Solutions  Framework  Essentials  .......................................................................................  36  1913AC  ................................................................................................................................................................................  37  Exchanging  and  Transforming  Data  Using  XML  and  XSLT  ............................................................................  37  Troubleshooting  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2003  Toolkit  ..........................................................................  37  20331AC  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  38  Core  Solutions  of  Microsoft  SharePoint  Server  2013  ......................................................................................  38  20332AC  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  39  Advanced  Solutions  of  Microsoft  SharePoint  Server  2013  ...........................................................................  39  20336AC  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  40  Core  Solutions  of  Microsoft  Lync  Server  2013  ...................................................................................................  40  20341AC  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  41  Core  Solutions  of  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2013  .........................................................................................  41  Advanced  Solutions  of  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2013  ..............................................................................  42  20410BC  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  43  Installing  and  Configuring  Windows  Server  2012  ...........................................................................................  43  20411BC  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  44  Administering  Windows  Server  2012  ....................................................................................................................  44  Configuring  Advanced  Windows  Server  2012  Services  .................................................................................  45  Designing  and  Implementing  a  Server  Infrastructure  ....................................................................................  46  Implementing  an  Advanced  Server  Infrastructure  ..........................................................................................  47  Implementing  a  Desktop  Infrastructure  ...............................................................................................................  48  Implementing  Desktop  Application  Environments  ..........................................................................................  49  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page iii 855-306-5832 toll-free  

Upgrading  Your  Skills  to  MCSA  Windows  Server  2012  ..................................................................................  51  Designing  Database  Solutions  for  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2012  ...................................................................  52  Designing  Business  Intelligence  Solutions  with  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2012  .......................................  53  Programming  in  HTML5  with  JavaScript  and  CSS3  ..........................................................................................  54  20481AC  Essentials  of  Developing  Windows  Store  Apps  Using  HTML5  and  JavaScript  .................  56  Programming  in  C#  ........................................................................................................................................................  56  Essentials  of  Developing  Windows  Store  Apps  Using  C#  ..............................................................................  58  Developing  ASP.NET  MVC  4  Web  Applications  ..................................................................................................  58  20687BC  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  59  Configuring  Windows  8  ................................................................................................................................................  59  20688AC  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  60  Managing  and  Maintaining  Windows  8  .................................................................................................................  60  20689AC  Upgrading  Your  Skills  to  MCSA  Windows  8  ....................................................................................  60  2071BC  Querying  Microsoft  SQL  Server™  2000  with  Transact-­‐SQL  ........................................................  62  2261CC  Supporting  Users  Running  the  Microsoft  Windows  XP  Operating  System  ...........................  63  2262BC  Supporting  Users  Running  Applications  on  a  Microsoft  Windows  XP  Operating  System64  2272CC  Implementing  and  Supporting  Microsoft  Windows  XP  Professional  ......................................  64  2273BC  Managing  and  Maintaining  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server™  2003  Environment  ................  65  2274CC  Managing  A  Microsoft  Windows  Server™  2003  Environment  ...................................................  65  2275CC  Maintaining  A  Microsoft  Windows  Server™  2003  Environment  ..............................................  66  2276CC  Implementing  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server™  2003  Network  Infrastructure:  Network  

Hosts  .........................................................................................................................................................................  66  2277CC  Implementing  Managing  and  Maintaining  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server™  2003  Network  

Infrastructure:  Network  Hosts  ......................................................................................................................  66  2278BC  Planning  and  Maintaining  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server™  2003  Network  Infrastructure66  2279BC  Planning  Implementing  and  Maintaining  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server™  2003  Active  

Directory  Infrastructure  ...................................................................................................................................  67  2282AC  Designing  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server™  2003  Active  Directory  and  Network  

Infrastructure  Course  2282A  .........................................................................................................................  68  2285BC  Installing,  Configuring,  and  Administering  Microsoft  Windows  XP  Professional  .............  68  2310DC  Developing  Web  Applications  Using  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2008  SP1  ...............................  69  2311AC  Advanced  Web  Application  Development  Using  Microsoft  ASP.NET  .....................................  70  2349BC  Programming  with  the  Microsoft  .NET  Framework  Microsoft  Visual  C#™  .NET)  .............  70  2373BC  Programming  with  Microsoft  Visual  Basic  .NET  ..............................................................................  71  2389BC  Programming  with  Microsoft  ADO.NET  ..............................................................................................  72  2400CC  Implementing  and  Managing  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2003  ...............................................  72  2433BC  Microsoft  Visual  Basic  Scripting  and  Microsoft  Windows  Script  Host  Essentials  .............  73  2500AC  Introduction  to  XML  and  the  Microsoft  .NET  Platform  .................................................................  73  2524CC  Developing  XML  Web  Services  Using  Microsoft  ASP.NET  ............................................................  73  2541BC  Core  Data  Access  with  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2005  ....................................................................  74  2542AC  Advanced  Data  Access  with  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2005  .........................................................  74  2543BC  Core  Web  Application  Technologies  with  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2005  ..............................  75  2544AC  Advanced  Web  Application  Technologies  with  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2005  ...................  75  2546BC  Core  Windows  Forms  Technologies  with  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2005  ..............................  75  2547AC  Advanced  Windows  Forms  Technologies  with  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2005  ...................  77  2548BC  Core  Distributed  Application  Development  with  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2005  ...............  77  2549AC  Advanced  Distributed  Application  Development  with  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2005  ....  78  2555AC  Developing  Microsoft  .NET  Applications  for  Windows  Visual  C#™  .NET)  ............................  78  2556AC  Developing  Mobile  Applications  Using  the  Microsoft  .NET  Compact  Framework  ............  79  2559BC  Introduction  to  Visual  Basic  .NET  Programming  with  Microsoft  .NET  ..................................  80  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page iv 855-306-5832 toll-free  

2576AC  Implementing  And  Administering  Microsoft  Internet  Information  Services  IIS)  6.0  ......  80  2609AC  Introduction  to  C#  Programming  with  Microsoft  .NET  ................................................................  81  2667AC  Introduction  to  Programming  ..................................................................................................................  81  2710BC  Analyzing  Requirements  and  Defining  Microsoft  .NET  Solution  Architectures  .................  82  2717CC  Introduction  to  Microsoft  .NET  Development  ...................................................................................  82  2730AC  Building  Microsoft  Content  Management  Server  2002  Solutions  ............................................  83  2778AC  Writing  Queries  Using  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2008  Transact-­‐SQL  ...........................................  83  2779BC  Implementing  a  Microsoft  SQL  Server™  2005  Database  ..............................................................  83  2780BC  Maintaining  a  Microsoft  SQL  Server™  2005  Database  ..................................................................  84  2781AC  Designing  Microsoft  SQL  Server™  2005  Server-­‐Side  Solutions  .................................................  84  2782AC  Designing  Microsoft  SQL  Server™  2005  Databases  ........................................................................  85  2783BC  Designing  the  Data  Tier  for  Microsoft  SQL  Server™  2005  ...........................................................  86  2784AC  Tuning  and  Optimizing  Database  Queries  Using  Microsoft  SQL  Server™  2005  .................  87  2786BC  Designing  a  Microsoft  SQL  Server™  2005  Infrastructure  ............................................................  88  2787AC  Designing  Security  for  Microsoft  SQL  Server™  2005  .....................................................................  89  2788AC  Designing  High  Availability  Database  Solutions  Using  Microsoft  SQL  Server™  2005  .....  91  2789BC  Administering  and  Automating  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  Databases  and  Servers  ......  91  2790AC  Troubleshooting  and  Optimizing  Database  Servers  Using  Microsoft  SQL  Server™  200592  2791AC  Implementing  and  Maintaining  Microsoft  SQL  Server™  2005  Analysis  Services  ..............  92  2792AC  Implementing  and  Maintaining  Microsoft  SQL  Server™  2005  Integration  Services  ........  93  2793AC  Implementing  and  Maintaining  Microsoft  SQL  Server™  2005  Reporting  Services  ..........  93  2794AC  Designing  a  Business  Intelligence  Solution  for  the  Enterprise  Using  Microsoft  SQL  

Server™  2005  ........................................................................................................................................................  94  2795AC  Designing  an  ETL  Solution  Architecture  Using  Microsoft  SQL  Server™  2005  Integration  

Services  ....................................................................................................................................................................  95  2796AC  Designing  an  Analysis  Solution  Architecture  Using  Microsoft  SQL  Server™  2005  

Analysis  Services  .................................................................................................................................................  95  2797AC  Designing  a  Reporting  Solution  Architecture  Using  Microsoft  SQL  Server™  2005  

Reporting  Services  ..............................................................................................................................................  96  2810AC  Fundamentals  of  Network  Security  .......................................................................................................  98  2821AC  Designing  and  Managing  a  Microsoft  Windows  Public  Key  Infrastructure  .........................  98  Implementing  and  Administering  Security  in  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server™  2003  Network  ......  99  Designing  Security  for  Microsoft  Networks  .....................................................................................................  101  Developing  Business  Process  and  Integration  Solutions  Using  Microsoft  BizTalk  Server  2006  102  Deploying  and  Managing  Business  Process  and  Integration  Solutions  Using  Microsoft  BizTalk  

Server  2006  ........................................................................................................................................................  102  Updating  Your  Skills  from  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2000  or  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2003  

to  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2007  SP1  ................................................................................................  103  40008AC  ...........................................................................................................................................................................  103  Updating  your  Database  Skills  to  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2012  .................................................................  103  Updating  your  Business  Intelligence  Skills  to  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2012  .........................................  104  Networking  and  Security  Fundamentals:  Training  2-­‐Pack  for  MTA  Exams  98-­‐366  and  98-­‐367104  Windows  Operating  System  and  Windows  Server  Fundamentals:  Training  2-­‐Pack  for  MTA  

Exams  98-­‐349  and  98-­‐365  ...........................................................................................................................  105  Windows  Operating  System  Fundamentals:  Training  for  MTA  Exam  98-­‐349  ..................................  105  Software  Development  Fundamentals:  Training  for  MTA  Exam  98-­‐361  ............................................  106  Windows  Development  Fundamentals:  Training  for  MTA  Exam  98-­‐362  ...........................................  106  40363AC  Web  Development  Fundamentals:  Training  for  MTA  Exam  98-­‐363  .................................  107  40364AC  Database  Administration  Fundamentals:  Training  for  MTA  Exam  98-­‐364  ....................  107  40365AC  Windows  Server  Administration  Fundamentals:  Training  for  MTA  Exam  98-­‐365  ....  107  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page v 855-306-5832 toll-free  

40366AC  Networking  Fundamentals:  Training  for  MTA  Exam  98-­‐366  ...............................................  107  40367AC  Security  Fundamentals:  Training  for  MTA  Exam  98-­‐367  ......................................................  108  40372AC  Microsoft  .NET  Fundamentals:  Training  for  MTA  Exam  98-­‐372  .........................................  108  40373AC  Mobile  Development  Fundamentals:  Training  for  MTA  Exam  98-­‐373  ............................  108  40375AC  HTML5  Application  Development  Fundamentals:  Training  for  MTA  Exam  98-­‐375  ..  109  4994AC  Introduction  to  Programming  Microsoft  .NET  Applications  with  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  

2005  .......................................................................................................................................................................  109  4995AC  Programming  with  the  Microsoft  .NET  Framework  using  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2005110  50040AC  Preparing  for  the  Microsoft  Certified  Application  Specialist  Exam  in  Microsoft  Office  

Access  2007  ........................................................................................................................................................  110  50041AC  Preparing  for  the  Microsoft  Certified  Application  Specialist  Exam  in  Microsoft  Office  

Excel  2007  ...........................................................................................................................................................  110  Preparing  for  the  Microsoft  Certified  Application  Specialist  Exam  in  Microsoft  Office  Outlook  

2007  .......................................................................................................................................................................  111  Preparing  for  the  Microsoft  Certified  Application  Specialist  Exam  in  Microsoft  Office  PowerPoint  

2007  .......................................................................................................................................................................  111  Preparing  for  the  Microsoft  Certified  Application  Specialist  Exam  in  Microsoft  Office  Word  2007112  Preparing  for  the  Microsoft  Certified  Application  Specialist  Exam  in  Windows  Vista  ..................  112  Microsoft  Server  Virtualization  and  Management  for  the  Experienced  VMware  IT  Pro  ..............  113  Implementing  Forefront  Identity  Manager  2010  ...........................................................................................  113  Upgrading  Identity  Lifecycle  Manager  2007  to  Forefront  Identity  Manager  2010  .........................  114  Implementing  Forefront  Unified  Access  Gateway  2010  .............................................................................  114  50403BC  Implementing  Active  Directory  Rights  Management  Services  with  Exchange  and  

SharePoint  ...........................................................................................................................................................  115  50412BC  Implementing  Active  Directory  Federation  Services  2.0  ........................................................  116  50430BC  Administering  Team  Foundation  Server  2010  ...........................................................................  116  50466BC  Windows  Azure™  Solutions  with  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2010  .........................................  117  5047BC  Introduction  to  Installing  and  Managing  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2007  SP1  ............  118  5049AC  Managing  Messaging  Security  Using  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2007  .............................  118  50509AC  Implementing  Forefront  Endpoint  Protection  2010  ................................................................  120  5050AC  Recovering  Messaging  Servers  and  Databases  Using  Microsoft  Exchange  .......................  120  5051AC  Monitoring  and  Troubleshooting  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2007  ....................................  122  50523AC  Deploying  the  Optimized  Desktop  with  Windows  7  and  Office  2010  ...............................  122  50526AC  IT  Basics  I  ....................................................................................................................................................  122  50527AC  IT  Basics  II  ...................................................................................................................................................  123  50528AC  IT  Basics  III  .................................................................................................................................................  124  50529AC  IT  Basics  for  Advanced  Users  I  ...........................................................................................................  124  50530AC  IT  Basics  for  Advanced  Users  II  .........................................................................................................  124  5053AC  Designing  a  Messaging  Infrastructure  Using  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2007  .............  125  5054AC  Designing  a  High  Availability  Messaging  Solution  Using  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  

2007  .......................................................................................................................................................................  126  50571AC  ...........................................................................................................................................................................  128  Partner  Lync  Support  Training  ..............................................................................................................................  128  50572AC  Premier  Support  for  Lync  Partners  Tier  1  ....................................................................................  128  50573AC  Premier  Support  for  Lync  Partners  Tier  2  ....................................................................................  128  5058AC  Project  Series:  Deploying  Microsoft  Office  2007  Professional  Edition  ...............................  130  5060AC  Implementing  Windows  SharePoint  Services  3.0  ........................................................................  130  5061AC  Implementing  Microsoft  Office  SharePoint  Server  2007  ..........................................................  132  5105CC  Deploying  Windows  Vista  Business  Desktops  ...............................................................................  132  5115BC  Installing,  Configuring,  and  Troubleshooting  Windows  Vista  ................................................  133  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page vi 855-306-5832 toll-free  

5117AC  .............................................................................................................................................................................  134  Installing,  Configuring,  Troubleshooting,  and  Maintaining  Windows  Vista  .......................................  134  Supporting  Windows  Vista  and  Applications  in  the  Enterprise  ..............................................................  135  Implementing  and  Maintaining  Instant  Messaging  Using  Microsoft  Office  Communications  

Server  2007  ........................................................................................................................................................  136  Implementing  and  Maintaining  Audio/Visual  Conferencing  and  Web  Conferencing  Using  

Microsoft  Office  C  .............................................................................................................................................  137  Implementing  and  Maintaining  Telephony  Using  Microsoft  Office  Communications  Server  2007137  6066AC  Developing  Managed  Applications  for  Microsoft  Windows  Mobile  6.0  ..............................  139  6067AC  Developing  Native  Applications  for  Microsoft  Windows  Mobile  6.0  ...................................  139  Updating  Your  SQL  Server  2005  Skills  to  SQL  Server  2008  ......................................................................  140  Effective  Team  Development  using  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  Team  System  .......................................  140  Implementing  and  Administering  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2008  Team  Foundation  Server  .......  141  6231BC  Maintaining  a  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2008  R2  Database  ............................................................  142  Implementing  a  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2008  R2  Database  .........................................................................  142  Implementing  and  Maintaining  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2008  Analysis  Services  ................................  143  Implementing  and  Maintaining  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2008  Integration  Services  ..........................  143  Implementing  and  Maintaining  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2008  Reporting  Services  ............................  145  Installing  and  Configuring  Windows  7  Client  ..................................................................................................  146  Troubleshooting  and  Supporting  Windows  7  in  the  Enterprise  .............................................................  147  Planning  and  Managing  Windows  7  Desktop  Deployments  and  Environments  ..............................  149  6317AC  Upgrading  Your  SQL  Server  2000  Database  Administration  (DBA)  Skills  to  SQL  Server  

2008  DBA  Skills  .................................................................................................................................................  150  6367AC  .............................................................................................................................................................................  150  Introduction  to  Object  Oriented  Programming  using  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2008  .....................  150  Programming  with  the  Microsoft  .NET  Framework  Using  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2008  ...........  152  Updating  Your  Windows  Server  2003  Technology  Skills  to  Windows  Server  2008  ......................  153  Deploying  Windows  Server  2008  .........................................................................................................................  154  Configuring,  Managing  and  Maintaining  Windows  Server  2008-­‐based  Servers  ..............................  155  Fundamentals  of  Windows  Server  2008  ............................................................................................................  156  6421BC  Configuring  and  Troubleshooting  a  Windows  Server  2008  Network  Infrastructure  ..  157  6425CC  Configuring  and  Troubleshooting  Windows  Server  2008  Active  Directory  Domain  

Services  .................................................................................................................................................................  158  6426CC  Configuring  and  Troubleshooting  Identity  and  Access  Solutions  with  Windows  Server  

2008  Active  Directory  ....................................................................................................................................  158  Planning  and  Implementing  Windows  Server  2008  .....................................................................................  159  Automating  Windows  Server  2008  Administration  with  Windows  PowerShell™  ..........................  160  Designing  Windows  Server  2008  Network  and  Applications  Infrastructure  ....................................  161  Designing  Windows  Server  2008  Active  Directory  Infrastructure  and  Service  ...............................  162  6438AC  .............................................................................................................................................................................  163  Implementing  and  Administering  Windows  SharePoint  Services  3.0  in  Windows  Server  2008163  Configuring  and  Troubleshooting  Windows  Server  2008  Applications  Infrastructure  ................  164  6445AC  Implementing  and  Administering  Windows  Small  Business  Server  2008  ........................  164  6451BC  .............................................................................................................................................................................  165  Planning,  Deploying  and  Managing  Microsoft  System  Center  Configuration  Manager  2007  .....  165  6460AC  Visual  Studio  2008:  Windows  Presentation  Foundation  ..........................................................  166  6461AC  Visual  Studio  2008:  Windows  Communication  Foundation  ....................................................  166  Visual  Studio  2008:  Windows  Workflow  Foundation  ..................................................................................  166  Visual  Studio  2008:  ASP.NET  3.5  ...........................................................................................................................  167  Visual  Studio  2008:  ADO.NET  3.5  .........................................................................................................................  167  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page vii 855-306-5832 toll-free  

Managing  Enterprise  Desktops  Using  the  Microsoft  Desktop  Optimization  Pack  ...........................  168  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 1 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        1  

Microsoft  10135BC Configuring, Managing and Troubleshooting Microsoft Exchange Server 2010 Service Pack 2 Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview This  five-­‐day,  instructor-­‐led  course  will  provide  you  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  configure  and  manage  an  Exchange  Server  2010  messaging  environment.  This  course  does  not  require  previous  Exchange  Server  experience,  but  does  require  that  students  have  significant  experience  in  managing  Windows  Server  and  Active  Directory  directory  services  or  Active  Directory  Domain  Services  (AD  DS).  This  course  will  teach  you  how  to  configure  Exchange  Server  2010,  as  well  as  provide  guidelines,  best  practices,  and  considerations  that  will  help  you  optimize  your  Exchange  Server  deployment.      Audience This  course  is  intended  for  people  aspiring  to  be  enterprise-­‐level  messaging  administrators.  Others  who  may  take  this  course  include  IT  generalists  and  help  desk  professionals  who  want  to  learn  about  Exchange  Server  2010.  People  coming  into  the  course  are  expected  to  have  at  least  three  year’s  experience  working  in  the  IT  field,  typically  in  the  areas  of  network  administration,  help  desk,  or  system  administration.  They  are  not  expected  to  have  experience  with  previous  Exchange  Server  versions.    Prerequisites

• Fundamental  knowledge  of  network  technologies  including  Domain  Name  System  (DNS)  and  firewall  technologies.    

• Experience  with  the  Windows  Server  2003  and  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2008  operating  systems.    • Experience  with  Active  Directory  directory  services  in  Windows  Server  2003  or  AD  DS  Windows  

Server  2008.    • Experience  managing  backup  and  restore  on  Windows  Servers.    • Experience  using  Windows  management  and  monitoring  tools  such  as  Microsoft  Management  

Console,  Active  Directory  Users  and  Computers,  Performance  Monitor,  Event  Viewer,  and  Internet  Information  Services  (IIS)  Administrator.    

• Experience  using  Windows  networking  and  troubleshooting  tools  such  as  Network  Monitor,  Telnet,  and  NSLookup.    

• Fundamental  knowledge  of  certificates  and  Public  Key  Infrastructure  (PKI).    • Basic  experience  with  Windows  Mobile.  

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 2 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        2  

10159AC Updating Your Windows Server 2008 Technology Skills to Windows Server 2008 R2 Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  teaches  the  new  features  of  Windows  Server  2008  R2  to  IT  professionals  who  have  specialist  skills  in  working  with  Windows  Server  2008  Technology.  The  course  facilitates  accelerated  learning  of  Windows  Server  2008  R2  features  and  the  features  enabled  in  Windows  Server  2008  R2  for  Windows  7.    Audience The  audience  for  this  course  is  IT  professionals  who  are  experienced  on  technologies  in  the  Windows  Server  2008  and  who  certified  Windows  Server  2008  Technical  Specialists  or  have  equivalent  knowledge.  Students  taking  this  course  are  expected  to  have  experience  in  hands-­‐on  deployment  and  the  day-­‐to-­‐day  management  of  Windows-­‐based  servers  for  enterprise  organizations.    Students  are  required  to  have  the  following  Core  Windows  Server  2008  Technology  Specialist  and  Programming  skills:  

• Installation  and  Automated  Deployment  • Server  and  Client  Configuration  • Monitoring  and  Management  Tools  • Networking  • Active  Directory  Domain  Services  • Security    • Group  Policy  • Performance  Monitoring  • Troubleshooting  • Familiarity  and  experience  with  batch  scripting  or  another  scripting  language      

Prerequisites

• Core  Windows  Server  2008  Technology  Specialist  skills  • Familiarity  and  experience  in  batch  scripting  or  another  scripting  language  • Experience  with  Windows  deployment  technologies  and  implementation  • Experience  with  Windows  networking  technologies  and  implementation  • Experience  with  Active  Directory  technologies  and  implementation  • Experience  with  Windows  Server  2008  server  virtualization  technologies  and  implementation  • Experience  with  Windows  Server  2008  Web  application  server  technologies  and  implementation  

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 3 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        3  

10165AC Updating Your Skills from Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 or Exchange Server 2007 to Exchange Server 2010 Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview There  are  two  main  reasons  for  the  course.  Firstly,  this  course  supports  the  large  numbers  of  customers  still  running  Exchange  2003  or  Exchange  2007  in  upgrading  their  skills  and  environments  to  Exchange  2010  Service  Pack  1  (SP1)  and  to  help  drive  that  adoption.    Secondly,  this  course  fills  in  a  skills  gap  that  currently  exists  in  the  portfolio  and,  while  the  content  is  not  driven  by  the  exam  ODs,  provide  further  support  for  the  exams.    

1. Upgrading  skills  to  Exchange  Server  2010  support  within  the  Exchange  Portfolio:  The  primary  reason  for  the  course  development  is  to  provide  a  single  course  to  allow  IT  professionals  who  are  currently  experienced  in  and  are  running  Exchange  2003  or  Exchange  2007  environments,  a  fast-­‐track  method  to  upgrade  their  skills  and    to  enable  them  to  upgrade  to  Exchange  2010  SP1  and  help  drive  that  technology  adoption,  without  having  to  take  the  other  two  Exchange  2010  courses  and  Ten  days  of  training.  

2. To  fill  a  skills  gap  and  provide  further  support  for  Exchange  Server  2010  exams:  The  course  will  provide  an  accelerated  skills-­‐upgrade  path  and  also  provide  additional  support  for  the  two  Exchange  Server  2010  exams  70-­‐662  and  70-­‐663.  

 Audience This  course  is  intended  for  IT  professionals  experienced  with  the  technologies  included  in  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2003  or  Exchange  Server  2007.  Students  wishing  to  take  this  course  should  have  a  Technology  Specialist  or  equivalent  certification,  or  equivalent  knowledge  and  experience,  and  be  looking  to  upgrade  their  skills  to  Exchange  Server  2010.  This  IT  professional  is  the  senior  administrator,  or  "engineer"  who  acts  as  a  technical  lead  over  a  team  of  administrators.  This  person  is  a  third  level  of  support  in  addition  to  the  Exchange  Recipient  Administrator,  which  is  the  first  level,  and  the  Exchange  Server  Administrator,  which  is  the  second  level.  In  an  effort  to  ensure  that  end  users  have  the  best  possible  messaging  experience,  this  person  also  evaluates  new  technologies  and  tools.  The  candidate  is  responsible  for  planning  and  deploying  Exchange  servers  in  an  enterprise  environment.  He  or  she  should  have  a  minimum  of  two  years  of  experience  administering,  deploying,  managing,  monitoring,  upgrading,  migrating,  and  designing  Exchange  Server.    Prerequisites

• A  MCSE  in  the  Windows  Server  2003  operating  system  or  TS  qualification  in  Exchange  Server  2007  with  Exam  70-­‐236  :  TS  :  Exchange  Server  2007,  Configuring.  

• Windows  Server  2008  Technology  Specialist  Skills.    • At  least  two  years  administering  Exchange  Server  2003  or  Exchange  Server  2007  

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 4 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        4  

10174BC Configuring and Administering Microsoft SharePoint 2010 Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview This  five-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  teaches  students  how  to  install,  configure,  and  administer  Microsoft  SharePoint  and  also  how  to  manage  and  monitor  sites  and  users  by  using  Microsoft  SharePoint  2010.  It  will  also  cover  the  new  features  and  functionality  introduced  with  SharePoint  2010  Sp1  as  well  as  Offices  365's  SharePoint  Online.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  IT  professionals  who  are  experienced  Windows  Server  2003  or  2008  administrators  and  are  interested  in  learning  how  to  administer  SharePoint  2010  or  SharePoint  Online.  The  course  is  also  intended  for  part-­‐time  Business  Application  Administrators  (BAAs)  who  are  engaged  in  administering  Line  of  Business  (LOB)  applications  in  conjunction  with  internal  business  customers.    Prerequisites

• Administering  Active  Directory  by  creating  and  managing  user  and  group  accounts,  delegation  of  administration,  and    configuring  Group  Policy  

• Administering  network  infrastructure—DNS  and  TCP/IP  connectivity  • General  conceptual  awareness  of  Microsoft  .NET  Framework  as  it  relates  to  SharePoint  2010  • Administering  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  or  2008  through  creating  logons,  assigning  roles  and  using  

Microsoft  SQL  Server  Management  Studio  • One  year’s  experience  using  Windows  PowerShell  cmdlets  • General  security  and  authentication  practices    

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 5 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        5  

10175AC Microsoft SharePoint 2010, Application Development Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview This  course  provides  existing  .NET  developers  with  practical  information  and  labs  that  enables  them  to  build  solutions  on  the  Microsoft  SharePoint  2010  platform.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  professional  developers  who  use  Microsoft  SharePoint  2010  in  a  team-­‐based,  medium-­‐sized  to  large  development  environment.  Members  of  the  audience  are  experienced  users  of  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2008  SP1.  The  audience  understands  how  to  use  the  new  features  of  SharePoint  2010  and  Visual  Studio  2010.    Prerequisites

• An  understanding  of  the  problem-­‐solving  techniques  that  apply  to  software  development  • Approximately  12  months  experience  with  ASP.NET  3.5  with  Visual  Studio  2008  (or  later)  • Approximately  1  month  development  experience  with  SharePoint  2007  or  SharePoint  2010  and  

VS2010  (includes  beta  releases)  creating  code  that  interacts  with  the  SharePoint  Server-­‐side  APIs  Experience  performing  end  user  tasks  with  SharePoint  2007  or  SharePoint  2010  and  an  understanding  of  the  purpose  and  use  of  the  following:  

• Lists  • Documents  and  Libraries  • Personalizing  an  SP  page/site  • Using  MySites  • Using  SharePoint  Designer    

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 6 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        6  

10215AC Implementing and Managing Microsoft Server Virtualization Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview This  five-­‐day,  instructor-­‐led  course  will  provide  you  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  deploy  and  manage  a  server  virtualization  environment  using  Microsoft  technologies.  The  course  provides  details  on  how  to  deploy  and  manage  Hyper-­‐V  and  Remote  Desktop  Services  on  Windows  Server  2008  R2.  The  course  also  provides  details  on  how  to  manage  a  server  virtualization  environment  by  using  System  Center  products  such  as  System  Center  Virtual  Machine  Manager  (VMM)  2008,  SCVMM  2008  R2,  System  Center  Operations  Manager  2007  R2,  System  Center  Data  Protection  Manager  2007  R2,  and  System  Center  Configuration  Manager  2007  R2.    This  course  does  not  require  previous  server  virtualization  experience,  but  does  require  that  students  have  significant  experience  in  managing  Windows  Server  2008  or  Windows  Server  2008  R2.    Audience The  primary  audience  for  this  course  is  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2008  system  administrators  who  will  manage  and  implement  Server  Virtualization  technologies  within  their  network.  The  students  for  this  course  are  responsible  for  virtualizing  their  current  servers,  or  have  been  requested  or  directed  by  their  information  technology  (IT)  management  to  research  and/or  implement  server  virtualization  in  the  existing  environment.  They  should  have  a  minimum  of  1.5  years  of  experience  working  with  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2008  as  a  server  administrator.  Prior  experience  with  virtualization  is  not  expected.  However,  familiarity  with  virtualization  concepts  and  management  tools  is  highly  recommended.    Prerequisites

• Perform  server  administrator  tasks  responsible  for  building  and  maintaining  a  virtualization  infrastructure.    

• Work  or  consult  for  a  midsize  to  enterprise-­‐size  organization.    • Have  a  basic  understanding  of  server  virtualization  concepts  related  to  Microsoft  or  other  third-­‐party  

virtualization  technologies.    • Support  production,  development,  testing,  high  availability,  business  continuity,  staging,  classroom,  

or  hosting  environments  based  upon  Windows  Server  2008  technology.    • Understand  a  Windows-­‐based  network,  including  Active  Directory  directory  service.    • Understand  storage  technologies,  such  as  Storage  Area  Network  (SAN)  including  Internet  small  

computer  system  interface  (iSCSI),  Fiber  Channel,  and  Direct  Attached  Storage  (DAS).    • Understand  Windows  Server  2008  failover  clustering.    

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 7 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        7  

10231BC Designing a Microsoft SharePoint 2010 Infrastructure Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview This  5  day  ILT  course  teaches  IT  Professionals  to  design  and  deploy  Microsoft  SharePoint  2010.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  IT  Professionals  who  use  Microsoft  SharePoint  2010  in  a  team-­‐based,  medium-­‐sized  to  large  environment.  While  they  may  have  implemented  a  SharePoint  deployment,  they  have  limited  experience  in  designing  a  SharePoint  infrastructure.  They  likely  work  as  a  senior  administrator  who  acts  as  a  technical  lead  over  a  team  of  administrators.  Members  of  this  audience  should  have  at  least  6  months  experience  with  SharePoint  2010  (including  pre-­‐released  versions  of  the  product).  Prerequisites  

• At  least  2  year’s  experience  administering,  deploying,  managing,  monitoring,  upgrading,  migrating,  and  designing  SharePoint  servers    

• At  least  one  year’s  experience  of  mapping  business  requirements  to  logical  and  physical  technical  design    

• Working  knowledge  of  network  design,  including  network  security    • Completed  course  10174A:  TS  ITPro:  Configuring  and  Managing  Microsoft  SharePoint  2010,  or  

have  equivalent  knowledge  and  experience    

10232AC Designing and Developing Microsoft SharePoint Server 2010 Applications Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview This  five-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  is  intended  for  Microsoft  SharePoint  Development  professionals  who  are  responsible  for  leading  projects,  designing  solutions,  and  identifying  problems.  In  this  course,  students  learn  the  skills  and  best  practices  that  are  required  to  help  organizations  design  and  develop  effective  SharePoint  applications.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  IT  professionals  who  will  be  responsible  for  designing  custom  code  for  projects  that  are  deployed  to  SharePoint  2010  servers.  To  be  successful  in  this  course,  the  student  will  have  at  least  two  years  of  SharePoint  development  experience  and  should  have  experience  with  ASP.NET  and  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2010.    Prerequisites

• Understanding  of  the  problem-­‐solving  techniques  that  apply  to  the  Software  Development  Life  Cycle  (SDLC),  including  the  versioning  of  software  and  the  management  of  configuration  and  content  in  a  software  system    

• Basic  knowledge  of  Web  application  architecture    • Experience  in  developing  in  a  team  environment    • Working  knowledge  of  ASP.NET  and  Visual  Studio    • Experience  in  SharePoint  infrastructure  including  servers  and  services    • Experience  in  SharePoint  development  including  the  APIs  and  XML  schemas  necessary  to  create  web  

parts,  perform  data  access,  and  provision  fields,  lists,  content  types,  etc.    

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 8 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        8  

10233BC Designing and Deploying Messaging Solutions with Microsoft Exchange Server 2010 Service Pack 2 Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview This  five-­‐day,  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  you  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  design  and  deploy  messaging  solutions  with  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2010.  This  course  describes  how  to  gather  requirements  for  a  messaging  solution  and  then  design  the  integration  of  Exchange  Server  2010  with  the  current  infrastructure.  The  course  then  covers  how  to  plan  and  deploy  the  various  server  roles  in  Exchange  Server  2010.  You  will  explore  the  various  options  for  implementing  messaging  security,  policies,  and  compliance.  The  course  also  examines  the  high  availability  and  disaster  recovery  options  and  how  to  develop  a  troubleshooting  plan.  Finally,  the  course  describes  how  to  plan  the  transition  from  earlier  versions  of  Exchange  Server  to  Exchange  Server  2010  and  the  integration  of  Exchange  Server  2010  with  other  messaging  systems,  including  with  Microsoft  Office  365.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  IT  professionals  who  are  responsible  for  the  Exchange  Server  messaging  environment  in  an  enterprise.  This  IT  professional  is  the  senior  administrator,  or  "engineer,"  who  acts  as  a  technical  lead  over  a  team  of  administrators.  This  person  is  a  third  level  of  support  in  addition  to  the  Exchange  Recipient  Administrator,  who  is  the  first  level,  and  the  Exchange  Server  Administrator,  who  is  the  second  level.  In  an  effort  to  ensure  that  end  users  have  the  best  possible  messaging  experience,  this  person  also  evaluates  new  technologies  and  tools.  The  candidate  is  responsible  for  planning  and  deploying  the  Exchange  servers  in  an  enterprise  environment.  He  or  she  should  have  a  minimum  of  two  years  of  experience  administering,  deploying,  managing,  monitoring,  upgrading,  migrating,  and  designing  Exchange  Server.    Prerequisites

• At  least  two  years  of  experience  working  with  Microsoft  Exchange  Server.  • At  least  six  months  of  experience  working  with  Exchange  Server  2010  or  Exchange  Server  2007.  • At  least  two  years  of  experience  administering  the  Windows  Server  operating  system,  including  

Windows  Server  2008.  • At  least  two  years  of  experience  working  with  Active  Directory  Domain  Services  (AD  DS).  • At  least  two  years  of  experience  working  with  name  resolution,  including  DNS.  • Experience  working  with  certificates,  including  Public  Key  Infrastructure  (PKI)  certificates.  • Experience  working  with  the  Windows  PowerShell  command-­‐line  interface.  

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 9 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        9  

10262AC Developing Windows Applications with Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview In  this  course,  experienced  developers  who  know  the  basics  of  Windows  Forms  development  gain  more  advanced  Windows  Client  design  and  development  skills.  WinForms  and  WPF  programming  models,  as  well  as  relative  strengths  and  when  to  use  each  technology,  are  covered.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  Technology  Specialists  in  the  area  of  Windows  Client  Development  who  work  in  a  development  environment  that  uses  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  .NET  2010  and  Microsoft  .NET  Framework  4.0  to  create  rich  client  applications  for  Windows.    Prerequisites

• An  understanding  of  the  problem-­‐solving  techniques  that  apply  to  software  development,  including  the  following  principles  of  software  development:    

o modern  software  development  models    o typical  phases  of  a  software  development  lifecycle  o concepts  of  event-­‐driven  programming  o concepts  of  object-­‐oriented  programming  o creating  use-­‐case  diagrams  o designing  and  building  a  user  interface  o developing  a  structured  application    

• A  general  understanding  of  the  purpose,  function,  and  features  of  following  .NET  Framework  topics:    o Common  Language  Runtime  o .NET  Framework  class  library  o Common  Type  System  o Component  interoperation  o Cross-­‐Language  Interoperability  o Assemblies  in  the  Common  Language  Runtime  o Application  Domains  o Runtime  hosts  supported  by  the  .NET  Framework  

• Experience  using  Visual  Studio  2008  in  the  following  task  areas:  o Declaring  and  initializing  typed  variables  using  the  Camel  case  naming  convention  o Using  arithmetic,  relational,  and  logical  operators  in  code  statements  o Using  branching  statements  to  control  code  execution  o Using  looping  statements  to  iterate  through  collections  or  repeat  steps  until  a  specified  

condition  is  met  o Creating  classes  and  methods  to  establish  the  basic  structure  of  an  application  o Using  methods  and  events  to  implement  the  programming  logic  of  an  application  o Identifying  syntax  and  logic  errors  o Accessing  and  managing  data  from  a  data  source    

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 10 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        10  

• Experience  in  object  oriented  design  and  development  as  follows:    o Creating  and  accessing  classes  and  class  properties  o Creating  and  accessing  methods  and  overloaded  methods  o Implementing  inheritance,  base  classes,  and  abstract  classes  o Declaring,  raising,  and  handling  events  o Responding  to  and  throwing  exceptions  o Implementing  interfaces  and  polymorphism  o Implementing  shared  and  static  members  o Implementing  generics  o Creating  components  and  class  libraries  

• Experience  in  N-­‐Tier  application  design  and  development  as  follows:  o Managing  a  software  development  process  o Controlling  input  at  the  user  interface  level  in  Windows  Client  applications  o Debugging,  tracing,  and  profiling  .NET  applications  o Monitoring  and  logging  .NET  applications    o Implementing  basic  testing  best  practices  o Performing  basic  Data  Access  tasks  with  LINQ    

§ Basics  of  LINQ  to  XML  § Basics  of  LINQ  to  Entities    § Basics  of  LINQ  to  SQL    

o Implementing  basic  security  best  practices  in  .NET  Applications    § Basics  of  Code  Access  Security  § Basics  of  Role-­‐Based  Security  § Basics  of  Cryptography  Services  

o Implementing  basic  service  calls      § Basics  of  consuming  XML  Web  Services  § Basics  of  consuming  WCF  Services  

o Using  .NET  Configuration  Files  o Deploying  .Net  Framework  Applications  using  ClickOnce  and  the  MS  Installer  

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 11 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        11  

10263AC Developing Windows Communication Foundation Solutions with Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  participants  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  develop  distributed  applications  using  WCF  4  and  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2010.  Important  Note:  Course  10263A  is  designed  for  experienced  .NET  developers  who  are  interested  in  becoming  Technology  Specialists  in  the  area  of  WCF  application  development  (see  intended  audience  and  prerequisites  in  this  syllabus).  For  classrooms  that  include  less  experienced  students,  instructors  may  choose  to  adjust  the  course  timings  and  establish  a  slower  pace  through  the  training  material.  To  deliver  this  course  at  a  reduced  pace,  Microsoft  Learning  suggests  teaching  Modules  1-­‐7  during  the  three  days  of  classroom  training  and  leaving  module  8  for  the  students  to  explore  on  their  own  after  the  course  is  completed.  This  will  enable  the  instructor  to  spend  more  time  ensuring  that  students  fully  understand  the  concepts  taught  in  the  earlier  modules.  Learning  Partners  may  also  choose  to  extend  the  course  materials  and  establish  a  4-­‐day  customized  training  course  that  progresses  at  a  slower  pace.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  professional  .NET  programmers  who  use  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  in  a  team-­‐based,  medium-­‐sized  to  large  development  environment.  Students  should  have  experience  consuming  services  within  their  Web  and/or  Windows  client  applications  and  be  interested  in  learning  to  develop  service-­‐oriented  applications  (SOA)  using  WCF.  Students  should  be  experienced  users  of  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2008  SP1,  as  well  as  cursory  familiarity  with  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2010  for  Windows  client  or  Web  application  development.    Prerequisites

• Understanding  of  the  problem-­‐solving  techniques  that  apply  to  software  development.  • General  understanding  of  the  purpose,  function  and  features  of  the  .NET  Framework.  • Experience  developing  software  using  Visual  Studio  2008  or  Visual  Studio  2010.  • Experience  in  object-­‐oriented  design  and  development  using  the  C#  programming  language.  • Experience  in  n-­‐tier  application  design  and  development.    

10264AC Developing Web Applications with Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 Course  duration:  Five  days  Overview In  this  course,  students  will  learn  to  develop  advanced  ASP.NET  MVC  and  Web  Forms  applications  using  .NET  Framework  4  tools  and  technologies.  The  focus  will  be  on  coding  activities  that  enhance  the  performance  and  scalability  of  the  Web  site  application.  ASP.NET  MVC  will  be  introduced  and  compared  with  Web  Forms  so  that  students  know  when  each  should/could  be  used.  This  will  also  prepare  the  student  for  exam  70-­‐515.      

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 12 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        12  

Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  professional  Web  developers  who  use  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  in  a  team-­‐based,  medium-­‐sized  to  large  development  environment.  Members  of  the  audience  have  a  minimum  of  two  to  three  years  of  experience  developing  Web-­‐based  applications  by  using  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  and  Microsoft  ASP.NET.  Members  of  the  audience  are  experienced  users  of  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2008  SP1  and  newer  releases  of  the  Visual  Studio  product.  The  audience  understands  how  to  use  the  new  features  of  Visual  Studio  2010.  In  addition  to  their  professional  Web  development  experience,  students  who  attend  this  training  should  have  the  following  technical  knowledge:  

• An  understanding  of  the  problem-­‐solving  techniques  that  apply  to  software  development,  including  the  following  principles  of  software  development:    

• modern  software  development  model  • typical  phases  of  a  software  development  lifecycle  • concepts  of  event-­‐driven  programming  • concepts  of  object-­‐oriented  programming  • creating  use-­‐case  diagrams  • designing  and  building  a  user  interface  • developing  a  structured  application  

• A  basic  understanding  of  the  following  scripting  techniques  and  some  hands-­‐on  experience  writing  scripts:  

• Web  scripting  techniques  • Macro  scripting  techniques  • Windows  scripting  techniques  

• A  general  understanding  of  the  purpose,  function,  and  features  of  following  .NET  Framework  topics:    • Common  Language  Runtime  • .NET  Framework  class  library  • Common  Type  System  • Component  interoperation  • Cross-­‐Language  Interoperability  • Assemblies  in  the  Common  Language  Runtime  • Application  Domains  • Runtime  hosts  supported  by  the  .NET  Framework  

• Experience  using  Visual  Studio  2008  in  the  following  task  areas:  • Declaring  and  initializing  typed  variables  using  the  Camel  case  naming  convention  • Using  arithmetic,  relational,  and  logical  operators  in  code  statements  • Using  branching  statements  to  control  code  execution  • Using  looping  statements  to  iterate  through  collections  or  repeat  steps  until  a  specified  

condition  is  met  • Creating  classes  and  methods  to  establish  the  basic  structure  of  an  application  • Using  methods  and  events  to  implement  the  programming  logic  of  an  application  • Identifying  syntax  and  logic  errors  • Accessing  and  managing  data  from  a  data  source    

• Experience  in  object  oriented  design  and  development  as  follows:    • Creating  and  accessing  classes  and  class  properties  • Creating  and  accessing  methods  and  overloaded  methods  • Implementing  inheritance,  base  classes,  and  abstract  classes  • Declaring,  raising,  and  handling  events  • Responding  to  and  throwing  exceptions  • Implementing  interfaces  and  polymorphism  • Implementing  shared  and  static  members  • Implementing  generics  • Creating  components  and  class  libraries  

Experience  in  N-­‐Tier  application  design  and  development  as  follows:  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 13 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        13  

• Managing  a  software  development  process  • Controlling  input  at  the  user  interface  level  in  Windows  Client  and  Web  applications  • Debugging,  tracing,  and  profiling  .NET  applications  • Monitoring  and  logging  .NET  applications    • Implementing  basic  testing  best  practices  • Performing  basic  Data  Access  tasks  with  LINQ    • Implementing  basic  security  best  practices  in  .NET  Applications    • Implementing  basic  service  calls      • Using  .NET  Configuration  Files  • Deploying  .NET  Framework  Applications  using  ClickOnce  and  the  MS  Installer    

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 14 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        14  

10265AC Developing Data Access Solutions with Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 Course  duration:  Five  days  Overview In  this  course,  experienced  developers  who  know  the  basics  of  data  access  (CRUD)  in  Windows  client  and  Web  application  environments  will  learn  to  optimize  their  designs  and  develop  better  performing  data  access  code  by  using  the  ADO.NET  Entity  Framework,  LINQ,  WCF  Data  Services,  the  Sync  Framework,  and  ADO.NET.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  professional  .NET  software  developers  who  use  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  in  a  team-­‐based,  medium-­‐sized  to  large  development  environment.  They  will  have  experience  implementing  data  access  and  data  binding  within  their  Web  and/or  Windows  client  applications  and  are  interested  in  learning  to  optimize  data  access  code  in  their  applications  by  using  the  Entity  Framework,  LINQ,  and  ADO.NET.  Members  of  the  audience  are  experienced  users  of  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2008  SP1  or  newer  releases  of  the  Visual  Studio  product.  The  audience  has  some  experience  using  Visual  Studio  2010  for  either  Windows  client  or  Web  application  development.  Typically,  this  audience  has  the  following  knowledge/experience:  

• Experience  developing  n-­‐tier  applications  that  access  various  data  sources    • Experience  implementing  data  binding  within  their  applications  • Some  experience  using  LINQ  and  ADO.NET    • A  conceptual  understanding  of  the  Entity  Framework    

Prerequisites

• An  understanding  of  the  problem-­‐solving  techniques  that  apply  to  software  development,  including  the  following  principles  of  software  development:  

• Modern  software  development  models  • Typical  phases  of  a  software  development  lifecycle  • Concepts  of  event-­‐driven  programming  • Concepts  of  object-­‐oriented  programming  • Creating  use-­‐case  diagrams  • Designing  and  building  a  user  interface  • Developing  a  structured  application  

• A  basic  understanding  of  the  following  scripting  techniques  and  some  hands-­‐on  experience  writing  scripts:  

• Web  scripting  techniques  • Macro  scripting  techniques  • Windows  scripting  techniques  

• A  general  understanding  of  the  purpose,  function,  and  features  of  following  .NET  Framework  topics:  • Common  Language  Runtime  • .NET  Framework  class  library  • Common  Type  System  • Component  interoperation  • Cross-­‐language  interoperability  • Assemblies  in  the  Common  Language  Runtime  • Application  domains  • Runtime  hosts  supported  by  the  .NET  Framework  

• Experience  using  Visual  Studio  2008  in  the  following  task  areas:  • Declaring  and  initializing  typed  variables  using  the  Camel  case  naming  convention  • Using  arithmetic,  relational,  and  logical  operators  in  code  statements  • Using  branching  statements  to  control  code  execution  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 15 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        15  

• Using  looping  statements  to  iterate  through  collections  or  repeat  steps  until  a  specified  condition  is  met  

• Creating  classes  and  methods  to  establish  the  basic  structure  of  an  application  • Using  methods  and  events  to  implement  the  programming  logic  of  an  application  • Identifying  syntax  and  logic  errors  • Accessing  and  managing  data  from  a  data  source  

• Experience  in  object  oriented  design  and  development  as  follows:  • Creating  and  accessing  classes  and  class  properties  • Creating  and  accessing  methods  and  overloaded  methods  • Implementing  inheritance,  base  classes,  and  abstract  classes  • Declaring,  raising,  and  handling  events  • Responding  to  and  throwing  exceptions  • Implementing  interfaces  and  polymorphism  • Implementing  shared  and  static  members  • Implementing  generics  • Creating  components  and  class  libraries  

• Experience  in  N-­‐Tier  application  design  and  development  as  follows:  • Managing  a  software  development  process  • Controlling  input  at  the  user  interface  level  in  Windows  client  and  Web  applications  • Debugging,  tracing,  and  profiling  .NET  applications  • Monitoring  and  logging  .NET  applications  • Implementing  basic  testing  best  practices  • Performing  basic  data  access  tasks  with  LINQ  

• Basics  of  LINQ  to  XML  • Basics  of  LINQ  to  Entities  • Basics  of  LINQ  to  SQL    

• Implementing  basic  security  best  practices  in  .NET  Applications  • Basics  of  Code  Access  Security  • Basics  of  Role-­‐Based  Security  • Basics  of  Cryptography  Services  

• Implementing  basic  service  calls    • Basics  of  creating  and  consuming  XML  Web  Services  • Basics  of  creating  and  consuming  WCF  Services  

• Using  .NET  Configuration  Files  • Deploying  .NET  Framework  Applications  using  ClickOnce  and  the  MS  Installer  

• Data  access  experience  in  Windows  client  application  development  as  follows:  • Connect  to  a  data  source  • Implement  data  binding  • Implement  data  validation  at  the  UI  layer  

• Data  access  experience  in  Web  application  development  as  follows:  • Connect  to  a  data  source  • Implement  dynamic  data  • Implement  data  validation  at  the  UI  layer  

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 16 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        16  

10266AC Programming in C# with Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview The  course  focuses  on  C#  program  structure,  language  syntax,  and  implementation  details  with  .NET  Framework  4.0.  This  course  describes  the  new  enhancements  in  the  C#  4.0  language  by  using  Visual  Studio  2010.    In  this  course,  lower-­‐intermediate  level  programmers  gain  the  knowledge  and  skills  they  need  to  develop  C#  applications  for  the  Microsoft  .NET  Framework  4.0.  The  course  highlights  the  structure  of  C#  4.0  programs,  language  syntax,  and  implementation  details.  This  course  is  not  mapped  to  any  exam.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  experienced  developers  who  already  have  programming  experience  in  C,  C++,  Visual  Basic,  or  Java  and  understand  the  concepts  of  object-­‐oriented  programming.  This  course  is  not  designed  for  new  programmers;  it  is  targeted  at  professional  developers  with  at  least  12  months  experience  of  programming  in  an  object-­‐oriented  environment.    Prerequisites

• At  least  12  months  experience  working  with  an  Object  Oriented  language  • Have  C++  or  Java  knowledge:    

• Creating  Classes    • Inheritance  and  Abstraction  • Polymorphism  • Interfaces  • Exceptions  

• Knowledge  of  the  Visual  Studio  IDE.    

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 17 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        17  

10267AC Introduction to Web Development with Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview This  five-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  knowledge  and  skills  on  developing  Web  applications  by  using  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2010.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  Web  developers  who  are  beginners  and  have  knowledge  of  Hypertext  Markup  Language  (HTML)  or  Dynamic  HTML  (DHTML),  along  with  some  knowledge  of  a  scripting  language  such  as  Visual  Basic  Scripting  Edition  or  Microsoft  Jscript.  Students  are  required  to  have  the  following  skills:  

• Ability  to  construct  a  simple  Web  page  using  a  Microsoft  or  3rd  Party  tool.  For  example,  create  or  customize  a  Web  Page  on  a  SharePoint  site.  

 Prerequisites  At  least  one  month  of  experience  in  .NET  technologies.  In  addition  to  their  professional  experience,  students  who  attend  this  training  should  have  the  following  technical  knowledge:  

• Knowledge  of  HTML  or  DHTML,  including:  • Tables  • Images  • Forms  

• Programming  experience  using  Visual  Basic  .NET  or  Visual  C#  .NET,  including:  • Declaring  variables  • Using  loops  • Using  conditional  statements  

The  completion  of  Course  2667,  Introduction  to  Programming,  satisfies  the  preceding  prerequisite  programming  skills  requirement.      

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 18 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        18  

10324A Implementing and Managing Microsoft Desktop Virtualization Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview This  five-­‐day,  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  you  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  implement  and  manage  desktop  virtualization  solutions.  This  course  provides  an  Overview  of  virtualization  and  the  various  Microsoft  products  that  you  can  use  to  implement  and  deploy  a  virtualization  solution.  The  course  explains  how  to  configure  and  manage  a  MED-­‐V  deployment.  Then,  it  describes  the  procedures  for  deploying  an  App-­‐V  solution  by  implementing  App-­‐V  servers  and  clients  and  by  sequencing  applications.  The  course  then  covers  the  configuration  of  Remote  Desktop  Services  and  RemoteApp  programs.  Finally,  the  course  describes  the  concept  of  user  state  virtualization  and  procedures  for  configuring  the  Virtual  Desktop  Infrastructure  (VDI).    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2008  system  and  desktop  administrators  who  will  manage  and  implement  desktop  and  application  virtualization  technologies  within  their  networks.    The  students  for  this  course  typically  are  responsible  for  implementing  their  organizations’  desktop  and  application  virtualization,  or  their  information  technology  (IT)  management  has  directed  them  to  research  and/or  implement  desktop  and  application  virtualization  in  the  existing  environment.  Students  should  have  a  minimum  of  1.5  years  of  experience  working  with  Windows  Server  2008  as  a  server  or  desktop  administrator.  This  course  does  not  require  prior  experience  with  virtualization.  However,  we  highly  recommend  familiarity  with  virtualization  concepts  and  management  tools.    Prerequisites

• Basic  skills  with  Windows  Command  line  • Monitoring  and  Management  Tools  • Networking  • AD  DS,  including  Group  Policy  deployments  • Performance  Monitoring  • Troubleshooting    

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 19 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        19  

10325AC Automating Administration with Windows PowerShell 2.0 Course  duration:  Five  days  Overview This  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  utilize  Windows  PowerShell  for  administering  and  automating  administration  of  Windows  based  servers.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  IT  Professionals  already  experienced  in  general  Windows  Server  and  Windows  Client  administration,  including  Active  Directory  administration.  No  prior  experience  with  any  version  of  Windows  PowerShell,  or  any  scripting  language,  is  assumed.    Prerequisites

• Experience  with  Windows  networking  technologies  and  implementation.  • Experience  with  Windows  Server  administration,  maintenance,  and  troubleshooting  • Experience  with  Active  Directory  technologies  and  implementation,  including  Group  Policy.  • Experience  with  Windows  Server  2008  Web  application  server  technologies  and  implementation.    

10337AC Updating Your Microsoft SQL Server 2008 BI Skills to SQL Server 2008 R2 Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview This  3  day  ILT  course  focuses  on  the  new  features  SQL  Server  2008  R2  for  BI  specialists.    Audience The  primary  audience  for  this  course  is  BI  Professionals  who  have  3-­‐4  years  of  experience  with  SQL  Server.  The  audience  has  an  understanding  of  how  to  use  SQL  Server  2008  BI  tools  to  implement  a  BI  infrastructure  and  solution.    Prerequisites

• Three  to  four  years  of  experience  using  SQL  Server  2008  BI  components  • Knowledge  of  relational  and  multi-­‐dimensional  database  schemas  • Experience  creating  and  deploying  SQL  Server  Reporting  Services  (SSRS)  reports  • Experience  debugging,  monitoring,  and  troubleshooting  BI  solutions  • Experience  working  with  the  Microsoft  .NET  Framework  • Experience  in  using  the  following  tools:  

• Microsoft  SQL  Server  2008  BI  Development  Studio  • Microsoft  SQL  Server  2008  Management  Studio  • Report  Builder  and  Report  Manager  

• Possible  experience  in  using  Microsoft  Visual  Studio      

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 20 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        20  

10508AC Planning, Deploying, and Managing Microsoft Exchange Server 2010 Unified Messaging Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview This  course  provides  information  on  planning  and  managing  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2010  Unified  Messaging  (UM)  deployments.  The  course  addresses  such  topics  as  new  features,  upgrading  from  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2007  UM  to  Exchange  Server  2010  UM,  Microsoft  Office  Communications    Server  2007  integration,  and  tools  and  processes  to  support  Unified  Messaging  planning,  installation/setup,  and  implementation.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  customers  who  have  a  prior  understanding  of  Exchange  Server  2007  Unified  Messaging  features  and  functionality.  The  course  is  also  targeted  at  early  adopters  of  Exchange  Server  2010  who  need  information  on  new  features,  deployment  concerns,  prerequisites,  and  best  practices.  This  includes  Consultants,  Architects,  and  IT  Professionals  in  the  field  who  need  detailed  information  on  the  tools  and  processes  available  to  support  Exchange  Unified  Messaging.    Prerequisites

• A  thorough  understanding  of  Exchange  Server  2007  Unified  Messaging  features  and  functionality.    • An  understanding  of  how  to  install  and  setup  the  Exchange  Server  2010  Unified  Messaging  role.  • General  familiarity  with  Office  Communications  Server  2007  R2.    

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 21 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        21  

10533AC Deploying, Configuring, and Administering Microsoft Lync™ Server 2010 Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview This  five-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  teaches  IT  professionals  how  to  deploy,  configure,  and  administer  a  Microsoft  Lync™  Server  2010  solution.    The  course  emphasizes  Lync  Server  2010  Enterprise  Voice  features  from  a  deployment  and  configuration  perspective.  The  labs  in  this  course  build  on  each  other  to  create  a  solution  that  includes  IM  and  Presence,  Conferencing,  and  Enterprise  Voice.  This  course  helps  the  student  prepare  for  Exam70-­‐664.      Audience This  course  is  intended  for  IT  professionals  and  telecommunications  professionals  who  want  to  learn  how  to  install,  configure,  manage  and  maintain  a  Microsoft  Lync™  Server  2010  environment.  These  professionals  should  have  at  least  3  years’  experience  working  with  unified  communications  software,  including  knowledge  of  and  experience  with  Microsoft  Office  Communications  Server  2007  R2.      Prerequisites

• The  difference  between  TDM  and  VoIP    • Gateways  and  PBX    • Session  Initiation  Protocol  (SIP)    • Codecs    • Dialing  plans  

Students  should  also  understand  the  following  general  concepts:  • Networking  fundamentals,  including  TCP/IP/UDP,  DNS    • Active  Directory  principles  and  management  • Windows  Server  2008  fundamentals    • Public  Key  Infrastructure  (PKI)    • Exchange  Messaging  concepts    • PowerShell  basics    • SQL  Server  concepts  and  operation    

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 22 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        22  

10534AC Planning and Designing a Microsoft Lync™ Server 2010 Solution Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview This  five-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  teaches  how  to  plan  and  design  a  Microsoft  Lync  Server  2010  solution  to  IT  professionals.    The  course  emphasizes  Voice  features  in  Lync  2010  from  a  deployment  perspective.  In  this  course,  students  learn  how  to  plan  and  design  a  Lync  Server  2010  system.    The  labs  in  this  course  utilize  the  Lync  Server  2010  Planning  Workbook  and  Planning  Tool.  This  course  helps  the  student  prepare  for  Exam  70-­‐665.    Audience The  audience  for  this  course  is  information  technology  (IT)  professionals  who  are  experienced  on  Lync  Server  2010  technologies  and  who  have  a  Technical  Specialist  certification  on  the  course,  Configuring  and  Managing  Microsoft  Lync  Server  2010,  or  equivalent  knowledge.  Students  taking  this  course  are  expected  to  have  experience  in  hands-­‐on  deployment  and  day-­‐to-­‐day  management  of  Unified  Communications  technologies  for  enterprise  organizations.    The  students  should  have  experience  in  core  Lync  Server  2010  technology  with  specialist  skills  in:  

• Features  and  architecture  • Dial  plans    • External  User  Access  and  Federation  • Security  • High  Availability  • Load  Balancing  • Resiliency  • Capacity  • Bandwidth  management  • Central  and  Branch  Office  Sites    

Enterprise  Voice  • Call  Management    • Audio/Web/Dial-­‐in  Conferencing    • Topology  options  including  services,  server  roles,  colocation  and  geographical  placement  

 Apart  from  this,  students  should  have  knowledge  on  Windows  Server  Active  Directory  deployment  and  should  have  attended  the  TS  level  Course  10533A:  Configuring  and  Managing  Microsoft  Lync  Server  2010  or  possess  equivalent  experience  or  skills.      

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 23 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        23  

10550 AC Programming in Visual Basic with Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview This  course  teaches  you  Visual  Basic  language  syntax,  program  structure,  and  implementation  by  using  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2010  and  the  Microsoft  .NET  Framework  4.  This  course  provides  a  solid  foundation  in  Visual  Basic  to  the  level  necessary  to  enable  students  to  attend  other  courses  in  the  Technical  Specialist  tracks.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  experienced  developers  who  already  have  programming  experience  in  Visual  Basic,  C,  C++,  C#,  or  Java,  and  understand  the  concepts  of  Object  Oriented  Programming.  These  developers  will  be  likely  to  develop  enterprise  business  solutions.  These  professional  developers  will  be  attending  the  course  so  that  they  can  quickly  ramp  up  on  Visual  Basic  Programming  in  the  .NET  Framework.  The  course  focuses  on  Visual  Basic  program  structure,  language  syntax,  and  implementation  details  with  the  .NET  Framework  4.0.  This  course  also  focuses  on  new  enhancement  in  the  Visual  Basic  2010  language  using  Visual  Studio  2010.    Prerequisites

• This  course  is  targeted  at  developers  who  already  have  Visual  Basic  knowledge.  • This  course  is  not  for  new  developers;  at  least  12  months  experience  working  with  an  Object  

Oriented  language  is  expected.  o Creating  classes  o Inheritance  and  abstraction  o Polymorphism  o Interfaces  o Delegates    o Events    o Exceptions  

• Experience  with  the  Microsoft  .NET  Framework  • Knowledge  of  the  Visual  Studio  integrated  development  environment  (IDE).  

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 24 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        24  

10553AC Fundamentals of XAML and Microsoft Expression Blend Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview This  3-­‐day  course  covers  core  and  essential  XAML  skills.  The  learner  will  gain  valuable  experience  developing  XAML  code  in  both  Visual  Studio  2010  and  Expression  Blend  4.    The  course  teaches  the  beginner  and  intermediate  tasks  that  enable  the  learner  to  build  the  foundational  skills  required  to  develop  professional  Silverlight  4  and  WPF  applications  (for  the  Web,  Windows  desktops,  and  Windows  Phone  7  devices).  The  course  will  include  hands-­‐on  labs  that  comprise  approximately  50%  of  the  classroom  time  and  enable  the  student  to  learn  the  essential  XAML  programming  tasks  that  are  the  building  blocks  of  real-­‐world  applications.    Audience The  target  audience  for  this  training  course  is  professional  developers  who  have  experience  creating  Windows  Forms  and  ASP.NET  Web  application  with  Visual  Studio  2010,  and  who  are  interested  in  learning  the  core  and  essential  XAML  programming  tasks  that  are  required  for  professional  Silverlight  4  and  WPF  programming  in  both  Visual  Studio  2010  and  Expression  Blend  4  environments.  This  course  is  intended  for  developers  who  have  programming  experience  using  either  Visual  Basic  .NET  or  C#  and  who  understand  the  concepts  of  object-­‐oriented  programming.  This  course  is  designed  for  developers  who  need  to  become  comfortable  using  Expression  Blend  4  and  Visual  Studio  2010.  This  course  is  not  designed  for  entry-­‐level  programmers.    Prerequisites

• 1-­‐3  months  of  professional  programming  experience  with  Visual  Studio  2010.  In  addition  to  the  technical  knowledge,  students  who  attend  this  training  should  have  hands-­‐on  experience  in  the  following  areas:  

• Some  professional  experience  in  developing  either  ASP.NET  Web  applications  or  Windows  Forms  desktop  applications.  

   

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 25 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        25  

10747AC Administering System Center 2012 Configuration Manager Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview This  five-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  configure  and  manage  a  Microsoft  System  Center  2012  Configuration  Manager  site  and  its  associated  site  systems  in  the  role  of  Configuration  Manager  Administrators.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  Configuration  Manager  Administrators  who  are  responsible  for  configuring  and  managing  one  or  more  System  Center  2012  Configuration  Manager  sites  and  all  supporting  systems.  They  have  one  to  three  years  of  experience  supporting  multiple  desktop  and  server  computers  running  the  Windows  Server  operating  system  in  medium  to  large  enterprise  organizations.  Administrators  may  have  previous  Configuration  Manager  experience,  or  be  new  to  the  product.    Prerequisites System  administrator–level  working  knowledge  of:  

• Networking  fundamentals,  including  TCP/IP  and  Domain  Name  System  (DNS).  • Active  Directory  principles  and  management.  • Windows  Server  management  including  Windows  Server  2008  and  Windows  Server  2008  R2.  • Microsoft  Windows  client  fundamentals.  • Deployment,  configuration,  and  troubleshooting  for  Windows-­‐based  personal  computers.    • Microsoft  SQL  Server  2008  including  Reporting  Services.    • Basic  Public  Key  Infrastructure  (PKI)  concepts.  • Desired:  Have  a  base-­‐level  understanding  of  System  Center  Configuration  Manager  2007.    

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 26 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        26  

10748AC Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview This  course  describes  how  to  plan  and  deploy  a  System  Center  2012  Configuration  Manager  hierarchy,  including  the  central  administration  site,  one  or  more  primary  sites  and  secondary  sites,  and  all  associated  site  systems.  This  course  also  covers  migration  from  System  Center  Configuration  Manager  2007.  The  beta  version  of  this  course  (10748AB)  utilizes  RC1  software  in  the  virtual  machine  for  the  labs.  This  course  helps  people  prepare  for  exam  70-­‐243.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for:  

• Systems  Engineers  who  need  to  plan  a  System  Center  2012  Configuration  Manager  deployment.  They  have  three  to  five  years  of  experience  in  medium  to  large  enterprise  organizations  supporting  multiple  desktop  and  server  computers  that  run  Microsoft  Windows.  

• Configuration  Manager  Administrators  responsible  for  designing  and  deploying  one  or  more  System  Center  2012  Configuration  Manager  sites  and  all  supporting  systems.  They  have  three  to  five  years  of  experience  in  medium  to  large  enterprise  organizations  supporting  multiple  desktop  and  server  computers  that  run  Microsoft  Windows  Server.    

 Prerequisites System  administrator–level  working  knowledge  of:  

• Networking  fundamentals,  including  TCP/IP  and  Domain  Name  System  (DNS).  • Active  Directory  principles  and  management.  • Windows  Server  management  including  Windows  Server  2008  and  Windows  Server  2008  R2.  • Microsoft  Windows  client  fundamentals.  • Deployment,  configuration,  and  troubleshooting  for  Windows-­‐based  personal  computers.    • Microsoft  SQL  Server  2008  including  Reporting  Services.    • Basic  Public  Key  Infrastructure  (PKI)  concepts.  • Desired:  Have  a  base-­‐level  understanding  of  System  Center  Configuration  Manager  2007.  

Students  who  attend  this  training  can  meet  the  prerequisites  by  obtaining  equivalent  knowledge  and  skills,  or  by  attending  the  following  courses:  

• Course  6419B:  Configuring,  Managing  and  Maintaining  Windows  Server  2008-­‐based  Servers  • Course  6420B:  Fundamentals  of  Windows  Server  2008  • Course  10747A:  Administering  System  Center  2012  Configuration  Manager  or    • Course  6451B:  Planning,  Deploying  and  Managing  Microsoft  System  Center  Configuration  Manager  

2007,  plus  six  months  of  hands-­‐on  experience  with  Configuration  Manager  2012    

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 27 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        27  

10750AC Monitoring and Operating a Private Cloud with System Center 2012 Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview This  five-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  monitor  and  operate  the  private  cloud  in  System  Center  2012  in  the  role  of  datacenter  administrators.    The  beta  version  of  this  course  (10750AB)  utilizes  pre-­‐release  software  in  the  virtual  machine  for  the  labs.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  datacenter  administrators  responsible  for  monitoring  and  protecting  the  private  cloud  infrastructure  and  solution  architects  responsible  for  designing  private  cloud  architectures  and  extending  existing  private  cloud  solutions.  Additionally,  this  course  targets  administrators  who  create  service  requests.    A  secondary  audience  for  this  course  may  include  datacenter  administrators  who  are  responsible  for  providing  provisioning  for  applications  that  includes  configuring  and  deploying  those  applications.  In  addition,  business  owners  of  applications  or  services,  and  administrators  who  implement  service  requests  may  be  interested  in  this  course.  There  is  another  course,  Course  10751A,  Configuring  and  Deploying  a  Private  Cloud  with  System  Center  2012,  which  specifically  targets  this  secondary  audience.    Prerequisites

• Windows  Server  2008  R2  • Active  Directory  Domain  Services  (AD  DS)  • Networking  experience  • Working  knowledge  of  previous  versions  of  System  Center  products  • Configuration  of  Microsoft  SharePoint  • Hyper-­‐V  • Data  center  management  processes  • Storage  Area  Network  (SAN)  knowledge  

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 28 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        28  

10751AC Configuring and Deploying a Private Cloud with System Center 2012 Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview This  course  teaches  students  how  to  design,  install  and  configure  a  private  cloud,  including  how  to  configure  and  deploy  the  application  infrastructure  as  well  as  the  key  components  of  System  Center  2012  that  are  necessary  for  delivering  services  on  the  private  cloud  infrastructure.    This  course  provides  direction  on  producing  a  high-­‐level  design  that  accounts  for  requirements  for  the  private  cloud  environment.  Students  will  learn  how  to  configure  and  deploy  the  application  infrastructure,  how  to  configure  a  preboot  execution  environment  (PXE)  server,  an  update  server,  and  a  software  update  baseline.  Students  will  learn  how  to  sequence  and  deploy  an  application  virtually,  and  how  to  build  the  core  components  that  are  necessary  for  delivering  services  in  the  infrastructure.  They  will  also  allocate  resources  and  grant  access  to  the  private  cloud.    Additionally,  students  will  learn  how  to  monitor  the  private  cloud,  and  setup,  configure,  and  integrate  the  core  System  Center  2012  -­‐  Service  Manager  components  into  the  private  cloud  infrastructure.  Students  will  learn  how  to  configure  a  service  catalog  and  publish  this  catalog  to  the  self-­‐service  portal.  They  will  also  gain  the  knowledge  required  to  deploy  and  configure  System  Center  2012  -­‐  Data  Protection  Manager  (DPM)  and  Orchestrator  in  a  private  cloud,  and  integrate  these  products  with  other  System  Center  2012  components.    The  beta  version  of  this  course  (10751AB)  utilizes  pre-­‐release  software  in  the  virtual  machine  for  the  labs.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  data  center  administrators  who  will  be  responsible  for  designing,  installing,  and  configuring  a  private  cloud  infrastructure.  The  secondary  audience  for  this  course  is  data  center  administrators  who  will  be  responsible  for  monitoring  and  protecting  the  private  cloud  infrastructure.    Prerequisites

• Windows  Server  2008  R2  operating  system.  • Active  Directory  Domain  Services  (AD  DS).  • Networking  experience.  • Working  knowledge  of  previous  versions  of  System  Center  products.  • Microsoft  SharePoint  configuration.  • Windows  Server  2008  Hyper-­‐V.  • Familiarity  with  data  center  management  processes.  • Storage  area  networks  (SANs).  

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 29 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        29  

10774AC Querying Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview This  5-­‐day  instructor  led  course  provides  students  with  the  technical  skills  required  to  write  basic  Transact-­‐SQL  queries  for  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2012.  This  course  is  the  foundation  for  all  SQL  Server-­‐related  disciplines;  namely,  Database  Administration,  Database  Development  and  Business  Intelligence.  This  course  helps  people  prepare  for  exam  70-­‐461.  All  the  labs  for  this  course  can  be  performed  using  the  provided  virtual  machines.    However,  if  you  have  a  Microsoft  Windows    Azure™  account  and  the  classroom  virtual  machines  connect  to  the  internet  you  may  be  able  to  connect  to  your  Windows  Azure  server  and  database  from  the  classroom.    Many  of  the  labs  in  this  course  are  enabled  for  you  to  perform  the  lab  while  connected  to  your  own  Windows  Azure  database  in  the  cloud.  Your  instructor  should  be  able  to  provide  a  current  list  of  Windows  Azure  enabled  labs.  To  acquire  a  trial  Windows  Azure  account  click  here.    Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  Database  Administrators,  Database  Developers,  and  Business  Intelligence  professionals.  The  course  will  very  likely  be  well  attended  by  SQL  power  users  who  aren’t  necessarily  database-­‐focused  or  plan  on  taking  the  exam;  namely,  report  writers,  business  analysts  and  client  application  developers.    Prerequisites  

• Working  knowledge  of  relational  databases.    • Basic  knowledge  of  the  Microsoft  Windows  operating  system  and  its  core  functionality.  • Basic  understanding  of  virtualization  technology  (Classroom  labs  utilize  virtual  machines)    

To  help  you  prepare  for  this  class,  review  the  following  resources:  • Book:  T-­‐SQL  Fundamentals  for  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2012  and  SQL  Azure    • MCTS  Self  Paced  Training  Kit  70-­‐461    

10775AC Administering Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Databases Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview This  five-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  maintain  a  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2012  database.  The  course  focuses  on  teaching  individuals  how  to  use  SQL  Server  2012  product  features  and  tools  related  to  maintaining  a  database.  Also  this  course  helps  you  prepare  for  the  Exam  70-­‐462  All  the  labs  for  this  course  can  be  performed  using  the  provided  virtual  machines.  However,  if  you  have  a  Microsoft  Windows  Azure  account  and  the  classroom  virtual  machines  connect  to  the  internet  you  may  be  able  to  connect  to  your  Azure  server  and  database  from  the  classroom.  Many  of  the  labs  in  this  course  are  enabled  for  you  to  perform  the  lab  while  connected  to  your  own  Azure  database  in  the  cloud.  Your  instructor  should  be  able  to  provide  a  current  list  of  Azure  enabled  labs.  To  acquire  a  trial  Windows  Azure  account  click  here.  Below  are  the  some  of  the  new  features  of  SQL  Server  that  has  been  discussed  in  this  course      

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 30 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        30  

• Discussion  around  servicing  SQL  Server  (Service  Packs,  Cumulative  Updates,  Hotfixes)  • Understanding  the  relationship  between  the  different  levels  of  updates  to  the  SQL  Server  

product  is  very  important  for  those  working  with  it.  The  course  now  covers  details  on  how  hotfixes,  cumulative  updates  and  service  packs  are  related  and  when  to  apply  each  type  of  update.  

• SQL  Server  use  of  automated  update  • SQL  Server  can  now  utilize  Windows  Update  for  servicing.  The  course  shows  how  to  enable  

automated  updates  and  when  the  use  of  these  updates  should  and  should  not  be  used.  • Partial  database  containment    

• A  significant  challenge  when  migrating  databases  between  servers  is  the  management  of  objects  such  as  logins  that  are  not  contained  within  the  database.  The  course  now  discusses  the  partial  containment  options  that  are  provided  by  SQL  Server  2012.  In  particular,  authentication-­‐related  changes  are  discussed.  

• Users  with  passwords  (contained  users)  • The  course  shows  how  SQL  Server  2012  allows  users  to  be  authenticated  at  the  database  

level,  rather  than  at  the  server  level.  This  is  an  important  first  step  in  for  database  containment.  

• User-­‐defined  server  roles  • In  earlier  versions  of  SQL  Server,  user-­‐defined  roles  could  be  created  at  the  database  level  

but  not  at  the  server  level.  In  SQL  Server  2012,  user-­‐defined  roles  can  also  be  defined  at  the  server  level.  This  can  help  to  increase  the  security  of  systems.  Having  the  ability  to  configure  more  fine-­‐grained  permissions  lets  logins  be  assigned  only  the  permissions  that  they  need  to  do  their  work.  

• In-­‐place  upgrades  of  data-­‐tier  applications  • In  earlier  versions  of  SQL  Server,  an  upgrade  of  a  data-­‐tier  application  involved  migrating  all  

the  data  within  a  database  to  a  new  database.  In  SQL  Server  2012  this  is  no  longer  needed  and  the  course  shows  how  data-­‐tier  applications  can  be  upgraded  much  more  quickly,  and  using  less  system  resources.  

• Appendix  with  intro  to  AlwaysOn,  High  Availability  and  Replication  concepts  • Students  who  will  be  attempting  the  certification  exam  that  is  relevant  to  this  course  require  

knowledge  of  high  availability  and  replication.  In  earlier  versions  of  this  course,  none  of  these  details  were  covered.  In  this  version  of  the  course,  an  appendix  that  covers  the  core  concepts  for  high  availability  (including  SQL  Server  2012  AlwaysOn  technologies)  and  replication  is  provided.  

 Audience The  primary  audience  for  this  course  is  individuals  who  administer  and  maintain  SQL  Server  databases.  These  individuals  perform  database  administration  and  maintenance  as  their  primary  area  of  responsibility,  or  work  in  environments  where  databases  play  a  key  role  in  their  primary  job.    Prerequisites

• Basic  knowledge  of  the  Microsoft  Windows  operating  system  and  its  core  functionality.  • Working  knowledge  of  Transact-­‐SQL.  • Working  knowledge  of  relational  databases.  • Some  experience  with  database  design.  

Students  who  attend  this  training  can  meet  the  prerequisites  by  attending  the  following  courses,  or  obtaining  equivalent  knowledge  and  skills:  

• 10774A:  Writing  T-­‐SQL  Queries  for  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2012    

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 31 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        31  

10776AC Developing Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Databases Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview This  5-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  introduces  SQL  Server  2012  and  describes  logical  table  design,  indexing  and  query  plans.  It  also  focusses  on  the  creation  of  database  objects  including  views,  stored  procedures,  along  with  parameters,  and  functions.  Other  common  aspects  of  procedure  coding,  such  as  transactions,  concurrency,  error  handling,  triggers,  and  SQL  CLR  are  also  covered  in  this  course.  Also  this  course  helps  you  prepare  for  the  Exam  70-­‐464  The  Beta  version  of  this  course  (10776AB)  utilizes  pre-­‐release  software  in  the  virtual  machine  for  the  labs.  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2012  Release  Candidate  0  (RC0)  is  used  in  this  course.  Some  of  the  exercises  in  this  course  are  SQL  Azure  enabled.    Below  are  the  some  of  the  new  features  of  SQL  Server  that  has  been  discussed  in  this  course  

• Use  of  SC  collations  • Current  versions  of  Windows  support  extended  Unicode  collations  known  as  supplementary  

(or  SC)  collations.  Earlier  versions  of  SQL  Server  did  not  support  the  use  of  these  collations.  The  course  provides  details  on  SQL  Server  support  for  these  additional  collations.  

• Use  of  TRY_PARSE,  TRY_CONVERT  • SQL  Server  2012  introduces  a  number  of  new  functions.  The  demonstrations  in  the  course  

utilize  many  of  these  new  functions  such  as  TRY_PARSE  and  TRY_CONVERT.  • Detailed  discussion  on  IDENTITY  constraints  

• A  new  more  detailed  topic  on  IDENTITY  constraints  has  been  added  to  the  course.  • Working  with  SEQUENCES  

• SQL  Server  2012  introduces  the  concept  of  sequences.  The  course  now  includes  a  topic  and  demonstration  on  the  use  of  sequences.  

• Slight  course  reordering  to  improve  overall  flow  • The  course  has  been  reordered  from  6232B  to  improve  the  overall  flow.  In  particular,  

constraints  are  discussed  immediately  after  the  initial  discussion  on  logical  table  design.  The  course  layout  offers  a  more  unified  experience  for  the  students  with  each  day  having  a  particular  flavor.  

• Use  of  THROW  and  comparisons  to  RAISERROR  • SQL  Server  2012  enhances  the  available  error-­‐handling  options  in  T-­‐SQL.  The  module  on  

error-­‐handling  has  been  expanded  to  show  how  to  use  THROW  in  place  of  RAISERROR  and  also  to  show  how  to  rethrow  errors  (including  system  errors)  within  CATCH  blocks  using  the  THROW  statement.  

• Full-­‐globe  and  arc  support  in  spatial  • SQL  Server  2012  adds  support  for  geography  data-­‐type  objects  that  span  more  than  a  single  

hemisphere.  The  course  discusses  the  new  full  globe  support  and  along  with  new  support  for  curved  arc  objects.  

• Customizable  nearness  in  full-­‐text  • The  course  covers  how  full-­‐text  indexing  in  SQL  Server  2012  offers  a  more  customizable  and  

flexible  proximity  operation  than  earlier  versions  of  SQL  Server.      

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 32 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        32  

Audience The  primary  audience  for  this  course  is  IT  Professionals  who  want  to  become  skilled  on  SQL  Server  2012  product  features  and  technologies  for  implementing  a  database    Prerequisites

• Knowledge  of  writing  T-­‐SQL  queries.  • Knowledge  of  basic  relational  database  concepts.  

Students  who  attend  this  training  can  meet  the  prerequisites  by  attending  the  following  courses,  or  obtaining  equivalent  knowledge  and  skills:  

• 10774A:  Writing  T-­‐SQL  Queries  for  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2012    

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 33 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        33  

10777AC Implementing a Data Warehouse with Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview Data  warehousing  is  a  solution  organizations  use  to  centralize  business  data  for  reporting  and  analysis.  This  five-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  focuses  on  teaching  individuals  how  to  create  a  data  warehouse  with  SQL  Server  2012,  implement  ETL  with  SQL  Server  Integration  Services,  and  validate  and  cleanse  data  with  SQL  Server  Data  Quality  Services  and  SQL  Server  Master  Data  Services.  This  course  helps  people  prepare  for  exam  70-­‐463.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  database  professionals  who  need  to  fulfill  a  Business  Intelligence  Developer  role.    They  will  need  to  focus  on  hands-­‐on  work  creating  BI  solutions  including  Data  Warehouse  implementation,  ETL,  and  data  cleansing.    Primary  responsibilities  include:  

• Implementing  a  data  warehouse.  • Developing  SQL  Server  Integration  Services  (SSIS)  packages  for  data  extraction,  transformation,  and  

loading  (ETL).  • Enforcing  data  integrity  by  using  Master  Data  Services.  • Cleansing  data  by  using  Data  Quality  Services.    

Prerequisites

• At  least  2  years’  experience  of  working  with  relational  databases,  including:    o Designing  a  normalized  database.  o Creating  tables  and  relationships.  o Querying  with  Transact-­‐SQL.  

• Some  exposure  to  basic  programming  constructs  (such  as  looping  and  branching).  • An  awareness  of  key  business  priorities  such  as  revenue,  profitability,  and  financial  accounting  is  

desirable.      

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 34 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        34  

10778AC Implementing Data Models and Reports with Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview This  5-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  describes  how  to  empower  information  workers  through  self-­‐service  analytics  and  reporting.  Students  will  learn  how  to  implement  PowerPivot  and  tabular  data  models,  create  and  deliver  rich  data  visualizations  with  Power  View  and  SQL  Server  Reporting  Services,  and  discover  business  insights  by  using  data  mining.  This  course  helps  people  prepare  for  exam  70-­‐466.  The  Beta  version  of  this  course  (10778AB)  utilizes  pre-­‐release  software  in  the  virtual  machine  for  the  labs.  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2012  Release  Candidate  0  (RC0)  is  used  in  this  course.  Some  of  the  exercises  in  this  course  are  SQL  Azure  enabled.    Audience The  primary  audience  for  this  course  is  database  professionals  who  need  to  fulfill  BI  Developer  role  to  create  analysis  and  reporting  solutions.    Primary  responsibilities  will    include:  

• Implement  reporting  solutions  by  using  SQL  Server  Reporting  Services    • Implementing  multidimensional  databases  by  using  SQL  Server  Analysis  Services  • Creating  tabular  semantic  data  models  for  analysis  by  using  SQL  Server  Analysis  Services  • Create  visualizations  of  data  by  using  Power  View  • Create  data  mining  solutions  by  using  SQL  Server  Analysis  Services    

Prerequisites Technical  knowledge  equivalent  to  the  following  course:  

• 10774A:  Writing  Queries  with  Microsoft  SQL  Server  Transact-­‐SQL    

10802AC Microsoft Enterprise Search for IT Professionals Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview This  three  day  course  prepares  IT  Professionals  to  administer  enterprise  search  solutions  using  Microsoft  SharePoint  Server  2010  and  Microsoft  FAST  Search  Server  2010  for  SharePoint.  All  aspects  of  administration  are  covered  including  search  topologies,  search  sites,  content  crawling,  federation,  monitoring,  and  search  reporting.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  IT  Professionals  responsible  for  administering  the  search  features  of  SharePoint  Server  2010  and  FAST  Search  Server  2010  for  SharePoint.    Prerequisites

• Administering  Active  Directory:  creating  and  managing  user  and  group  accounts,  delegation  of  administration,  and  configuring  Group  Policy.  

• Administering  SQL  Server  2005  or  2008:  creating  logons,  assigning  roles,  and  using  SQL  Management  Studio.  

• Experience  using  Windows  PowerShell  cmdlets  and  scripts.    • SharePoint  Server  2010  experience  using  Central  Administration  and  creating  site  collections.  

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 35 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        35  

10805AC SharePoint Search for Application Developers Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview In  this  course,  students  will  learn  how  to  develop  enterprise  search  applications  for  Microsoft  SharePoint  2010.    This  course  builds  on  the  search-­‐related  material  in  10175A  Microsoft  SharePoint  2010  Application  Development.  Topics  include:  processing  data  content,  configuring  Federation,  search  scopes,  managed  metadata,  linguistics,  federated  object  model  applications,  custom  search  applications,  extending  connectors  using  SharePoint  Designer,  and  custom  connectors  using  Business  Connectivity  Services.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  application  developers  and  advanced  system  administrators  working  in  the  Enterprise  Search  area  to  extend  SharePoint  Server  2010.    Prerequisites

• At  least  two  years  of  experience  as  a  developer  for  Microsoft  Office  SharePoint  Server  2007  and/or  SharePoint  Server  2010.  

• Understanding  of  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2008  and  supporting  technologies,  such  as  Internet  Information  Services.  

• Experience  deploying  and  configuring  Windows  Server  2008  and  Microsoft  SQL  Server  Technologies.  • Familiarity  with  creating  projects  and  .NET  programming  in  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2010.  • Familiarity  with  Microsoft  Windows  PowerShell  2.0.    

10806AC FAST Search for SharePoint for Application Developers Course  duration:  Two  days    Overview This  course  is  designed  to  highlight  the  differentiating  features  of  Microsoft  FAST  Search  Server  2010  for  SharePoint,  and  enable  participants  to  implement  effective  search-­‐driven  applications  using  this  add-­‐on.  The  course  builds  on  10805A,  Microsoft  SharePoint  2010  Search  for  Application  Developers.      Topics  include:  product  features,  search  architecture,  FAST  Web  Crawler,  FAST  Query  Language,  numeric  refiners,  FAST  Search  scopes,  linguistic  capabilities,  advanced  content  processing,  relevancy  and  ranking.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  application  developers  and  advanced  system  administrators  working  in  the  Enterprise  Search  area  to  extend  FAST  Search  2010  for  SharePoint.    Prerequisites

• Attendance  in  the  course  10805  Microsoft  SharePoint  2010  Search  for  Application  Developers    • At  least  two  years  of  experience  as  a  developer  for  Microsoft  Office  SharePoint  Server  2007  and/or  

SharePoint  Server  2010.  • Understanding  of  Windows  Server  2008  and  supporting  technologies,  such  as  Internet  Information  

Services.  • Experience  deploying  and  configuring  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2008  and  Microsoft  SQL  Server  

Technologies.  • Familiarity  with  creating  projects  in  Microsoft  Visual  Studio.  • Familiarity  with  Microsoft  .NET  programming  in  Visual  Studio  2010.  • Familiarity  with  Microsoft  Windows  PowerShell  2.0.  • Experience  deploying  and  configuring  Search  Applications  for  SharePoint  Server  2010.    • Experience  deploying  and  configuring  FAST  Search  Server  2010  for  SharePoint.    

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 36 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        36  

 10953AC HTML5 Programming Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  participants  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  develop  HTML5  web  applications  using  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2010.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  entry-­‐level  developers  for  HTML  who  have  a  basic  but  limited  understanding  of  HTML  and  who  are  interested  in  learning  core  HTML5,  CSS,  and  JavaScript  programming  skills  that  are  required  to  successfully  create  applications  for  the  upcoming  Internet  Explorer  10  browser  and  the  next  version  of  the  Windows  operating  system.    Prerequisites

• Have  three  to  six  months  of  development  experience  in  a  professional  environment.  • Be  familiar  with  the  HTML  document  structure  and  associated  terminology,  but  are  not  expected  to  

be  expert  and  do  not  need  to  have  experience  with  HTML5.  • Have  one  to  three  months  experience  with  HTML  and  XML.  • Have  a  general  familiarity  with  the  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  IDE.    

1303AC Mastering Microsoft Visual Basic 6 Fundamentals Course  duration:  Five  days   Overview This  course  teaches  programmers  the  skills  necessary  to  create  Microsoft  Visual  Basic  programming  system  desktop  applications  and  satisfies  the  Visual  Basic  prerequisites  for  Course  1013,  Mastering  Visual  Basic  6  Development.    Prerequisites Have  a  working  knowledge  of  programming  concepts.    1846AC Microsoft Solutions Framework Essentials Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview This  three-­‐day,  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  an  introduction  to  the  Microsoft  Solutions  Framework  (MSF).  These  key  elements  include  the  MSF  Team  and  Process  models  as  well  as  the  Risk  Management,  Project  Management,  and  Readiness  Management  Disciplines.  The  course  utilizes  a  combination  of  presentation  lectures  and  hands-­‐on  activities.    Audience  The  primary  audience  for  this  course  is  IT  project  professionals  who  are  responsible  for  planning,  building,  and  deploying  Microsoft  solutions.  These  IT  project  professionals  include  Microsoft  customers  and  partners,  and  Microsoft  Consulting  Services.    Prerequisites  No  prerequisites  are  in  place  for  attending  the  course.    

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 37 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        37  

1913AC Exchanging and Transforming Data Using XML and XSLT Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview The  goal  of  this  course  is  to  teach  developers  techniques  for  exchanging  and  transforming  data  by  using  the  Extensible  Markup  Language  (XML)  and  Extensible  Stylesheet  Language  Transformations  (XSLT).  The  course  describes  best  practices  for  XML  and  XSLT  and  gives  compelling  examples  of  the  best  ways  to  solve  real-­‐world  problems.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  Web  developers  who  have  used  XML  to  create  simple  Web  applications,  and  need  to  know  how  to  exploit  the  full  potential  of  XML  and  XSLT.  The  course  is  also  intended  for  Microsoft  Visual  Basic  developers  who  have  some  exposure  to  XML,  and  need  more  detailed  information  about  XML  in  order  to  build  and  integrate  systems  by  using  XML  and  XSLT.  

• Moderate  degree  of  Web  development  experience  using  HTML  and  XML.  • A  moderate  degree  of  experience  scripting  with  Visual  Basic  for  Applications,  VBScript,  or  JavaScript.  • Some  prior  experience  using  COM  objects,  Active  Server  Pages  (ASP  pages),  and  either  Visual  Basic  or  

Microsoft  Visual  C++.  • Taking  one  or  more  of  the  following  courses  will  help  the  students  meet  the  prerequisites  and  get  

more  out  of  the  course:  • Course  1905,  Building  XML-­‐Based  Web  Applications  • Course  1013,  Mastering  Microsoft  Visual  Basic  6  Development  • Course  1017,  Mastering  Web  Application  Development  Using  Microsoft  Visual  InterDev  6  

 2011AC    Troubleshooting Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 Toolkit Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  workshop  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  identify  and  resolve  common  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  issues.  Microsoft  Certification  exams  This  course  will  help  the  student  prepare  for  the  following  Microsoft  Certified  Professional  exam:  Exam  70-­‐284:  Implementing  and  Managing  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2003  Workshop  Materials  The  student  kit  includes  a  comprehensive  workbook  and  other  necessary  materials  for  this  workshop.    Audience This  workshop  is  intended  for  the  Systems  Engineer  already  skilled  in  Exchange  Server  2003  support  tasks.  Students  should  have  one  or  more  years  of  messaging  and  network  experience  supporting  Exchange  Server.  The  workshop  format  is  also  intended  for  students  who  best  learn  by  doing.    Prerequisites

• Completed  Course  2400,  Implementing  and  Managing  Exchange  Server  2003  -­‐or-­‐  

• Completed  Course  2009,  Upgrading  Your  Skills  from  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  5.5  to  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2003  

• One  or  more  years  of  messaging  and  network  experience  supporting  Exchange  Server    

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 38 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        38  

20331AC Core Solutions of Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 Course  duration:  Five  days   Overview This  course  will  provide  you  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  configure  and  manage  a  Microsoft  SharePoint  Server  2013  environment.  This  course  will  teach  you  how  to  configure  SharePoint  Server  2013,  as  well  as  provide  guidelines,  best  practices,  and  considerations  that  will  help  you  optimize  your  SharePoint  server  deployment.    This  is  the  first  in  a  sequence  of  two  courses  for  IT  Professionals  and  will  align  with  the  first  exam  in  the  SharePoint  Server  2013  IT  Pro  certification.    Audience  The  course  is  targeted  at  experienced  IT  Professionals  interested  in  learning  how  to  install,  configure,  deploy  and  manage  SharePoint  Server  2013  installations  in  either  the  data  center  or  the  cloud.    Students  typically  have  more  than  four  years  of  hands-­‐on  experience*  planning  and  maintaining  SharePoint  and  other  core  technologies  upon  which  SharePoint  depends,  including  Windows  Server  2008  R2  or  later,  Internet  Information  Services  (IIS),  SQL  Server  2008  R2  or  later,  Active  Directory,    and  networking  infrastructure  services.    An  ideal  candidate  will  have  at  least  one  year  of  experience  with  deploying  and  administering  multiple  SharePoint  2010  farms  across  a  large  enterprise.  Because  many  customers  skipped  upgrading  from  SharePoint  2007,  a  candidate  can  also  have  at  least  2  years  of  experience  with  SharePoint  2007  and  knowledge  of  the  differences  between  2007  and  2010,  particularly  the  Service  Application  model.  A  candidate  can  demonstrate  the  following  skills:  

• Software  management  in  a  Windows  2008  R2  enterprise  server  or  Windows  Server  2012  environment.  

• Deploying  and  managing  applications  natively,  virtually  and  in  the  cloud.  • Administering  Internet  Information  Services  (IIS).  • Configuring  Active  Directory  for  use  in  authentication,  authorization  and  as  a  user  store.  • Managing  an  application  remotely  using  Windows  PowerShell  2.0.  • Connecting  applications  to  Microsoft  SQL  Server.  • Implementing  Claims-­‐based  Security.  

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 39 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        39  

20332AC Advanced Solutions of Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview This  course  will  provide  you  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  configure  and  manage  a  Microsoft  SharePoint  Server  2013  environment.  This  course  will  teach  you  how  to  configure  SharePoint  Server  2013,  as  well  as  provide  guidelines,  best  practices,  and  considerations  that  will  help  you  optimize  your  SharePoint  server  deployment.    This  is  the  first  in  a  sequence  of  two  courses  for  IT  Professionals  and  will  align  with  the  first  exam  in  the  SharePoint  Server  2013  IT  Pro  certification.    Audience The  course  is  targeted  at  experienced  IT  Professionals  interested  in  learning  how  to  install,  configure,  deploy  and  manage  SharePoint  Server  2013  installations  in  either  the  data  center  or  the  cloud.    Students  typically  have  more  than  four  years  of  hands-­‐on  experience*  planning  and  maintaining  SharePoint  and  other  core  technologies  upon  which  SharePoint  depends,  including  Windows  Server  2008  R2  or  later,  Internet  Information  Services  (IIS),  SQL  Server  2008  R2  or  later,  Active  Directory,    and  networking  infrastructure  services.    Prerequisites

• Completed  Course  20331:  Core  Solutions  of  Microsoft  SharePoint  Server  2013,  successful  completion  of  Exam  70-­‐331:  Core  Solutions  of  Microsoft  SharePoint  2013,  or  equivalent  skills.  

• At  least  one  year’s  experience  of  mapping  business  requirements  to  logical  and  physical  technical  design.  

• Working  knowledge  of  network  design,  including  network  security.  • Experience  managing  software  in  a  Windows  2008  R2  enterprise  server  or  Windows  Server  2012  

environment.  • Deployed  and  managed  applications  natively,  virtually,  and  in  the  cloud.  • Administered  Internet  Information  Services  (IIS).  • Configured  Active  Directory  for  use  in  authentication,  authorization  and  as  a  user  store.  • Managed  an  application  remotely  using  Windows  PowerShell  2.0.  • Connected  applications  to  Microsoft  SQL  Server.  • Implemented  Claims-­‐based  security.  

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 40 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        40  

20336AC Core Solutions of Microsoft Lync Server 2013 Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview This  instructor-­‐led  course  teaches  IT  professionals  how  to  plan,  design,  deploy,  configure,  and  administer  a  Microsoft  Lync  Server  2013  solution.    The  course  emphasizes  Lync  Server  2013  Enterprise  Unified  Communications  features  with  particular  emphasis  on  coexisting  with  and  migrating  from  legacy  communication  services.  The  labs  in  this  course  create  a  solution  that  includes  IM  and  Presence,  Conferencing,  and  Persistent  Chat.    This  course  helps  the  student  prepare  for  Exam  70-­‐336.      Audience This  course  is  intended  for  IT  consultants  and  telecommunications  consulting  professionals  who  design,  plan,  deploy,  and  maintain  solutions  for  unified  communications  (UC).  Candidates  should  be  able  to  translate  business  requirements  into  technical  architecture  and  design  for  a  UC  solution    Prerequisites

• Experience  managing  software  in  a  Windows  2008  R2  enterprise  server  or  Windows  Server  2012  environment  

• Experience  managing  an  application  remotely  using  Windows  PowerShell  3.0  • Familiarity  with  managing  and  configuring  databases  • An  introduction  to  Active  Directory  Domain  Services    

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 41 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        41  

20341AC

Core Solutions of Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview In  this  course,  students  will  learn  to  configure  and  manage  a  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2013  messaging  environment.  This  course  will  teach  students  guidelines,  best  practices,  and  considerations  that  will  help  them  optimize  their  Exchange  server  deployment.  Course  20341  is  an  instructor-­‐led  course  and  will  provide  you  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  plan,  install,  and  manage  the  mailbox  role,  client  access,  transport,  and  Exchange  infrastructure.    Audience The  primary  audience  for  this  course  is  Information  Technology  (IT)  professionals  who  are  aspiring  to  be  enterprise-­‐level  messaging  administrators.  Others  who  may  take  this  course  include  IT  generalists  and  help  desk  professionals  who  want  to  learn  about  Exchange  Server  2013.  Administrators  coming  into  the  course  are  expected  to  have  at  least  3  years  of  experience  working  in  the  IT  field—typically  in  the  areas  of  network  administration,  help  desk,  or  system  administration.  They  are  not  expected  to  have  experience  with  previous  Exchange  Server  versions.    The  secondary  audience  for  this  course  is  professionals  who  are  looking  to  take  the  exam  70-­‐341A:  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2013,  Core  Solutions,  as  a  standalone,  or  as  part  of  the  requirement  for  the  MCSE:  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2013  certification  will  take  this  course  as  preparation  material.    Prerequisites

• Minimum  of  two  years  of  experience  administering  Windows  Server,  including  Windows  Server  2008  R2  or  Windows  Server  2012.  

• Minimum  of  two  years  of  experience  working  with  Active  Directory  Domain  Services  (AD  DS).  • Minimum  of  two  years  of  experience  working  with  name  resolution,  including  DNS.  • Experience  working  with  certificates,  including  PKI  certificates.  

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 42 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        42  

20342AC

Advanced Solutions of Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview This  course  will  provide  you  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  configure  and  manage  a  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2013  messaging  environment.  This  course  will  teach  you  how  to  configure  Exchange  Server  2013,  and  it  will  provide  guidelines,  best  practices,  and  considerations  that  will  help  you  optimize  your  Exchange  Server  deployment.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  people  aspiring  to  be  enterprise-­‐level  messaging  administrators.  Others  who  may  take  this  course  include  IT  generalists  and  help  desk  professionals  who  want  to  learn  about  Exchange  Server  2013.  People  coming  into  the  course  are  expected  to  have  at  least  3  years  of  experience  working  in  the  IT  field—typically  in  the  areas  of  network  administration,  help  desk,  or  system  administration.  Students  are  expected  to  have  experience  with  Exchange  Server  2013  or  with  previous  versions  of  Exchange  Server.  In  addition,  this  course  is  intended  as  preparation  material  for  IT  professionals  who  are  looking  to  take  the  exam  70-­‐342A:  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2013,  Advanced  Solutions,  as  a  stand-­‐alone,  or  as  part  of  the  requirement  for  the  MCSE:  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2013  certification.    Prerequisites

• Passed  70-­‐341:  Core  Solutions  of  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2013,  or  equivalent    • Minimum  of  two  years  of  experience  working  with  Exchange  Server    • Minimum  of  six  months  of  experience  working  with  Exchange  Server  2010  or  Exchange  Server  2013    • Minimum  of  two  years  of  experience  administering  Windows  Server,  including  Windows  Server  2008  

R2  or  Windows  Server  2012    • Minimum  of  two  years  of  experience  working  with  Active  Directory    • Minimum  of  two  years  of  experience  working  with  name  resolution,  including  DNS    • Experience  working  with  certificates,  including  public  key  infrastructure  (PKI)  certificates    • Experience  working  with  Windows  PowerShell    

Students  who  attend  this  training  can  meet  the  prerequisites  by  attending  the  following  courses,  or  by  obtaining  equivalent  knowledge  and  skills:  

• Course  20341:  Core  Solutions  of  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2013    

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 43 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        43  

20410BC

Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 Course  duration:  Five  days     Overview This  version  of  this  course  20410A  utilizes  pre-­‐release  software  in  the  virtual  machines  for  the  labs.  The  course  is  part  one  of  a  series  of  three  courses  that  provide  the  skills  and  knowledge  necessary  to  implement  a  core  Windows  Server  2012  infrastructure  in  an  existing  enterprise  environment.  The  three  courses  collectively  cover  implementing,  managing,  maintaining,  and  provisioning  services  and  infrastructure  in  a  Windows  Server  2012  environment.  While  there  is  some  cross-­‐over  in  skillset  and  tasks  across  the  courses,  this  course  primarily  covers  the  initial  implementation  and  configuration  of  those  core  services,  such  as  Active  Directory  Domain  Services  (AD  DS),  networking  services,  and  Hyper-­‐V  configuration.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  Information  Technology  (IT)  Professionals  who  have  good  Windows  operating  system  knowledge  and  experience  and  who  want  to  acquire  the  skills  and  knowledge  necessary  to  implement  the  core  infrastructure  services  in  an  existing  Windows  Server  2012  environment.  Although  students  would  benefit  from  having  some  previous  Windows  Server  experience,  they  must  have  good  hands-­‐on  Windows  Client  experience  with  Windows  Vista,  Windows  7,  or  Windows  8.    Prerequisites

• A  good  understanding  of  networking  fundamentals.    • An  understanding  and  experience  configuring  security  and  administration  tasks  in  an  enterprise  

environment.    • Experience  supporting  or  configuring  Microsoft  Windows  clients.  

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 44 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        44  

20411BC

Administering Windows Server 2012 Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview This  version  of  this  course  is  built  on  the  final  release  version  of  Windows  Server  2012.  Learn  how  to  administer  Windows  Server  2012  with  this  five-­‐day  course.  This  course  is  part  two  in  a  series  of  three  courses  that  provides  the  skills  and  knowledge  necessary  to  implement  a  core  Windows  Server  2012  Infrastructure  in  an  existing  enterprise  environment.  The  three  courses  collectively  cover  implementing,  managing,  maintaining  and  provisioning  services  and  infrastructure  in  a  Windows  Server  2012  environment.  Although  there  is  some  cross-­‐over  of  skills  and  tasks  across  these  courses,  this  course  primarily  covers  the  administration  tasks  necessary  to  maintain  a  Windows  Server  2012  infrastructure  such  as  Implementing  Server  Images,  User  and  Group  management  with  Active  Directory  Domain  Services(AD  DS)  and  Group  Policy,  Remote  Access  and  Network  Policies,  Data  Security,  Monitoring  and  Update  Management  This  course  maps  directly  to  and  is  preparation  material  for  Microsoft  Certified  Solutions  Associate  (MCSA):  Windows  Server  2012  exam  "70-­‐411:  Administering  Windows  Server  2012".  Details  of  which  are  available  here  http://www.microsoft.com/learning/en/us/exam.aspx?ID=70-­‐411    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  Information  Technology  (IT)  Professionals  with  hands  on  experience  working  in  a  Windows  Server  2008  or  Windows  Server  2012  environment,  who  wish  to  acquire  the  skills  and  knowledge  necessary  to  be  able  to  manage  and  maintain  the  core  infrastructure  required  for  a  Windows  Server  2012  environment.  The  key  focus  for  students  in  this  course  is  to  broaden  the  initial  deployment  of  Windows  Server  2012  services  and  infrastructure  and  provide  the  skills  necessary  to  manage  and  maintain  a  domain  based  Windows  Server  2012  environment,  such  as  user  and  group  management,  network  access  and  data  security.    Candidates  would  typically  be  System  Administrators  or  aspiring  to  be  System  Administrators.  They  must  have  at  least  one  year  hands  on  experience  working  in  a  Windows  Server  2008  or  Windows  Server  2012  environment.  Candidates  must  also  have  knowledge  equivalent  to  that  already  covered  in  “20410A:  Installing  and  Configuring  Windows  Server  2012”  course  as  this  course  will  build  upon  that  knowledge.      Prerequisites

• Real  world  hands  on  experience  working  with  Windows  Server  2008,  Windows  Server  2008  R2  or  Windows  Server  2012.    

• Good  knowledge  and  understanding  of  Active  Directory  and  networking  infrastructure.    • Knowledge  equivalent  to  that  already  covered  in  “20410A:  Installing  and  Configuring  Windows  

Server  2012”.      

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 45 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        45  

20412BC

Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 Services Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview This  version  of  this  course  is  built  on  the  final  release  version  of  Windows  Server  2012.    Learn  how  to  provision  and  configure  advanced  services  using  Windows  Server  2012  with  this  five-­‐day  course.  This  course  is  part  three,  in  a  series  of  three  courses  that  provides  the  skills  and  knowledge  necessary  to  implement  a  core  Windows  Server  2012  infrastructure  in  an  existing  enterprise  environment.  The  three  courses  will  collectively  cover  implementing,  managing,  maintaining  and  provisioning  services  and  infrastructure  in  a  Windows  Server  2012  environment.  Although  there  is  some  cross-­‐over  of  skills  and  tasks  across  these  three  courses,  this  course  primarily  covers  advanced  configuration  of  services  necessary  to  deploy,  manage  and  maintain  a  Windows  Server  2012  infrastructure,  such  as  advanced  networking  services,  Active  Directory  Domain  Services  (AD  DS),  identity  management,  rights  management,  Federated  services,  network  load  balancing,  failover  clustering,  business  continuity  and  disaster  recovery.    This  course  maps  directly  to  and  is  preparation  material  for  Microsoft  Certified  Solutions  Associate  (MCSA):  Windows  Server  2012  exam  "70-­‐412:  Configuring  Advanced  Windows  Server  2012  Services".  Details  of  which  are  available  here  http://www.microsoft.com/learning/en/us/exam.aspx?ID=70-­‐412    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  IT  professionals  with  hands-­‐on  experience  implementing,  managing,  and  maintaining  a  Windows  Server  2012  infrastructure  in  an  existing  enterprise  environment,  who  wish  to  acquire  the  skills  and  knowledge  necessary  to  perform  advanced  management  and  provisioning  of  services  within  that  Windows  Server  2012  environment.  Suitable  candidates  are  typically  experienced  system  administrators  who  have  real-­‐world  experience  working  in  a  Windows  Server  2008,  Windows  server  2008  R2  or  Windows  Server  2012  environment.  The  secondary  audience  for  this  course  is  candidates  who  plan  to  take  Exam  70-­‐412:  Configuring  Advanced  Windows  Server  2012  Services,  or  who  want  to  acquire  the  Microsoft  Certified  Solutions  Associate  (MCSA)  credential.    Prerequisites

• Good  hands-­‐on  experience  working  in  a  Windows  Server  2008,  Windows  server  2008  R2  or  Windows  Server  2012  enterprise  environment.  

• Real-­‐world  experience  implementing,  managing,  and  configuring  AD  DS  and  networking  infrastructure  in  an  enterprise  environment.  

• Knowledge  equivalent  to  courses:  20410B:  Installing  and  Configuring  Windows  Server  2012,  and  20411B:  Administering  Windows  Server  2012.  

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 46 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        46  

20413BC

Designing and Implementing a Server Infrastructure Course  duration:  Five  days     Overview This  5-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  you  with  the  skills  and  knowledge  needed  to  plan,  design,  and  deploy  a  physical  and  logical  Windows  Server  2012  Active  Directory  Domain  Services  (AD  DS)  infrastructure.  The  course  also  provides  the  skills  to  perform  name  resolution,  application  integration,  optimization  of  automate  remediation  and  maintenance  of  network  services.    Audience Candidates  for  this  course  have  good  Windows  client  and  server  operating  system  knowledge  and  basic  AD  DS  and  networking  experience  in  an  enterprise/small  business  (SMB)  environment  together  with  application  configuration  experience.  This  course  is  intended  for  IT  professionals  who  are  responsible  for  planning,  designing,  and  deploying  a  physical  and  a  logical  Windows  Server  2012  enterprise  Active  Directory  Domain  Services  (AD  DS)  infrastructure  including  the  network  services  necessary.  Students  have  experience  of  previous  Windows  Server  operating  systems  and  possess  Windows  Server  2012  certification  (MCSA)  or  equivalent  skills.  This  course  is  also  intended  for  IT  professionals  who  are  looking  to  take  the  exam  70-­‐413:  Designing  and  Implementing  a  Server  Infrastructure,  as  a  stand-­‐alone,  or  as  part  of  the  requirement  for  the  MCSE:  Server  Infrastructure  certification.    Prerequisites

• A  good  understanding  of  Transmission  Control  Protocol/Internet  Protocol  (TCP/IP)  fundamentals  and  networking  concepts.  

• A  good  working  knowledge  of  both  Windows  Server  2012  and  Active  Directory  Domain  Services  (AD  DS).  For  example,  domain  user  accounts,  domain  vs.  local  user  accounts,  user  profiles,  and  group  membership.  

• A  good  understanding  of  both  scripts  and  batch  files.  • A  solid  understanding  of  security  concepts,  such  as  authentication  and  authorization.  • Familiarity  with  deployment,  packaging,  and  imaging  tools.  • Ability  to  work  in  a  team/virtual  team.  • Ability  to  produce  good  documentation  and  have  the  appropriate  communication  skills  to  create  

proposals  and  make  budget  recommendations.  • Knowledge  equivalent  to  Windows  2012  MCSA.  

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 47 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        47  

20414AC

Implementing an Advanced Server Infrastructure Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview In  this  course,  students  will  learn  how  to  plan  and  implement  some  of  the  more  advanced  features  available  in  Windows  Server  2012.  Course  20413A  is  a  prerequisite  course  for  Course  20414A.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  Information  Technology  (IT)  professionals  who  are  responsible  for  planning,  designing  and  deploying  a  physical  and  logical  Windows  Server  2012  enterprise  and  Active  Directory  Domain  Services  (AD  DS)  infrastructures  including  the  network  services.  Candidates  would  typically  have  experience  of  previous  Windows  Server  operating  systems  and  have  Windows  Server  2012  certification  (MCSA)  or  equivalent  skills.  The  secondary  audience  for  this  course  will  be  candidates  are  IT  professionals  who  are  looking  to  take  the  exam  70-­‐414:  Implementing  an  Advanced  Enterprise  Server  Infrastructure,  as  a  standalone,  or  as  part  of  the  requirement  for  the  MCSE  certification.    Prerequisites

• Understanding  of  TCP/IP  and  networking  concepts.    • Understanding  of  Windows  Server  2012  and  AD  DS,  including  planning,  designing  and  deploying.    • Understanding  of  scripts  and  batch  files.    • Understanding  of  security  concepts  such  as  authentication  and  authorization.  • Understanding  of  deployment,  packaging,  and  imaging  tools.  • Working  in  a  team  or  a  virtual  team.  • Creating  proposals  and  making  budget  recommendation.  • Have  achieved  the  Windows  Server  2012  MCSA  certification  as  well  as  information  in  the  course  

20413A:  Designing  and  Implementing  an  Enterprise  Server  Infrastructure.    

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 48 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        48  

20415AC

Implementing a Desktop Infrastructure Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview This  5-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  you  with  the  skills  and  knowledge  needed  to  plan,  design,  and  implement  a  Windows  8  desktop  infrastructure.  The  course  provides  guidance  on  planning  and  deploying  desktops  by  using  several  technologies  such  as  User  State  Migration  Tool  (USMT),  Microsoft  Deployment  Toolkit  (MDT),  Virtual  Desktop  Infrastructure  (VDI),  and  more.  Additionally,  the  course  describes  how  to  protect  desktops  and  monitor  their  health  and  performance.    Audience

The  course  is  primarily  intended  for  IT  Professionals  who  manage  the  desktop  environments  for  organizations,  and  want  to  specialize  in  Windows  8  desktop  deployments.  These  IT  professionals  typically  work  in  complex  computing  environments  of  large  to  enterprise-­‐sized  organizations.  In  addition,  the  secondary  audience  for  this  course  includes  IT  professionals  who  want  to  take  the  70-­‐415:  Implementing  an  Enterprise  Desktop  and  Device  Infrastructure  exam  as  a  stand-­‐alone,  or  as  part  of  the  requirement  for  the  MCSE:  Desktop  Infrastructure  certification.    Prerequisites

• Solid  understanding  of  TCP/IP  and  networking  concepts  • Solid  knowledge  of  Windows  and  Active  Directory  Domain  Services  (AD  DS)—for  example,  domain  

user  accounts,  domain  vs.  local  user  accounts,  user  profiles,  and  group  membership  • Good  understanding  of  scripts  and  batch  files  • Solid  understanding  of  security  concepts  such  as  authentication  and  authorization  • Familiarity  with  the  client  administration  capabilities  of  Windows  Server  • General  knowledge  of  management  tools  such  as  System  Center  2012  Configuration  Manager,  System  

Center  2012  Operations  Manager,  and  System  Center  2012  Data  Protection  Manager.  • Familiarity  with  imaging,  packaging,  and  operating  system  deployment  concepts  • Familiarity  with  certificates  and  Certification  Authority  (CA)  implementation  and  configuration  • Knowledge  equivalent  to  Windows  2012  MCSA    • Experience  administering  Windows  Server  in  an  environment  that  typically  has  the  following  

characteristics:  o 2,500  to  50,000  or  more  users  o Multiple  physical  locations  and  multiple  domain  controllers  o Network  services  and  resources  such  as  messaging,  databases,  file  and  print,  firewalls,  

Internet  access,  an  intranet,  and  client  computer  management  o Support  for  Windows  8  client  desktops  o Deployment  and  management  of  both  physical  and  virtual  applications  

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 49 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        49  

20416AC

Implementing Desktop Application Environments Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview This  five-­‐day  course  provides  students  with  the  skills  and  knowledge  to  be  able  to  design,    deploy  and  manage  a  physical  as  well  as  a  virtual  Windows  Server  2012  application  management  infrastructure.  Students  will  also  learn  to  design,  deploy  and  manage  Windows  8  Enterprise  applications  in  a  physical  and  virtual  environment  as  well  as  in  the  cloud.  Students  should  have  experience  with  course  20415:  Implementing  a  Desktop  Infrastructure,  and  have  their  Windows  2012  Server  certification  (MCSA)  or  equivalent  skills.  This  course  also  maps    to  and  supports  exam  70-­‐416:  Implementing  Desktop  Application  Environments.    Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  IT  Professionals  who  are  interested  in  specializing  in  Windows  8  application  deployments  and  managing  the  application  environments  for  large  organizations.  People  attending  this  training  could  be  support  technicians  or  currently  in  deployment  roles  and  are  considering  taking  the  next  step  in  their  career  or  enhancing  their  skills  in  the  areas  of  planning  and  deploying  Windows  8  desktops.  A  secondary  audience  for  this  course  is  IT  professionals  who  are  looking  to  take  one  or  both  exams:  70-­‐415:  Implementing  an  Enterprise  Desktop  and  Device  Infrastructure  and  70-­‐416:  Implementing  Desktop  Application  Environments  as  a  stand-­‐alone,  or  as  part  of  the  requirement  for  the  MCSE:  Desktop  Infrastructure  certification.    The  attendee  should  have  experience  administering  Windows  Server  in  an  environment  that  typically  has  the  following  characteristics:    

• 2,500  to  50,000  or  more  users  • Multiple  physical  locations  and  multiple  domain  controllers  • Network  services  and  resources  such  as  messaging,  databases,  file  and  print,  firewalls,  Internet  

access,  an  intranet,  and  client  computer  management  The  attendee  should  have:  

• Experience  supporting  Windows  8  client  desktops  and  deploying  and  managing  applications,  both  physical  and  virtual.  

• An  MCSA  and  20415A  or  equivalent  knowledge.      

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 50 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        50  

Prerequisites

• Have  solid  understanding  of  TCP/IP  and  networking  concepts.    • Have  a  solid  understanding  of  Windows  and  Active  Directory  Domain  Services  (AD  DS),  for  example,  

domain  user  accounts,  domain  vs.  local  user  accounts,  user  profiles,  and  group  membership.    • Understand  how  to  use  scripts  and  batch  files.    • Have  solid  understanding  of  security  concepts  such  as  authentication  and  authorization.  • Be  able  to  perform  a  clean  installation  of  Windows  8,  upgrade  to  Windows  8,  and  migrate  user-­‐

related  data  and  settings  from  Windows  XP.    • Be  able  to  configure  disks,  partitions,  volumes,  and  device  drivers  to  enable  Windows  8  to  function  as  

desired.  • Be  able  to  configure  and  troubleshoot  permissions  and  other  settings  to  allow  access  to  resources  

and  applications  on  Windows  8  Systems.  • Be  able  to  configure  settings  to  enable  network  connectivity.  • Be  able  to  configure  and  troubleshoot  a  wireless  network  connection.  • Be  able  to  configure  and  troubleshoot  Windows  8  security.  • Be  able  to  configure  mobile  computers  and  devices.    • Understand  the  client  administration  capabilities  of  Windows  Server  and  be  familiar  with  

management  tools  such  as  the  Microsoft  System  Center  suite  of  products.    • Understand  the  concepts  of  deployment,  packaging,  and  imaging.  • Have  a  familiarity  with  SQL  Server  concepts.  

Students  who  attend  this  training  can  meet  the  prerequisites  by  attending  the  following  courses,  or  obtaining  equivalent  knowledge  and  skills:  

• 20410A:  Installing  and  Configuring  Windows  Server  2012    • 20411A:  Administering  Windows  Server  2012  • 20412A:  Configuring  Advanced  Windows  Server  2012  services  • 20415A:  Implementing  a  Desktop  Infrastructure  

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 51 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        51  

20417BC

Upgrading Your Skills to MCSA Windows Server 2012 Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview This  version  of  this  course  is  built  on  the  final  release  version  of  Windows  Server  2012  This  5-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  is  designed  primarily  for  people  who  want  to  upgrade  their  technical  skills  from  Windows  Server  2008  and  Windows  Server  2008  R2  to  Windows  Server  2012.  It  presumes  a  high  level  of  knowledge  about  previous  Windows  Server  versions.    This  course  explains  new  features  and  functionality  in  Windows  Server  2012  around  management,  networking  infrastructure,  storage,  access  control,  Hyper-­‐V,  high  availability,  and  identity  federation.  Specific  technologies  covered  will  include  Dynamic  Access  Control(DAC),  Failover  Clustering,  Microsoft  Online  Backup  and  changes  with  Active  Directory,    and  Hyper-­‐V  and  Active  Directory  Federation  Services  (ADFS).      It  is  not  a  product  upgrade  course,  detailing  the  considerations  for  migrating  and  upgrading  your  specific  environment  to  Windows  Server  2012.  Rather,  this  course  will  update  your  existing  knowledge  and  skills  to  Windows  Server  2012.  This  course  maps  directly  to  and  is  preparation  material  for  Microsoft  Certified  Solutions  Associate  (MCSA):  Windows  Server  2012  upgrade  exam  "70-­‐417:  Upgrading  Your  Skills  to  MCSA  Windows  Server  2012"  details  of  which  are  available  here  http://www.microsoft.com/learning/en/us/exam.aspx?ID=70-­‐417    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  Information  Technology  (IT)  Professionals  who  are  already  experienced  Windows  Server  2008  or  Windows  Server  2008  R2  Administrators  carrying  out  day  to  day  management  and  administrative  tasks  and  who  want  to  update  their  skills  and  knowledge  to  Windows  Server  2012.    Also  suitable  for  this  course  would  be  candidates  who  hold  the  existing  Microsoft  Certified  Solutions  Associate  (MCSA)  Windows  Server  2008  credential  and  who  want  to  update  that  to  the  Microsoft  Certified  Solutions  Associate  (MCSA)  Windows  Server  2012  credential  by  taking  the  upgrade  exam  "70-­‐417:  Upgrading  Your  Skills  to  MCSA  Windows  Server  2012"    Prerequisites

• Real  World  hands-­‐on  experience  deploying  and  managing  Windows  Server  2008  or  Windows  Server  2008  R2  environments    

• Experience  implementing  Windows  Server  2008  networking  technologies    • Experience  implementing  Windows  Server  2008  Active  Directory  technologies    • Experience  implementing  Windows  Server  2008  server  virtualization  technologies  

Candidates  attending  this  course  are  expected  to  have  obtained,  or  have  equivalent  knowledge  to  that  covered  in,  the  MCSA  Windows  Server  2008  credential,  details  of  which  are  available  here  http://www.microsoft.com/learning/en/us/certification/cert-­‐windows-­‐server-­‐2008-­‐MCSA.aspx    

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 52 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        52  

20465AC

Designing Database Solutions for Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview This  course  describes  how  to  design  and  monitor  high  performance,  highly  available  data  solutions  with  SQL  Server  2012.  This  course  focuses  on  creating  plans  and  designs  for  database  structure,  storage,  objects,  and  servers.  Students  will  have  the  opportunity  to  practices  hands-­‐on  skills  and  design  tasks  in  a  virtual  lab  environment  and  will  learn  about  topics  such  as  data  compression,  high  availability,  data  migration,  security,  and  scalability.  This  course  maps  to  skills  and  knowledge  measured  by  Microsoft  Exam  70-­‐465,  and  in  conjunction  with  on-­‐the-­‐job  experience,  can  help  prepare  your  for  the  exam.      Audience This  course  is  intended  for  individuals  who  design  database  solutions  for  organizations  and  have  experience  with  database  development  and  administering  SQL  Server  databases.  These  individuals  design  databases  as  their  primary  area  of  responsibility.  They  are  responsible  to  plan  and  design  database  structure,  storage,  objects,  and  servers.  They  also  create  the  plan  for  the  environment  in  which  the  database  solution  runs.    Prerequisites

• Experience  with  Transact-­‐SQL  • Familiarity  with  SQL  Server  2012  components  and  tools  • Familiarity  with  objects  in  a  SQL  Server  database  • Familiarity  with  enterprise  Windows  network  and  security  architecture  

Students  who  attend  this  training  can  meet  the  prerequisites  by  attending  the  following  courses,  or  obtaining  equivalent  knowledge  and  skills:  

• MCSA:  SQL  Server  2012  Or  attend  

• Course  10774:  Querying  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2012  • Course  10775:  Administering  a  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2012  Databases  • Course  10776:  Developing  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2012  Databases  with  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2012    

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 53 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        53  

20467AC

Designing Business Intelligence Solutions with Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Course  duration:  Five  days     Overview This  five-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  teaches  students  how  to  design  and  implement  a  BI  infrastructure.  The  course  discusses  design,  installation.  The  course  discusses  design,  installation,  and  maintenance  of  a  BI  platform.  This  course  maps  to  skills  and  knowledge  measured  by  Microsoft  Exam  70-­‐467,  and  in  conjunction  with  on-­‐the-­‐job  experience,  can  help  prepare  you  for  the  exam.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  BI  professionals  such  as  BI  Architects  or  database  professionals  who  need  to  design  BI  solutions.  BI  Architects  are  responsible  for  the  overall  design  of  the  BI  infrastructure,  including  how  it  relates  to  other  data  systems  in  use.  In  addition,  their  responsibilities  include  Online  Analytical  Processing  (OLAP)  cube  design  and  integration  with  Microsoft  SharePoint  or  line-­‐of-­‐business  applications.    Prerequisites

• A  basic  understanding  of  dimensional  modeling  (star  schema)  for  data  warehouses.  • The  ability  to  create  Integration  Services  packages  that  include  control  flows  and  data  flows.  • The  ability  to  create  a  basic  multidimensional  cube  with  Analysis  Services.  • The  ability  to  create  a  basic  tabular  model  with  PowerPivot  and  Analysis  Services.  • The  ability  to  create  Reporting  Services  reports  with  Report  Designer.  • The  ability  to  implement  authentication  and  permissions  in  the  SQL  Server  database  engine,  Analysis  

Services,  and  Reporting  Services.  • Familiarity  with  SharePoint  Server  and  Microsoft  Office  applications,  particularly  Excel.  

Students  who  attend  this  training  can  meet  the  prerequisites  by  attending  the  following  courses,  or  obtaining  equivalent  knowledge  and  skills:  

• 10777A:  Implementing  a  Data  Warehouse  with  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2012  • 10778A:  Implementing  Data  Models  and  Reports  with  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2012  

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 54 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        54  

20480BC

Programming in HTML5 with JavaScript and CSS3 Course  duration:  Five  days     Overview This  course  provides  an  introduction  to  HTML5,  CSS3,  and  JavaScript.  This  course  helps  students  gain  basic  HTML5/CSS3/JavaScript  programming  skills.  This  course  is  an  entry  point  into  both  the  Web  application  and  Windows  Store  apps  training  paths.  The  course  focuses  on  using  HTML5/CSS3/JavaScript  to  implement  programming  logic,  define  and  use  variables,  perform  looping  and  branching,  develop  user  interfaces,  capture  and  validate  user  input,  store  data,  and  create  well-­‐structured  application.  The  lab  scenarios  in  this  course  are  selected  to  support  and  demonstrate  the  structure  of  various  application  scenarios.  They  are  intended  to  focus  on  the  principles  and  coding  components/structures  that  are  used  to  establish  an  HTML5  software  application.  This  course  uses  Visual  Studio  2012,  running  on  Windows  8.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  professional  developers  who  have  6-­‐12  months  of  programming  experience  and  who  are  interested  in  developing  applications  using  HTML5  with  JavaScript  and  CSS3  (either  Windows  Store  apps  for  Windows  8  or  web  applications).    This  course  is  intended  for  students  who  have  the  following  experience:  

• 1  –  3  months  experience  creating  Web  applications,  including  writing  simple  JavaScript  code    • 1  month  experience  creating  Windows  client  applications    • 1  month  of  experience  using  Visual  Studio  2010  or  2012  

 This  course  is  not  intended  for  developers  with  three  or  more  months  of  HTML5  coding  experience.  Students  choosing  to  attend  this  course  without  a  developer  background  should  pay  special  attention  to  the  training  prerequisites.  Developers  who  have  more  than  5  years  programming  experience  may  find  that  portions  of  this  training  are  fundamental  in  nature  when  presenting  the  syntax  associated  with  certain  programming  tasks.  Individuals  who  are  interested  in  taking  exam  70-­‐480:  Programming  in  HTML5  with  JavaScript  and  CSS3,  can  also  attend  this  course.    Prerequisites At  least  three  months  of  professional  development  experience.  In  addition  to  their  professional  experience,  students  who  attend  this  training  should  have  a  combination  of  practical  and  conceptual  knowledge  related  to  HTML5  programming.  This  includes  the  following  Prerequisites  

• Understand  the  basic  HTML  document  structure:  • How  to  use  HTML  tags  to  display  text  content.  • How  to  use  HTML  tags  to  display  graphics.  • How  to  use  HTML  APIs.  

• Understand  how  to  style  common  HTML  elements  using  CSS,  including:  • How  to  separate  presentation  from  content  • How  to  manage  content  flow.  • How  to  control  the  position  of  individual  elements.  • How  to  implement  basic  CSS  styling.  

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 55 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        55  

• Understand  how  to  write  JavaScript  code  to  add  functionality  to  a  web  page:  • How  to  create  and  use  variables  • How  to  use:  

• arithmetic  operators  to  perform  arithmetic  calculations  involving  one  or  more  variables  

• relational  operators  to  test  the  relationship  between  two  variables  or  expressions  • logical  operators  to  combine  expressions  that  contain  relational  operators  

• How  to  control  the  program  flow  by  using  if  …  else  statements.  • How  to  implement  iterations  by  using  loops.  • How  to  write  simple  functions.  

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 56 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        56  

20481AC Essentials of Developing Windows Store Apps Using HTML5 and JavaScript Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview In  this  course  students  will  learn  essential  programming  skills  and  techniques  that  are  required  to  develop  Windows  Store  apps.  This  includes  a  combination  of  both  design  and  development  skills,  as  well  as  ensuring  that  students  are  comfortable  using  and  making  the  most  of  the  Visual  Studio  and  Expression  Blend  tools.      Audience This  course  is  intended  for  professional  developers  who  have  1  or  more  years  of  experience  in  creating  applications.    Prerequisites

• 1  or  more  years  of  experience  creating  applications.  • 1  –  3  months  experience  creating  Windows  client  applications.  • 1  –  3  months  experience  using  Visual  Studio  2010  or  2012.  • Material  taught  in  20480A:  Programming  in  HTML5  with  JavaScript  and  CSS3,  or  equivalent.  

20483BC

Programming in C# Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview This  training  course  teaches  developers  the  programming  skills  that  are  required  for  developers  to  create  Windows  applications  using  the  C#  language.  During  their  five  days  in  the  classroom  students  review  the  basics  of  C#  program  structure,  language  syntax,  and  implementation  details,  and  then  consolidate  their  knowledge  throughout  the  week  as  they  build  an  application  that  incorporates  several  features  of  the  .NET  Framework  4.5.    The  course  introduces  many  of  the  techniques  and  technologies  employed  by  modern  desktop  and  enterprise  applications,  including:  

• Building  new  data  types.    • Handling  events.    • Programming  the  user  interface.    • Accessing  a  database.    • Using  remote  data.    • Performing  operations  asynchronously.    • Integrating  with  unmanaged  code.    • Creating  custom  attributes.    • Encrypting  and  decrypting  data.  

Developers  attending  this  course  should  already  have  gained  some  limited  experience  using  C#  to  complete  basic  programming  tasks.  More  specifically,  students  should  have  hands-­‐on  experience  using  C#  that  demonstrates  their  understanding  of  the  following:  

• How  to  name,  declare,  initialize  and  assign  values  to  variables  within  an  application.    • How  to  use:  

o arithmetic  operators  to  perform  arithmetic  calculations  involving  one  or  more  variables;    o relational  operators  to  test  the  relationship  between  two  variables  or  expressions;    o Logical  operators  to  combine  expressions  that  contain  relational  operators.  

• How  to  create  the  code  syntax  for  simple  programming  statements  using  C#  language  keywords  and  recognize  syntax  errors  using  the  Visual  Studio  IDE.    

• How  to  create  a  simple  branching  structure  using  an  IF  statement.    

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 57 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        57  

• How  to  create  a  simple  looping  structure  using  a  For  statement  to  iterate  through  a  data  array.    • How  to  use  the  Visual  Studio  IDE  to  locate  simple  logic  errors.    • How  to  create  a  Function  that  accepts  arguments  (parameters  and  returns  a  value  of  a  specified  type.    • How  to  design  and  build  a  simple  user  interface  using  standard  controls  from  the  Visual  Studio  

toolbox.    • How  to  connect  to  a  SQL  Server  database  and  the  basics  of  how  to  retrieve  and  store  data.    • How  to  sort  data  in  a  loop.    • How  to  recognize  the  classes  and  methods  used  in  a  program.  

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 58 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        58  

20484AC

Essentials of Developing Windows Store Apps Using C# Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview In  this  course  students  will  learn  essential  programming  skills  and  techniques  that  are  required  to  develop  Windows  Store  apps.  This  includes  a  combination  of  both  design  and  development  skills,  as  well  as  ensuring  that  students  are  comfortable  using  and  making  the  most  of  the  Visual  Studio  and  Expression  Blend  tools.      Audience This  course  is  intended  for  professional  developers  who  have  1-­‐2  years  of  experience  creating  client  applications  and  who  are  comfortable  programming  in  C#  and  have  done  some  XAML-­‐based  programming.    Prerequisites

• 1  or  more  years  of  experience  creating  applications.  • 1  –  3  months  experience  creating  Windows  client  applications.  • 1  –  3  months  experience  using  Visual  Studio  2010  or  2012.    

20486AC

Developing ASP.NET MVC 4 Web Applications Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview In  this  course,  students  will  learn  to  develop  advanced  ASP.NET  MVC  applications  using  .NET  Framework  4.5  tools  and  technologies.  The  focus  will  be  on  coding  activities  that  enhance  the  performance  and  scalability  of  the  Web  site  application.  ASP.NET  MVC  will  be  introduced  and  compared  with  Web  Forms  so  that  students  know  when  each  should/could  be  used.  This  course  will  also  prepare  the  student  for  exam  70-­‐486.      Audience This  course  is  intended  for  professional  web  developers  who  use  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  in  an  individual-­‐based  or  team-­‐based,  small-­‐sized  to  large  development  environment.  Candidates  for  this  course  are  interested  in  developing  advanced  web  applications  and  want  to  manage  the  rendered  HTML  comprehensively.  They  want  to  create  websites  that  separate  the  user  interface,  data  access,  and  application  logic.    Prerequisites

• A  minimum  of  two  to  three  years  of  experience  developing  web-­‐based  applications  by  using  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  and  Microsoft  ASP.NET,  proficiency  in  using  the  .NET  Framework,  and  some  familiarity  with  the  C#  language.  

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 59 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        59  

20687BC Configuring Windows 8 Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview This  course  provides  students  hands-­‐on  experience  with  Windows  8.  It  provides  guidance  on  installing,  upgrading,  and  licensing  for  Windows  8.  Students  will  learn  how  to  manage  storage  by  creating  simple,  spanned,  and  striped  volumes,  and  how  to  optimize  file-­‐system  performance.  Additionally,  they  will  learn  how  to  manage  available  disk  space  by  using  quotas.  Students  will  work  with  Windows  tools  and  services  to  determine  the  source  of  performance  and  reliability  issues,  and  to  troubleshoot  these  issues.  This  course  describes  how  to  configure  networking  to  include  IPv4,  IPv6,  connect  to  wireless  networks,  and  use  the  networking  features  included  in  Windows  8  to  troubleshoot  networking  issues.  Students  will  also  learn  preventive  measures  and  tools  that  work  together  to  protect  their  computers  from  security  threats.  The  course  then  covers  the  features  related  to  file  and  folder  management,  which  include  setting  permissions,  file/folder  compression,  and  configuring  shared  folders.  Students  will  also  learn  about  installing  and  managing  printers.  Additionally,  the  course  provides  an  Overview  of  the  SkyDrive  functionality,  and  describes  the  procedures  to  install  and  configure  applications,  including  Windows  Store  apps.    The  course  also  examines  the  fundamentals  of  working  with  virtual  machines  in  the  Client  Hyper-­‐V  environment  in  Windows  8.    Students  will  learn  about  features  such  as  Virtual  Private  Networks  (VPNs)  and  DirectAccess,  which  provide  mobile  users  access  to  internal  resources  when  the  users  are  out  of  the  office.  Throughout  the  course,  students  will  use  Windows  PowerShell™  3.0,  and  its  graphical  user  interface  (GUI)  to  configure  and  manage  the  system.  Students  will  also  use  the  scripting  editor  to  create  and  examine  PowerShell  scripts  used  to  manage  the  system.      Audience This  course  is  intended  for  IT  professionals  who  configure  or  support  Windows  8  computers,  devices,  users  and  associated  network  and  security  resources.  The  networks  with  which  these  professionals  typically  work  are  configured  as  a  single  domain-­‐based  or  peer-­‐to-­‐peer  environment  with  access  to  the  Internet  and  cloud  services.  The  IT  professional  could  be  a  consultant,  full-­‐time  desktop  support  technician,  or  an  IT  generalist  who  administers  Windows  8-­‐based  computers  and  devices  as  a  portion  of  their  broader  technical  responsibilities.  The  course  is  also  intended  for  students  who  seek  certification  in  the  70-­‐687  Windows  8  Configuring  exam.    Prerequisites

• Networking  fundamentals,  including  Transmission  Control  Protocol  /Internet  Protocol  (TCP/IP),  User  Datagram  Protocol  (UDP),  and  Domain  Name  System  (DNS)  

• Microsoft  Active  Directory  Domain  Services  (AD  DS)  principles  and  fundamentals  of  AD  DS  management  

• Understanding  of  the  Public  Key  Infrastructure  (PKI)  components  and  working  knowledge  of  the  fundamentals  of  Active  Directory  Certificate  Services  (AD  CS)    

• Microsoft  Windows  Server  2008  or  Windows  Server  2008  R2  fundamentals  • Microsoft  Windows  Client  fundamentals;  for  example,  working  knowledge  of  Windows  XP,  Windows  

Vista,  and/or  Windows  7  • Fundamentals  of  management  and  experience  using  the  Microsoft  Office  2010  system  or  the  

Microsoft  Office  2007  system  • Windows  Automated  Installation  Kit  (WAIK)  components  including  Windows  PE,  Windows  SIM,  

VAMT,  ImageX,  USMT,  and  DISM  concepts  and  fundamentals    

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 60 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        60  

20688AC Managing and Maintaining Windows 8 Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview In  this  course,  students  learn  how  to  design  the  installation,  configuration,  and  maintenance  of  Windows  8.  Two  unique  features  of  this  course  are  integration  of  cloud  services  and  Windows  Intune™.  The  skills  in  this  course  are  suitable  for  small  or  enterprise  environments.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  experienced  information  technology  (IT)  professionals  that  remotely  manage  and  maintain  Windows  desktops  and  devices,  and  desktop  support  technicians  and  IT  consultants  who  support  small  and  medium-­‐sized  organizations.    Prerequisites

• Two  years  of  experience  in  the  IT  field  managing  and  maintaining  Windows  client  operating  systems  • Two  years  of  experience  performing:  

o Windows  application  installation  and  support  o Network  configuration  in  Windows  o Windows  operating  system  installation  and  updates  

• An  understanding  of  how  Windows  client  computers  integrate  with  server  computers    

20689AC Upgrading Your Skills to MCSA Windows 8 Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview This  three  day  course  is  designed  primarily  for  IT  Professionals  who  want  to  upgrade  their  technical  skills  from  Windows  7  to  Windows  8.  The  course  focuses  on  the  new  features  and  functionality  in  Windows  8  and  related  tools  and  cloud  services  that  pertain  to  installation,  activation,  upgrades  and  migration,  local  and  remote  administration  including  Group  Policy,  Windows  Intune  and  Windows  PowerShell,  application  solutions  and  compatibility,  Internet  Explorer,  remote  access,  VPN  and  DirectAccess  client  configuration,  storage  and  security,  troubleshooting  and  recovery,  Client  Hyper-­‐V,  and  online  services.  This  course  also  serves  as  preparation  for  Exam  70-­‐689:  Upgrading  Your  Skills  to  MCSA  Windows  8.    Audience  The  primary  audience  for  this  course  is  information  technology  (IT)  professionals  who  are  experienced  Windows  7  administrators  or  support  technicians  and  want  to  update  their  skills  to  Windows  8  and  associated  administration  tools  and  cloud  services.    The  secondary  audience  for  this  course  includes  certification  candidates  who  have  an  existing  Microsoft  Certified  IT  Professional  (MCITP)  level  certification  for  Windows  7  and  who  want  to  migrate  their  current  credentials  to  the  Microsoft  Certified  Solutions  Associate  (MCSA)  for  Windows  8.    Prerequisites  

• Networking  fundamentals,  including  Transmission  Control  Protocol  /Internet  Protocol  (TCP/IP),  User  Datagram  Protocol  (UDP),  and  Domain  Name  System  (DNS).    

• Microsoft  Active  Directory  Domain  Services  (AD  DS)  principles  and  fundamentals.  • Understanding  of  the  purpose  and  use  of  Public  Key  Infrastructure  (PKI)  Certificate  Services.    • Microsoft  Windows  Server  2008  or  Windows  Server  2003  fundamentals.    • Microsoft  Windows  Client  fundamentals;  for  example,  working  knowledge  of  Windows  XP,  Windows  

Vista,  and/or  Windows  7.    • Fundamentals  of  management  and  experience  using  the  Microsoft  Office  2010  system  or  the  

Microsoft  Office  2007  system.    • Windows  Automated  Installation  Kit  (WAIK)  components  including  Windows  PE,  Windows  SIM,  

VAMT,  ImageX,  USMT,  and  DISM  concepts  and  fundamentals.  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 61 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        61  

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 62 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        62  

2071BC Querying Microsoft SQL Server™ 2000 with Transact-SQL Course  duration:  Two  days    Overview The  goal  of  this  course  is  to  provide  students  with  the  technical  skills  required  to  write  basic  Transact-­‐SQL  queries  for  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2000.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  SQL  Server  database  administrators,  implementers,  system  engineers,  and  developers  who  are  responsible  for  writing  queries.  Prerequisites  

• Experience  using  a  Microsoft  Windows  operating  system.  • An  understanding  of  basic  relational  database  concepts,  including:    

• Logical  and  physical  database  design.  • Data  integrity  concepts.  • Relationships  between  tables  and  columns  (primary  key  and  foreign  key,  one-­‐to-­‐one,  one-­‐to-­‐

many,  and  many-­‐to-­‐many).  • How  data  is  stored  in  tables  (rows  and  columns).  

• Familiarity  with  the  role  of  the  database  administrator  • The  course  materials,  lectures,  and  lab  exercises  are  in  English.  To  benefit  fully  from  our  instruction,  

students  need  an  understanding  of  the  English  language  and  completion  of  the  prerequisites.      

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 63 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        63  

2261CC Supporting Users Running the Microsoft Windows XP Operating System Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  troubleshoot  and  escalate  or  repair  problems  with  Windows  desktop  operating  systems  by  reacting  to  incident  requests  from  end  users.  This  course  will  provide  the  basic  knowledge  of  system  architecture  and  security  needed  to  provide  the  students  with  the  requisite  skills  required  to  support  end  users  and  adhere  to  ITIL/MOF  foundational  operations.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  people  who  have  little  or  no  job  experience  in  the  IT  industry.  They  will  have  experience  working  with  Windows  desktop  systems  and  will  be  A+  certified,  or  have  equivalent  knowledge.  The  target  audience  will  typically  be:  

• New  entrants  to  the  IT  field    • Career  changers  entering  the  IT  field    • Academic  students  

When  students  complete  the  course,  they  will  typically  enter  their  career  in  the  IT  industry  performing  in  two  different  capacities.  They  will  support  end  users  who  run  Windows  2000  Professional  or  Windows  XP  Professional  in  a  corporate  environment,  or  will  support  end  users  who  run  Windows  XP  Home  Edition  in  a  home  environment.  They  will  provide  computer  owners  with  over-­‐the-­‐telephone  support  or  support  the  end  user  when  they  bring  their  computer  to  a  computer  shop  for  support.  Prerequisites  

• Basic  experience  of  a  Microsoft  Windows  operating  system  such  as  Microsoft  Windows  XP.    • Basic  understanding  of  Microsoft  Office  applications  and  Microsoft  Windows  accessories,  including  

Microsoft  Internet  Explorer.    • Basic  understanding  of  core  operating  system  technologies,  including  installation  and  configuration.    • Basic  understanding  of  hardware  components  and  their  functions.    • Basic  understanding  of  the  major  desktop  components  and  interfaces  and  their  functions.    • Basic  understanding  of  Transmission  Control  Protocol/Internet  Protocol  (TCP/IP)  settings.    • Basic  experience  of  command-­‐line  utilities  for  managing  the  operating  system.    • Basic  understanding  of  technologies  that  are  available  for  establishing  Internet  connectivity.  

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 64 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        64  

2262BC Supporting Users Running Applications on a Microsoft Windows XP Operating System Course  duration:  Two  days    Overview This  course  provides  content  on  troubleshooting  and  escalating  or  repairing  problems  with  Windows  desktop  operating  systems  by  reacting  to  incident  requests  from  end  users.  Microsoft  Certification  exams  This  course  will  help  the  student  prepare  for  the  following  Microsoft  Certified  Professional  exam:  Exam  70-­‐272:  Supporting  Users  and  Troubleshooting  Desktop  Applications  on  a  Microsoft  Windows  XP  Operating  System  Prerequisites  

• Attended  Course  2261:  Supporting  Users  Running  Microsoft  Windows  Desktop  Operating  Systems  • Experience  using  Microsoft  Office  as  a  general  user.  • Experience  using  a  Microsoft  Windows  operating  system  such  as  Microsoft  Windows  XP.  

2272CC Implementing and Supporting Microsoft Windows XP Professional Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  address  the  implementation  and  desktop  support  needs  of  customers  that  are  planning  to  deploy  and  support  Microsoft  Windows  XP  Professional  in  a  variety  of  stand-­‐alone  and  network  operating  system  environments.  It  provides  in-­‐depth,  hands-­‐on  training  for  Information  Technology  (IT)  professionals  responsible  for  the  planning,  implementation,  management,  and  support  of  Windows  XP  Professional.  This  course  is  based  on  the  final,  retail  release  of  Windows  XP  Professional.  Audience  The  target  audience  consists  of  IT  support  professionals  who:  

• Are  new  to  the  Windows  XP  Professional  product.  • Provide  Helpdesk  support  for  Windows  XP  Professional  desktops.  • Provide  support  for  the  Microsoft  Windows  NT  version  4.0  or  Windows  2000  Server  family  of  

products,  or  support  for  a  Microsoft  Windows  XP  solution  environment.  Prerequisites  

• A+  certification  or  equivalent  knowledge.  • Network+  certification  or  equivalent  knowledge.  

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 65 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        65  

2273BC Managing and Maintaining a Microsoft Windows Server™ 2003 Environment Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  course  combines  five  days  of  instructor-­‐led  training  with  additional  e-­‐Learning  content  to  provide  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  that  are  required  to  manage  accounts  and  resources,  maintain  server  resources,  monitor  server  performance,  and  safeguard  data  in  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  environment.  This  is  the  first  course  in  the  Systems  Administrator  and  Systems  Engineer  tracks  for  Windows  Server  2003  and  serves  as  the  entry  point  for  other  courses  in  the  Windows  Server  2003  curriculum.  This  course  is  also  offered  as  8  days  of  instructor-­‐led  training  (as  two  courses)  for  students  who  prefer  a  complete  classroom  training  experience:  2274,  Managing  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  Environment  (five  days)  2275,  Maintaining  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  Environment  (three  days)  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  individuals  who  are  employed  as  or  seeking  employment  as  a  systems  administrator  or  systems  engineer.  Prerequisites  

• CompTIA  A+  certification,  or  equivalent  knowledge  and  skills.    • CompTIA  Network+  certification,  or  equivalent  knowledge  and  skills.  

2274CC Managing A Microsoft Windows Server™ 2003 Environment Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview Course  2274:  Five  weeks;  Distance  Learning  Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  Distance  Learning  version  of  the  course  combines  10  online  live  sessions  over  5  weeks  of  instructor-­‐led  training  with  additional  self-­‐paced  e-­‐learning  content,  scenario-­‐based  labs,  and  assessments  to  provide  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  manage  accounts  and  resources  in  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  environment.  This  is  the  first  course  in  the  Systems  Administrator  and  Systems  Engineer  tracks  for  Windows  Server  2003  and  serves  as  the  entry  point  for  other  courses  in  the  Windows  Server  2003  curriculum.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  individuals  who  are  employed  as  or  seeking  employment  as  a  systems  administrator  or  systems  engineer.  Prerequisites  

• CompTIA  A+  certification,  or  equivalent  knowledge  and  skills.  • CompTIA  Network+  certification,  or  equivalent  knowledge  and  skills.  

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 66 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        66  

2275CC Maintaining A Microsoft Windows Server™ 2003 Environment Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview Course  2275CL:  Three  weeks;  Distance  Learning  Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  Distance  Learning  version  of  the  course  combines  6  online  live  sessions  over  3  weeks  of  instructor-­‐led  training  with  additional  self-­‐paced  e-­‐learning  content,  scenario-­‐based  labs,  and  assessments  to  provide  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  that  are  needed  to  effectively  maintain  server  resources,  monitor  server  performance,  and  safeguard  data  on  a  computer  running  one  of  the  operating  systems  in  the  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  family.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  individuals  who  are  employed  as  or  seeking  employment  as  a  systems  administrator  or  systems  engineer.  Prerequisites  

• Course  2274CL:  Managing  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  Environment,  or  have  equivalent  knowledge  and  skills.  

2276CC Implementing a Microsoft Windows Server™ 2003 Network Infrastructure: Network Hosts Overview: The  goal  of  this  two-­‐day  course  is  to  provide  students  with  the  skills  and  knowledge  necessary  to  configure  a  Windows-­‐based  computer  to  operate  in  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  networking  infrastructure.  Prerequisites  

• A+  certification  or  equivalent  knowledge  and  skills.  • Course  2274,  Managing  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  Environment,  or  equivalent  knowledge  

and  skills.  2277CC Implementing Managing and Maintaining a Microsoft Windows Server™ 2003 Network Infrastructure: Network Hosts Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview This  five-­‐day,  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  implement,  manage,  and  maintain  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  network  infrastructure.  The  course  is  intended  for  systems  administrator  and  systems  engineer  candidates  who  are  responsible  for  implementing,  managing,  and  maintaining  server  networking  technologies.  These  tasks  include  implementing  routing;  implementing,  managing,  and  maintaining  Dynamic  Host  Configuration  Protocol  (DHCP),  Domain  Name  System  (DNS),  and  Windows  Internet  Name  Service  (WINS);  securing  Internet  Protocol  (IP)  traffic  with  Internet  Protocol  security  (IPSec)  and  certificates;  implementing  a  network  access  infrastructure  by  configuring  the  connections  for  remote  access  clients;  and  managing  and  monitoring  network  access.  This  is  the  fourth  course  in  the  Systems  Administrator  and  Systems  Engineer  track  for  Windows  Server  2003,  and  it  is  the  final  course  in  the  Systems  Administrator  track.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  individuals  who  are  employed  as  or  seeking  employment  as  a  systems  administrator  or  systems  engineer.  Prerequisites  completed  Course  2276,  Implementing  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  Network  Infrastructure:  Network  Hosts,  or  have  equivalent  knowledge  and  skills.  Prerequisites  completed  Course  2276,  Implementing  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  Network  Infrastructure:  Network  Hosts,  or  have  equivalent  knowledge  and  skills.  2278BC Planning and Maintaining a Microsoft Windows Server™ 2003 Network Infrastructure Course  duration:  Five  days    

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 67 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        67  

Overview The  goal  of  this  five-­‐day  course  is  to  provide  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  necessary  to  plan  and  maintain  a  Windows  Server  2003  network  infrastructure.  This  is  the  fifth  course  in  the  Windows  Server  2003  Systems  Engineer  curriculum.  Audience  This  course  is  appropriate  for  individuals  employed  as  or  seeking  a  position  as  a  systems  engineer.  This  course  is  also  appropriate  for  individuals  currently  supporting  a  competitive  platform  who  want  to  enhance  their  job  skills  on  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  networking.  The  entry  criteria  for  this  course  include  individuals  who  are:  

• IT  professionals  and  new  to  Windows  Server  2003  network  implementation.  • Preparing  for  the  Microsoft  Certified  Systems  Engineer  (MCSE)  certification.  

Prerequisites

• Course  2277:  Implementing,  Managing,  and  Maintaining  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  Network  Infrastructure:  Network  Services,  or  have  equivalent  knowledge  and  skills.  

2279BC Planning Implementing and Maintaining a Microsoft Windows Server™ 2003 Active Directory Infrastructure Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview This  five-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  includes  self-­‐paced  and  instructor-­‐facilitated  components.  It  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  successfully  plan,  implement,  and  troubleshoot  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  Active  Directory  directory  service  infrastructure.  The  course  focuses  on  a  Windows  Server  2003  directory  service  environment,  including  forest  and  domain  structure,  Domain  Name  System  (DNS),  site  topology  and  replication,  organizational  unit  structure  and  delegation  of  administration,  Group  Policy,  and  user,  group,  and  computer  account  strategies.  This  is  the  sixth  course  in  the  Windows  Server  2003  Systems  Engineer  curriculum.      

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 68 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        68  

Audience  This  course  is  appropriate  for  individuals  who  are  employed  or  seeking  a  position  as  a  systems  engineer.  This  course  is  also  appropriate  for  individuals  who  currently  support  a  competitive  platform  who  want  to  enhance  their  skills  using  Windows  Server  2003  Active  Directory.  Professionals  who  take  this  course  should  meet  the  following  entry  criteria:  

• New  to  implementing  Windows  Server  2003  Active  Directory.  • Preparing  for  MCP  exam  70-­‐294:  Planning,  Implementing,  and  Maintaining  a  Microsoft  Windows  

Server  2003  Active  Directory  Infrastructure,  which  is  a  core  requirement  for  the  MCSE  certification.  Prerequisites  

• Course  2278:  Planning  and  Maintaining  a  Windows  Server  2003  Network  Infrastructure,  or  have  the  equivalent  knowledge  and  skills.  

2282AC Designing a Microsoft Windows Server™ 2003 Active Directory and Network Infrastructure Course 2282A Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview This  five-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  design  a  Microsoft  Active  Directory  directory  service  and  network  infrastructure  for  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  environment.  The  course  is  intended  for  systems  engineers  who  are  responsible  for  designing  directory  service  and/or  network  infrastructures.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  individuals  who  are  employed  as  or  seeking  employment  as  a  systems  engineer  in  a  Windows  Server  2003-­‐based  environment.  Prerequisites  

• They  have  taken  Course  2278,  Planning  and  Maintaining  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  Network  Infrastructure  and  Course  2279,  Planning,  Implementing,  and  Maintaining  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  Active  Directory  Infrastructure  

—OR—  • They  have  equivalent  knowledge  and  experience  

2285BC Installing, Configuring, and Administering Microsoft Windows XP Professional Overview This  course  addresses  the  training  needs  of  Windows  Server  2003  systems  administrators  and  systems  engineers  that  will  be  required  to  support  Windows  2000  Professional  or  Windows  XP  Professional  clients  that  are  part  of  their  infrastructure  Prerequisites  

• CompTIA  A+  certification  or  equivalent  knowledge  • CompTIA  Network+  certification  or  equivalent  knowledge  

And  either:  • Completed  Course2208,  Upgrading  Your  Skills  from  Microsoft  Windows  NT  to  Microsoft  

WindowsServer  2003      

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 69 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        69  

Or,  completed  all  of  the  following  courses:  • Course2274,  Managing  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  Environment  • Course2275,  Maintaining  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  Environment  

2310DC Developing Web Applications Using Microsoft Visual Studio 2008 SP1 Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  Distance  Learning  version  of  the  course  consists  of  10  online  live  instructor-­‐led  sessions  over  five  weeks  (two  hours  for  each  session).  Additional  self-­‐paced  e-­‐learning  content,  scenario-­‐based  labs,  and  assessments  accompany  these  sessions.  This  course  will  teach  introductory-­‐level  Web  developers  the  fundamentals  of  Web  application  development  and  best  practices  for  Microsoft  Web  development  technologies,  including  ASP.NET  3.5,  ASP.NET  AJAX  Extensions  and  Silverlight.  This  course  focuses  on  using  the  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2008  development  environment  and  the  Microsoft  .NET  Framework  3.5  to  create  a  Web  application  that  delivers  dynamic  content  to  a  Web  site.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  introductory-­‐level  Web  developers  who  have  knowledge  of  Hypertext  Markup  Language  (HTML)  or  Dynamic  HTML  (DHTML),  along  with  some  knowledge  of  a  scripting  language  such  as  Visual  Basic  Scripting  Edition  or  Microsoft  JScript.  This  course  is  also  appropriate  for  Microsoft  Visual  Basic  6.0,  Microsoft  Visual  Basic  for  Applications  (VBA)  or  classic  ASP  developers  who  want  to  learn  ASP.NET  3.5  and  other  Microsoft  Web  development  technologies.  Prerequisites  

• Knowledge  of  HTML  or  DHTML,  including:  • Tables  • Images  • Forms  • Programming  experience  using  Microsoft  Visual  Basic  or  Microsoft  Visual  C#  ,  including:  • Declaring  variables  • Using  loops  • Using  conditional  statements  

The  completion  of  Course  4994,  Introduction  to  Programming  Microsoft  .NET  Framework  Applications  with  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2005,  satisfies  the  preceding  prerequisite  skills  requirements  for  Visual  Basic  and  Visual  C#.      

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 70 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        70  

2311AC Advanced Web Application Development Using Microsoft ASP.NET Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview This  three-­‐day,  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  that  are  needed  to  successfully  design  and  implement  Web  applications  using  Microsoft  ASP.NET.  This  course  assumes  student  exposure  to  the  new  features  of  ASP.NET  that  can  be  leveraged  for  Web  applications  matching  corporate  requirements.  Microsoft  Certification  exams  This  course  will  help  the  student  prepare  for  the  following  Microsoft  Certified  Professional  exam:  Exam  70-­‐305:  Developing  and  Implementing  Web  Applications  with  Microsoft  Visual  Basic  .NET  and  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  .NET  Exam  70-­‐315:  Developing  and  Implementing  Web  Applications  with  Microsoft  Visual  C#  .NET  and  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  .NET  Course  Materials  The  student  kit  includes  a  comprehensive  workbook  and  other  necessary  materials  for  this  class.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  existing  ASP.NET  developers  who  are  writing  solutions  using  Microsoft  ASP.NET.  This  course  assumes  that  the  students  are  familiar  with  Hypertext  Markup  Language  (HTML),  client-­‐side  and  server-­‐side  scripting,  ASP.NET,  Microsoft  ActiveX  Data  Objects  for  .NET  (ADO.NET),  and  a  Microsoft  .NET-­‐based  programming  language.  The  Web  developer  is  responsible  for  the  design  and  implementation  of  a  Web  application  and/or  a  Web  solution.  Typically,  these  individuals  perform  the  following  functions:  Prerequisites  

• Ability  to  create  HTML  pages  with  tables,  images,  and  forms.  • Experience  using  a  scripting  language,  such  as  Microsoft  Visual  Basic  Scripting  Edition  or  JavaScript.  • Experience  using  ASP.NET  to  create  Web  applications.  • Ability  to  retrieve  data  from  relational  databases  by  using  ADO.NET.  • Familiarity  with  a  .NET-­‐based  programming  language.  

In  addition,  it  is  recommended,  but  not  required,  that  students  have  completed:  • Course  2310:  Developing  Microsoft  ASP.NET  Web  Applications  Using  Visual  Studio  .NET  • Course  2640:  Upgrading  Web  Development  Skills  to  Microsoft  ASP.NET  

2349BC Programming with the Microsoft .NET Framework Microsoft Visual C#™ .NET) Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview The  goal  of  this  course  is  to  help  application  developers  understand  the  Microsoft  .NET  Framework.  In  addition  to  offering  an  Overview  of  the  .NET  Framework  and  an  introduction  to  key  concepts  and  terminology,  the  course  provides  a  series  of  labs,  which  introduce  and  explain  .NET  Framework  features  that  are  used  to  code,  debug,  tune,  and  deploy  applications.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  experienced,  professional  software  developers  including  those  employed  by  independent  software  vendors  or  those  who  work  on  corporate  enterprise  development  teams.  Most  students  will  be  Microsoft  Visual  C++  (or  C++)  and  Java  developers.  Prerequisites  Students  should  be  experienced  professional  software  developers  and  have  a  basic  understanding  of  the  C#  language.  Students  can  meet  the  C#  language  prerequisite  by  taking      Course  2124,  Introduction  to  C#  Programming  for  the  Microsoft  .NET  Platform.  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 71 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        71  

2373BC Programming with Microsoft Visual Basic .NET Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview The  goal  of  this  course  is  to  provide  Microsoft  Visual  Basic  developers  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  needed  to  develop  Microsoft  .NET-­‐based  applications  by  using  Visual  Basic  .NET.  Visual  Basic  .NET  is  a  significant  upgrade  to  Visual  Basic  and  incorporates  many  new  features  and  framework  goals  of  the  .NET  architecture.  These  changes  will  allow  Visual  Basic  developers  to  create  enterprise  applications  for  the  .NET  Platform  and  to  create  more  traditional  Visual  Basic  applications  that  can  take  advantage  of  the  enhancements  to  the  language.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  primarily  for  developers  who  use  Visual  Basic  4.0  or  later  as  their  primary  language,  who  use  Microsoft  technologies  such  as  Microsoft  ActiveX  Data  Objects  (ADO)  and  Active  Server  Pages  (ASP)  to  develop  applications,  and  who  plan  to  use  Visual  Basic  .NET  for  future  application  development.  Prerequisites  

• Experience  developing  applications  with  Visual  Basic  4.0  or  later  • Successful  completion  of  Course  1013,  Mastering  Microsoft  Visual  Basic  6  Development,  or  

equivalent  knowledge  OR  

• Successful  completion  of  Course  1016,  Mastering  Enterprise  Development  Using  Microsoft  Visual  Basic  6,  or  equivalent  knowledge  

• Familiarity  with  basic  concepts  of  object-­‐oriented  programming  • Familiarity  with  Extensible  Markup  Language  (XML)  concepts  • Familiarity  with  Microsoft's  .NET  strategy  as  described  on  Microsoft's  .NET  Web  site:  

http://www.microsoft.com/net/  • Familiarity  with  the  .NET  Framework  as  described  on  the  following  Web  sites:  

 http://msdn.microsoft.com/msdnmag/issues/0900/Framework/default.asp    and    http://msdn.microsoft.com/msdnmag/issues/1000/Framework2/default.asp  

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 72 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        72  

2389BC Programming with Microsoft ADO.NET Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview This  course  will  teach  developers  to  build  data-­‐centric  applications  and  Web  services  with  Microsoft  ADO.NET,  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2000,  and  the  Microsoft  .NET  Framework.  Audience  This  course  is  designed  for  the  professional  platform  developer  who  is  responsible  for  designing  and  building  data-­‐centric,  distributed  applications  for  his  or  her  organization.  It  is  designed  for  developers  who  have  component  and  Web  application  development  skills,  and  who  have  previously  built  solutions  by  using  Microsoft  Visual  Studio.  Typically,  these  individuals  will  have  the  following  skills:  Experience  with  a  .NET  language  such  as  Microsoft  Visual  Basic  .NET,  Microsoft  Visual  C#,  or  Microsoft  Visual  C++;  an  understanding  of  object-­‐oriented  concepts  and  terminology;  experience  developing  distributed  applications;  and  experience  developing  Web-­‐based  applications  hosted  on  Internet  Information  Server.  Prerequisites  

• Understanding  of  relational  database  concepts:  table,  row,  column,  primary  keys,  foreign  keys,  constraints,  and  views  

• Data  query  and  modification  experience,  including  experience  with  SELECT,  INSERT,  UPDATE,  and  DELETE  commands  

• Exposure  to  XML  documents,  style  sheets,  and  schemas  • Experience  with  Visual  Basic  .NET,  Visual  Basic  for  Applications,  or  previous  versions  of  Visual  Basic  • Experience  building  user  interfaces,  including  Web  applications  or  Microsoft  Windows  applications  

2400CC Implementing and Managing Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  five-­‐day,  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  that  are  needed  to  update  and  support  a  reliable,  secure  messaging  infrastructure.  This  infrastructure  is  used  for  creating,  storing,  and  sharing  information  by  using  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2003  in  a  medium-­‐sized  to  large-­‐sized  (250  to  5,000  users)  messaging  environment.  This  course  offers  a  significant  number  of  hands-­‐on  practices,  discussions,  and  assessments  that  assist  students  in  becoming  proficient  in  the  skills  that  are  needed  to  update  and  support  Exchange  Server  2003.  Prerequisites  

• Working  knowledge  of  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003.  • Working  knowledge  of  networking,  including  Transmission  Control  Protocol/Internet  Protocol  

(TCP/IP),  Domain  Name  System  (DNS),  and  Internet  Information  Services  (IIS).  • Working  knowledge  of  Internet  protocols,  including  Post  Office  Protocol  3  (POP3)  or  Internet  

Message  Access  Protocol  4  (IMAP4),  Simple  Mail  Transfer  Protocol  (SMTP),  Hypertext  Transfer  Protocol  (HTTP),  and  Network  News  Transfer  Protocols  (NNTP).  

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 73 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        73  

In  addition,  it  is  recommended,  but  not  required,  that  students  have  completed:  • Course  2274,  Managing  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  Environment.  • Course  2275,  Maintaining  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  Environment.  • Course  2276,  Implementing  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  Network  Infrastructure:  Network  

Hosts.  Knowledge  of  Exchange  Server  5.5  or  Exchange  2000  Server  is  beneficial  but  not  necessary.  2433BC Microsoft Visual Basic Scripting and Microsoft Windows Script Host Essentials Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  manage  Windows  networks  by  using  the  Windows  Script  Host  (WSH)  and  the  Microsoft  Visual  Basic,  Scripting  Edition  (VBScript)  language.  During  the  course,  students  will  work  on  real-­‐world  scripts  that  they  can  use  to  manage  computers  running  Windows  Vista,  Windows  XP,  and  Windows  Server  2003  operating  systems.  This  course  also  provides  an  Overview  of  other  technologies  where  students  can  use  script,  such  as  Active  Directory  Service  Interfaces  (ADSI)  and  Windows  Management  Instrumentation  (WMI).  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  systems  administrators  who  use  Windows-­‐based  computers  and  must  learn  how  to  develop  administrative  scripts  for  their  enterprise  networks.  Prerequisites  

• Practical  experience  of  using  and  administering  Windows  Server  2003.  • Practical  experience  of  using  and  administering  the  Active  Directory  directory  service.  • Practical  experience  of  using  and  administering  system  security.  • Practical  experience  of  using  and  administering  services.  • Practical  experience  of  using  systems  management  information.  • Awareness  of  the  potential  uses  of  logon  scripts.  

2500AC Introduction to XML and the Microsoft .NET Platform Course  duration:  Two  days    Overview This  two-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  a  technological  Overview  of  the  structure  and  programming  techniques  of  XML.  This  course  discusses  the  role  of  XML  in  the  Microsoft  .NET  vision  and  the  larger  world  of  distributed  standards-­‐based  computing.  Audience  The  audience  for  this  course  includes:  

• Microsoft  Visual  Basic  developers  with  little  Web  development  training  or  job  experience.  • Web  developers  with  experience  writing  client  scripts  by  using  CGI,  Visual  Basic  Scripting  Edition,  

PERL,  Java  Script,  or  some  other  scripting  language.  • Web  developers  with  moderate  experience  developing  Web  sites  by  using  Microsoft  FrontPage  or  

some  other  Web  page  development  tool  and  basic  HTML  knowledge.  • Microsoft  Office  developers.  • Microsoft  SQL  Server  2000  administrators  and  developers.  

Prerequisites  • Working  knowledge  of  a  scripting  or  programming  language  • Working  knowledge  of  HTML  • Working  knowledge  of  how  databases  are  used  in  distributed  computing  environments  

2524CC Developing XML Web Services Using Microsoft ASP.NET Course  duration:  Three  days    

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 74 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        74  

Overview The  goal  of  this  course  is  to  provide  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  that  are  required  to  develop  Extensible  Markup  Language  (XML)  Web  services-­‐based  solutions  to  solve  common  problems  in  the  distributed  application  domain.  The  course  focuses  on  using  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  .NET  and  Microsoft  ASP.NET  to  enable  students  to  build,  deploy,  locate,  and  consume  Web  services.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  experienced  software  developers  who  have  previously  built  component-­‐based  applications  Prerequisites  

• Familiarity  with  C#  or  Microsoft  Visual  Basic  .NET.  • Programming  in  C++,  Java,  or  Microsoft  Visual  Basic.  • An  understanding  of  how  to  read  and  write  XML  documents.  • Experimented  with  simple  C#  applications.  • Developed  distributed  applications  by  using  Visual  Basic,  Java,  or  C++.  

2541BC Core Data Access with Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  workshop  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  develop  data-­‐access  applications  by  using  the  Microsoft  .NET  Framework  and  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2005.  The  workshop  describes  how  to  access  and  update  data  in  a  database  by  using  ADO.NET.  The  workshop  also  describes  how  to  create,  read,  and  write  XML  data.  Audience  This  workshop  is  intended  for  corporate  and  Independent  Software  Vendor  (ISV)  application  developers  who  have  a  desire  to  learn  more  about  specific  technology  areas  in  distributed  application  development.  Prerequisites  

• Be  able  to  manage  a  solution  environment  using  the  Visual  Studio  2005  integrated  development  environment  IDE  and  tools  

• Understand  the  .NET  Framework  2.0  and  the  Common  Language  Runtime  • Be  able  to  program  an  application  using  a  .NET  Framework  2.0  compliant  language  • Know  how  to  make  assemblies  available  to  other  applications  • Have  a  good  understanding  of  basic  relational  database  concepts  • Be  able  to  use  basic  SQL  commands  • Have  a  good  understanding  of  XML  including  XML  declaration,  elements,  attributes,  and  namespaces  • Be  able  to  explain  XML  schema  concepts  

2542AC Advanced Data Access with Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Course  duration:  Two  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  two-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  workshop  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  needed  to  use  advanced  data  access  features  and  techniques  in  the  Microsoft  .NET  Framework  and  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2005.  The  workshop  describes  how  to  access  data  and  how  to  implement  database  functionality  by  using  Microsoft  ADO.NET  2.0  and  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005.  The  workshop  also  describes  how  to  locate,  edit,  and  transform  XML  by  using  XPath  and  Extensible  Style  sheet  Language  for  Transformations  (XSLT).  Audience  This  workshop  is  intended  for  corporate  and  Independent  Software  Vendor  (ISV)  application  developers  who  have  a  desire  to  learn  more  about  specific  technology  areas  in  distributed  application  development.  Prerequisites  

• Have  attended  or  studied  Workshop  2541,  Core  Data  Access  with  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2005,  or  possess  equivalent  knowledge  and  skills.  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 75 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        75  

• Know  how  to  use  delegates.  • Be  able  to  use  database  stored  procedures,  triggers,  and  aggregates.  • Be  able  to  explain  XPath  concepts  and  basic  syntax.  • Be  able  to  explain  XSLT  style  sheet  concepts.  

2543BC Core Web Application Technologies with Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  workshop  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  develop  Microsoft  (  ASP.NET  2.0  Web  applications  using  Microsoft  Visual  Studio)  2005.  The  workshop  focuses  on  user  interfaces,  Web  site  structure  and  functionality,  and  implementation  details.  Audience  This  workshop  is  intended  for  corporate/ISV  application  developers  who  have  a  desire  to  learn  more  about  specific  technology  areas  in  Web  application  development.  Prerequisites  

• Be  able  to  manage  a  solution  environment  using  the  Visual  Studio  2005  IDE  and  tools  • Understand  Microsoft  .NET  Framework  2.0  and  the  Common  Language  Runtime  • Be  able  to  program  an  application  using  a  .NET  Framework  2.0  compliant  language  • Know  how  to  make  assemblies  available  to  other  applications  • Have  a  basic  understanding  of  XML  including  XML  declaration,  elements,  attributes,  and  namespaces  • Have  a  basic  understanding  of  client-­‐side  scripts  • Have  a  basic  understanding  of  HTML  

2544AC Advanced Web Application Technologies with Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Course  duration:  Two  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  two-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  workshop  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  develop  Microsoft  ASP.NET  2.0  Web  applications  using  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2005.  The  workshop  focuses  on  advanced  user  interfaces,  Web  site  functionality,  and  implementation  details  using  the  advanced  features  of  ASP.NET  2.0  and  Visual  Studio  2005.  Audience  This  workshop  is  intended  for  corporate  or  independent  software  vendor  (ISV)  application  developers  who  have  a  desire  to  learn  more  about  specific  technology  areas  in  Web  application  development.  Prerequisites  

• Have  attended  or  studied  Workshop  2543A,  Core  Web  Application  Technologies  with  Visual  Studio  2005,  or  possess  equivalent  knowledge  and  skills.  

• Know  how  to  use  delegates  and  events.  • Know  how  to  improve  the  security  of  .NET  Framework  2.0  applications.  • Be  able  to  use  instrumentation  in  code.  

2546BC Core Windows Forms Technologies with Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  workshop  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  develop  Microsoft  Windows  Forms  applications  using  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2005.  The  workshop  focuses  on  user  interfaces,  program  structure,  and  implementation  details.  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 76 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        76  

Audience  This  workshop  is  intended  for  corporate  or  independent  software  vendor  (ISV)  application  developers  who  have  a  desire  to  learn  more  about  specific  technology  areas  in  Windows  application  development.  Prerequisites  

• Be  able  to  manage  a  solution  environment  using  the  Visual  Studio  2005  integrated  development  environment  (IDE)  and  tools  

• Understand  Microsoft  .NET  Framework  2.0  and  the  Common  Language  Runtime  • Be  able  to  program  an  application  using  a  .NET  Framework  2.0  compliant  language  • Know  how  to  make  assemblies  available  to  other  applications  • Have  a  basic  understanding  of  XML,  including  XML  declaration,  elements,  attributes,  and  namespaces.  

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 77 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        77  

2547AC Advanced Windows Forms Technologies with Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Course  duration:  Two  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  two-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  workshop  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  develop  advanced  Microsoft  Windows  (Forms  applications  using  Microsoft  (Visual  Studio  2005.  The  workshop  focuses  on  user  interfaces,  program  structure,  and  implementation  details.  Audience  This  workshop  is  intended  for  corporate  or  independent  software  vendor  (ISV)  application  developers  who  have  a  desire  to  learn  more  about  specific  technology  areas  in  Windows  application  development.  Prerequisites  

• Have  attended  or  studied  Workshop  2546A,  Core  Windows  Forms  Technologies  with  Visual  Studio  2005  or  possess  equivalent  knowledge  and  skills.  

• Be  able  to  manage  a  solution  environment  using  the  Visual  Studio  2005  integrated  development  environment  (IDE)  and  tools.  

• Be  able  to  program  an  application  using  a  .NET  Framework  2.0  compliant  language,  including  the  use  of  delegates  and  events.  

• Understand  advanced  concepts  including  serialization,  reflection,  application  domains,  and  multithreading.  

2548BC Core Distributed Application Development with Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  workshop  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  develop  distributed  applications  by  using  the  Microsoft  (  .NET  Framework  and  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2005).  The  workshop  focuses  on  building  distributed  applications  by  using  Web  services,  remoting,  Microsoft  Message  Queuing,  and  serviced  components.  Audience  This  workshop  is  intended  for  corporate  and  Independent  software  vendor  application  developers  who  have  a  desire  to  learn  more  about  specific  technology  areas  in  distributed  application  development.      

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 78 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        78  

Prerequisites  • Be  able  to  manage  a  solution  environment  using  the  Visual  Studio  2005  Integrated  development  

environment  (IDE)  and  tools  • Understand  the  Microsoft  .NET  Framework  2.0  and  the  Common  Language  Runtime  • Be  able  to  program  an  application  by  using  a  .NET  Framework  2.0-­‐compliant  language  • Know  how  to  make  assemblies  available  to  other  applications  • Have  a  basic  understanding  of  XML  including  XML  declaration,  elements,  attributes,  and  namespaces  • Have  a  basic  understanding  of  application  domains  • Have  a  basic  understanding  of  delegates  and  events  • Have  a  basic  understanding  of  threads  

2549AC Advanced Distributed Application Development with Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Course  duration:  Two  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  two-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  workshop  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  develop  advanced  distributed  applications  using  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2005.  The  workshop  focuses  on  advanced  features  of  Web  Services  Enhancements  (WSE)  3.0  and  message  queuing.  Audience  This  workshop  is  intended  for  corporate  or  independent  software  vendor  (ISV)  application  developers  who  have  a  desire  to  learn  more  about  specific  technology  areas  in  Microsoft  Windows  application  development.  Prerequisites  

• Must  have  attended  or  studied  Workshop  2548A,  Core  Distributed  Applications  or  possess  equivalent  knowledge  and  skills.  

• Must  be  able  to  create  Web  services.  • Must  be  able  to  write  applications  that  use  Web  services.  • Be  able  to  send  and  receive  messages  by  using  Message  Queuing  

2555AC Developing Microsoft .NET Applications for Windows Visual C#™ .NET) Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview This  five-­‐day,  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  skills  required  to  build  Microsoft  Windows  Forms  applications  by  using  the  Microsoft  .NET  Framework.  This  course  is  a  part  of  the  Microsoft  Visual  C#  .NET  curriculum  and  is  intended  to  provide  C#  programmers  with  the  skills  required  to  create  Windows  Forms  applications  by  using  the  .NET  Framework.  The  course  will  cover  the  major  topics  for  Windows  client  application  programming  on  the  .NET  Framework.  These  topics  include:  Windows  Forms,  GDI+,  simple  data  access,  interoperating  with  unmanaged  code,  threading  and  asynchronous  programming  issues,  simple  remoting,  Web  access,  Web  Services  consumption,  debugging,  security,  and  deployment  issues  for  desktop  applications.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  the  intermediate  programmer  who  is  responsible  for  designing  and  building  Windows-­‐based  applications  with  the  .NET  Framework.  It  is  designed  for  developers  who  have  C#  development  skills.  Students  are  required  to  have  the  following  skills:  

• Experience  with  a  .NET  language  such  as  Visual  C#  .NET  or  Microsoft  Visual  C++  .NET  • Experience  developing  basic  applications  with  MFC  and/or  Microsoft  Visual  Basic  6.0  

Typically,  these  individuals  perform  the  following  key  activities:  • Help  create  functional  specifications.  • Design  and  develop  user  interfaces.  • Create  and  test  prototypes.  • Write  Windows  Forms  applications.  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 79 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        79  

Prerequisites  • Understanding  of  C#  programming  • Experience  building  applications  • Course  2124—Introduction  to  C#  Programming  for  the  Microsoft  .NET  Platform  OR  • Equivalent  knowledge  

2556AC Developing Mobile Applications Using the Microsoft .NET Compact Framework Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview The  goal  of  this  course  is  to  provide  developers  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  develop  mobile  enterprise  solutions  by  using  the  Smart  Device  Extensions  for  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  .NET  and  the  Microsoft  .NET  Compact  Framework.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  experienced,  professional  software  developers  who  work  in  corporate  enterprise  development  teams  and  independent  software  vendors.  Most  students  will  be  Microsoft  Visual  Basic  .NET,  Microsoft  Visual  C#,  or  Java  developers.  These  developers  want  to  build  end-­‐to-­‐end  solutions  in  an  enterprise  environment  that  includes  mobile  devices  as  part  of  the  environment.  This  course  may  also  benefit  Microsoft  Windows  CE  developers  who  have  typically  used  native  code  (either  C  or  C++)  or  eVB  3.0  to  build  Windows  CE  applications.      

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 80 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        80  

Before  attending  this  class,  students  must  have:  • Familiarity  with  the  following  .NET  Framework  concepts:  • Managed  versus  native  code  • Common  language  runtime  • Microsoft  Intermediate  Language  (MSIL)  • Execution  engine  • Just-­‐in-­‐time  (JIT)  execution  • Assemblies  • Experience  using  a  .NET  language,  such  as  Visual  Basic  .NET  or  Visual  C#.  • Experience  creating  Windows  client  applications  using  the  .NET  Framework.  • Experience  creating  data  access  components  that  use  ADO.NET  to  retrieve  or  update  data  in  a  

database.  • Familiarity  with  basic  SQL  statements,  such  as  SELECT  queries.  • Experience  building  ASP.NET  applications.  • Experience  using  Extensible  Markup  Language  (XML).  

Prerequisites  • Course  2559:  Introduction  to  Visual  Basic  .NET  Programming  with  Microsoft  .NET  • Course  2373:  Programming  with  Microsoft  Visual  Basic  .NET  

-­‐OR-­‐  • Course  2609:  Introduction  to  C#  Programming  with  Microsoft  .NET  • Course  2124:  Programming  with  C#  

2559BC Introduction to Visual Basic .NET Programming with Microsoft .NET Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  five-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  needed  to  develop  applications  in  Microsoft  Visual  Basic  .NET  for  the  Microsoft  .NET  platform.  The  course  focuses  on  user  interfaces,  program  structure,  language  syntax,  and  implementation  details.  This  is  the  first  course  in  the  Visual  Basic  .NET  curriculum  and  will  serve  as  the  entry  point  for  other  .NET  courses.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  both  novice  and  experienced  programmers  who  have  a  minimum  of  three  months  programming  experience  and  have  basic  Microsoft  Windows  navigation  skills.  Prerequisites  

• Windows  navigation  skills.  • Experience  (at  least  three  months)  with  developing  applications  in  either  a  graphical  or  non-­‐

graphical  environment.  -­‐  And  -­‐  

• Completion  of  Microsoft  MSDN  Training  Course  2667:  Introduction  to  Programming.  -­‐  Or  -­‐  

• Understanding  of  the  basics  of  structured  programming,  including  concepts  such  as  flow  control,  variables  and  parameters,  and  function  calls.  

2576AC Implementing And Administering Microsoft Internet Information Services IIS) 6.0 Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  implement  and  administer  IIS  6.0.  The  course  focuses  on  the  IIS  6.0  architectural  features  that  improve  reliability,  security,  manageability  and  performance.  The  course  also  provides  knowledge  and  skills  to  successfully  install,  configure,  implement  security,  monitor,  and  manage  Internet  Information  Services  (IIS)  6.0  servers  and  Web  sites.  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 81 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        81  

Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  experienced  systems  administrators  and  engineers  (at  a  200-­‐300  skill  level)  who  have  experience  in  deploying,  administering,  and  supporting  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  operating  system-­‐based  servers  and  networks.  Students  can  be  any  one  of  the  following:  

• Systems  Administrators  or  IT  Generalists  who  are  responsible  for  installing,  configuring,  and  maintaining  Web  and  application  servers.  

• IT  Support  Professionals  in  medium-­‐to-­‐large  organizations,  who  are  responsible  for  maintaining  servers,  including  but  not  limited  to  Web  and  application  servers  on  the  corporate  network.  The  audience  includes  IT  Support  Professionals  who  perform  support  functions  with  the  Windows  Server  2003  family  of  operating  systems  and  network  services  in  their  day-­‐to-­‐day  work.  

• System  Engineers,  who  perform  tasks  associated  with  the  implementation  and  maintenance  of  Web  and  application  servers  as  part  of  their  overall  IT  responsibility  within  small-­‐to-­‐medium  organizations.  

Prerequisites  • At  least  two  years'  experience  in  administering  Microsoft  Windows-­‐based  servers.  • Knowledge  and  experience  that  is  equivalent  to  skills  measured  by  exams  70-­‐290  and  70-­‐291  • Skills  to  do  the  following:  • Create  user  and  group  accounts  • Assign  file  system  permissions  to  resources  • Configure  network  interface  parameters  • Create  and  configure  Domain  Name  System  (DNS)  entries  • Monitor  server  performance  • Monitor  network  traffic  

2609AC Introduction to C# Programming with Microsoft .NET Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview In  this  five-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course,  developers  learn  the  fundamental  skills  that  are  required  to  design  and  develop  object-­‐oriented  applications  for  the  Web  and  Microsoft  Windows  by  using  Microsoft  Visual  C#  .NET  and  the  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  .NET  development  environment.  This  course  provides  an  alternative  entry  point  for  less  experienced  programmers  who  are  not  familiar  with  object-­‐oriented  design  and  programming  with  Windows  or  the  Web.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for:  

• Developers  who  are  not  familiar  with  object-­‐oriented  programming.  • Developers  who  understand  computer  programming,  but  may  have  learned  programming  by  using  a  

non-­‐graphical  language  in  a  university.  These  developers  want  to  build  highly  functional  Web  and  Windows  solutions  and  Web  Services  by  using  Microsoft  Visual  C#  .NET  and  the  Microsoft  .NET  Framework.  Experience  with  object-­‐oriented  programming  and  concepts  is  not  required  for  this  course    Prerequisites  

• Familiarity  and  comfort  with  basic  operating  system  functions  such  as  file  manipulation.  • Understanding  of  the  basics  of  structured  programming,  including  concepts  such  as  flow  control,  

variables  and  parameters,  and  function  calls.  • At  least  three  months  experience  developing  applications  in  either  a  graphical  or  non-­‐graphical  

environment,  or  equivalent  knowledge.  Course  1587:  Introduction  to  Programming  with  Microsoft  Visual  Basic  6  may  help  students  gain  basic  skills  in  programming  techniques.  2667AC Introduction to Programming Course  duration:  Three  days  This  course  assumes  students  have  these  skills:  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 82 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        82  

• Basic  familiarity  with  using  a  computer,  such  as  browsing  the  Internet  or  using  a  word-­‐processing  application.  

• The  ability  to  use  a  mouse  and  keyboard  to  navigate  through  the  Microsoft  Windows  user  interface.  • The  ability  to  perform  simple  file  access  tasks,  such  as  browsing  a  directory  structure,  opening  and  

saving  files,  and  creating  folders.  Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  three-­‐day,  instructor-­‐led  course  introduces  students  to  computer  programming.  Students  will  learn  the  fundamental  concepts  and  terminology  of  software  application  development  and  develop  skills  in  designing  and  writing  simple  computer  programs.  The  course  assumes  no  programming  background  and  provides  an  Overview  of  the  software  development  process  in  addition  to  introducing  important  programming  constructs  and  methodologies.  The  course  covers  such  topics  as  programming  language  characteristics,  integrated  development  environments,  flowcharts,  algorithms  and  pseudocode,  variables,  operators,  conditional  statements,  looping  statements,  procedures,  error-­‐handling  and  debugging,  object-­‐oriented  programming  techniques,  user  interface  design,  software  modeling,  and  Extensible  Markup  Language  (XML)  Web  services.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  students  who  wish  to:  

• Learn  what  software  development  is  and  what  software  developers  do.  • Learn  programming  concepts  and  terminology  to  facilitate  communication  with  software  developers.  • Learn  to  read,  trace,  and  understand  simple  code.  • Learn  to  write,  test,  and  debug  code  to  solve  a  simple  problem.  • Evaluate  their  personal  aptitude  for  career  as  a  programmer  or  software  developer.  

2710BC Analyzing Requirements and Defining Microsoft .NET Solution Architectures Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview This  five-­‐day,  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  needed  to  design  Microsoft  .NET-­‐connected  solutions  to  business  problems.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for:  

• Experienced  developers  moving  into  a  role  that  requires  the  skills  to  bridge  business  and  technology  environments.  

• Experienced  developers,  including  those  with  the  Microsoft  Certified  Application  Developer  (MCAD)  credential,  pursuing  the  Microsoft  Certified  Solution  Developer  (MCSD)  credential.  

Prerequisites  • A  general  understanding  of  the  software  development  life  cycle.  • Practical  working  knowledge  of  .NET  development  technologies.  • Familiarity  with  the  Microsoft  Solutions  Framework  (MSF)  Process  Model.  • Basic  familiarity  with  object  modeling  and  data  modeling  methodologies.  • Experience  working  with  Microsoft  Visio  Professional  2000.  • One  year  experience  as  part  of  a  software  development  team.  

In  addition,  it  is  recommended,  but  not  required,  that  students  complete  Course  1846:  Microsoft  Solutions  Framework  Essentials,  before  taking  this  course.  2717CC Introduction to Microsoft .NET Development Course  duration:  Two  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  two-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  seminar  provides  students  with  an  introduction  to  the  technologies  that  comprise  the  Microsoft  .NET  strategy.  This  course  is  a  high-­‐level  Overview  of  multiple  aspects  of  .NET,  and  is  intended  as  a  starting  point  for  developers  and  business  decision-­‐makers  to  evaluate.NET  tools  and  technologies.  As  an  introductory  seminar,  it  provides  pointers  to  training  courses  and  other  resources  that  give  more  detail  on  specific  topics.  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 83 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        83  

Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  experienced  programmers  who  are  evaluating  .NET  tools  and  technologies,  such  as  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  .NET  2005  and  the  .NET  Framework  2.0,  and  provides  pointers  to  resources  where  they  can  obtain  specific  skills  for  creating  applications,  components,  and  services  built  on  the  .NET  Framework.  Prerequisites  

• Basic  programming  experience  with  Visual  Basic,  Visual  Basic  Scripting  Edition,  C,  C++,  or  Java.  • Familiarity  with  Microsoft  development  technologies  such  as  Windows  Forms  and  Active  Server  

Pages  (ASP).  2730AC Building Microsoft Content Management Server 2002 Solutions Course  duration:  Four  days    Overview This  four-­‐day,  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  plan,  implement,  develop,  and  manage  a  Microsoft  Content  Management  Server  2002  Web  site.  Audience  This  course  is  primarily  intended  for  Web  site  developers  who  focus  on  creating  applications  and  the  framework  used  to  manage  content-­‐based  Web  sites.  However,  it  contains  useful  information  that  system  administrators,  network  administrators,  and  IT  professionals  will  need  to  deploy,  implement,  and  manage  content-­‐driven  sites.  Prerequisites  

• Experience  developing  Microsoft  ASP  or  ASP.NET  Web  sites.  • Experience  working  with  enterprise-­‐level  Web  solutions.  • Experience  with  programming  languages  such  as  Microsoft  Visual  C#  or  Microsoft  Visual  Basic  .NET  

recommended.  • Experience  using  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  .NET  developer  environment  recommended.  

2778AC Writing Queries Using Microsoft SQL Server 2008 Transact-SQL Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview This  3-­‐day  instructor  led  course  provides  students  with  the  technical  skills  required  to  write  basic  Transact-­‐SQL  queries  for  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2008.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  SQL  Server  database  administrators,  implementers,  system  engineers,  and  developers  who  are  responsible  for  writing  queries.  Prerequisites  

• Knowledge  of  data  integrity  concepts.    • Core  Windows  Server  skills.    • Relational  database  design  skills.    • Programming  skills.    

2779BC Implementing a Microsoft SQL Server™ 2005 Database Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  five-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  implement  a  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  database.  The  course  focuses  on  teaching  individuals  how  to  use  SQL  Server  2005  product  features  and  tools  related  to  implementing  a  database.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  IT  Professionals  who  want  to  become  skilled  on  SQL  Server  2005  product  features  and  technologies  for  implementing  a  database.  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 84 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        84  

Prerequisites  • Basic  knowledge  of  the  Microsoft  Windows  operating  system  and  its  core  functionality.  • Working  knowledge  of  Transact-­‐SQL.  • Working  knowledge  of  relational  databases.  • Some  experience  with  database  design.  

In  addition,  it  is  recommended,  but  not  required,  that  students  have  completed:  • Course  2778:  Writing  Queries  Using  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  Transact-­‐SQL.  • Course  2780:  Maintaining  a  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  Database.  

2780BC Maintaining a Microsoft SQL Server™ 2005 Database Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  five-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  maintain  a  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  database.  The  course  focuses  on  teaching  individuals  how  to  use  SQL  Server  2005  product  features  and  tools  related  to  maintaining  a  database.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  IT  Professionals  who  want  to  become  skilled  on  SQL  Server  2005  product  features  and  technologies  for  maintaining  a  database.  Prerequisites  

• Basic  knowledge  of  the  Microsoft  Windows  operating  system  and  its  core  functionality.  • Working  knowledge  of  Transact-­‐SQL.  • Working  knowledge  of  relational  databases.  • Some  experience  with  database  design.  

In  addition,  it  is  recommended,  but  not  required,  that  students  have  completed:  • Course  2778:  Writing  Queries  Using  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  Transact-­‐SQL.  • Course  2779:  Implementing  a  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  Database.    

2781AC Designing Microsoft SQL Server™ 2005 Server-Side Solutions Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  design  server-­‐side  solutions  for  Microsoft  SQL  ServerT  2005.  The  course  focuses  on  teaching  database  developers  who  work  in  enterprise  environments  to  identify  and  place  database  technologies  during  design  to  achieve  a  suitable  solution  that  meets  the  needs  of  an  organization.  Students  will  also  learn  to  consider  the  solution  from  a  system-­‐wide  view  instead  of  from  a  single  database  or  server  perspective.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  current  professional  database  developers  who  have  three  or  more  years  of        

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 85 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        85  

on-­‐the-­‐job  experience  developing  SQL  Server  database  solutions  in  an  enterprise  environment.  Prerequisites  

• Have  experience  reading  user  requirements  and  business-­‐need  documents.  For  example,  development  project  vision/mission  statements  or  business  analysis  reports.  

• Understand  Transact-­‐SQL  syntax  and  programming  logic.  • Understand  XML.  Specifically,  they  must  be  familiar  with  the  syntax  of  XML,  what  elements  and  

attributes  are,  and  how  to  distinguish  them.  • Understand  security  requirements.  Specifically,  must  understand  how  unauthorized  users  can  gain  

access  to  sensitive  information  and  be  able  to  plan  strategies  to  prevent  access.  • Be  able  to  design  a  database  to  3NF  and  know  the  tradeoffs  when  backing  out  of  the  fully  normalized  

design  (denormalization)  and  designing  for  performance  and  business  requirements  in  addition  to  being  familiar  with  design  models,  such  as  Star  and  Snowflake  schemas.  

• Have  basic  monitoring  and  troubleshooting  skills.  • Have  basic  knowledge  of  the  operating  system  and  platform.  That  is,  how  the  operating  system  

integrates  with  the  database,  what  the  platform  or  operating  system  can  do,  and  how  interaction  between  the  operating  system  and  the  database  works.  

• Have  basic  knowledge  of  application  architecture.  That  is,  how  applications  can  be  designed  in  three  layers,  what  applications  can  do,  how  interaction  between  the  application  and  the  database  works,  and  how  the  interaction  between  the  database  and  the  platform  or  operating  system  works.  

• Have  some  experience  with  a  reporting  tool.  • Be  familiar  with  SQL  Server  2005  features,  tools,  and  technologies.  • Have  a  Microsoft  Certified  Technology  Specialist:  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  credential,  or  equivalent  

experience.  In  addition,  it  is  recommended,  but  not  required,  that  students  have  completed:  

• Course  2778:  Writing  Queries  Using  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  Transact-­‐SQL.  • Course  2779:  Implementing  a  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  Database.  • Course  2780:  Maintaining  a  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  Database.  

2782AC Designing Microsoft SQL Server™ 2005 Databases Course  duration:  Two  days    Overview This  two-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  design  databases  for  Microsoft  SQL  ServerT  2005  using  business  requirements  to  guide  their  decisions  (beyond  structured  third  normal  form  [3NF]  modeling  techniques).  Students  will  also  learn  to  incorporate  security  requirements  throughout  their  design.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  current  professional  database  developers  who  have  three  or  more  years  of  on-­‐the-­‐job  experience  developing  SQL  Server  database  solutions  in  an  enterprise  environment.      

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 86 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        86  

Prerequisites  • Have  experience  reading  user  requirements  and  business-­‐need  documents.  For  example,  

development  project  vision/mission  statements  or  business  analysis  reports.  • Have  experience  reading  and  drawing  business  process  flow  charts.  • Have  experience  reading  and  drawing  entity  relationship  (ER)  diagrams.  • Understand  Transact-­‐SQL  syntax  and  programming  logic.  • Be  able  to  design  a  database  to  3NF  and  know  the  tradeoffs  when  backing  out  of  the  fully  normalized  

design  (denormalization)  and  designing  for  performance  and  business  requirements  in  addition  to  being  familiar  with  design  models,  such  as  Star  and  Snowflake  schemas.  

• Have  basic  monitoring  and  troubleshooting  skills.  • Have  basic  knowledge  of  the  operating  system  and  platform.  That  is,  how  the  operating  system  

integrates  with  the  database,  what  the  platform  or  operating  system  can  do,  and  how  interaction  between  the  operating  system  and  the  database  works.  

• Have  basic  knowledge  of  application  architecture.  That  is,  how  applications  can  be  designed  in  three  layers,  what  applications  can  do,  how  interaction  between  the  application  and  the  database  works,  and  how  the  interaction  between  the  database  and  the  platform  or  operating  system  works.  

• Know  how  to  use  a  data  modeling  tool.  • Be  familiar  with  SQL  Server  2005  features,  tools,  and  technologies.  • Have  a  Microsoft  Certified  Technology  Specialist:  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  credential,  or  equivalent  

experience.  In  addition,  it  is  recommended,  but  not  required,  that  students  have  completed:  

• Course  2778:  Writing  Queries  Using  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  Transact-­‐SQL.  • Course  2779:  Implementing  a  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  Database.  • Course  2780:  Maintaining  a  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  Database.  

2783BC Designing the Data Tier for Microsoft SQL Server™ 2005 Course  duration:  One  day    Overview This  one-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  clinic  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  design  the  data  tier  for  Microsoft  SQL  ServerT  2005.  The  clinic  focuses  on  teaching  database  developers  working  in  enterprise  environments  to  understand  and  decide  how  application  developers  are  going  to  access  and  consume  their  data.  This  is  a  major  failure  point  of  database  solutions  today.  Audience  This  clinic  is  intended  for  current  professional  database  developers  who  have  three  or  more  years  of  on-­‐the-­‐job  experience  developing  SQL  Server  database  solutions  in  an  enterprise  environment.      

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 87 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        87  

Prerequisites

• Have  experience  reading  user  requirements  and  business-­‐need  documents.  For  example,  development  project  vision/mission  statements  or  business  analysis  reports.  

• Have  basic  knowledge  of  the  Microsoft  .NET  Framework,  .NET  concepts,  ADO.NET,  and  service  oriented  architecture  (SOA).  

• Be  familiar  with  the  tasks  that  application  developers  typically  perform.  • Understand  Transact-­‐SQL  syntax  and  programming  logic.  • Have  some  experience  with  professional-­‐level  database  design  and  know  the  tradeoffs  when  backing  

out  of  the  fully  normalized  design  (denormalization)  and  designing  for  performance  and  business  requirements,  in  addition  to  being  familiar  with  design  models  such  as  Star  and  Snowflake  schemas.  

• Have  basic  monitoring  and  troubleshooting  skills.  Specifically,  how  to  use  SQL  Profiler  and  dynamic  management  views.  

• Have  basic  knowledge  of  the  operating  system  and  platform.  That  is,  how  the  operating  system  integrates  with  the  database,  what  the  platform  or  operating  system  can  do,  and  how  interaction  between  the  operating  system  and  the  database  works.  

• Have  basic  knowledge  of  application  architecture.  That  is,  how  applications  can  be  designed  in  three  layers,  what  applications  can  do,  how  interaction  between  the  application  and  the  database  works,  and  how  the  interaction  between  the  database  and  the  platform  or  operating  system  works.  

• Know  how  to  use  a  data  modeling  tool.  • Be  familiar  with  SQL  Server  2005  features,  tools,  and  technologies.  • Have  a  Microsoft  Certified  Technology  Specialist:  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  credential,  or  equivalent  

experience.  In  addition,  it  is  recommended,  but  not  required,  that  students  have  completed:  

• Course  2778:  Writing  Queries  Using  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  Transact-­‐SQL.  • Course  2779:  Implementing  a  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  Database.  • Course  2780:  Maintaining  a  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  Database.  

2784AC Tuning and Optimizing Database Queries Using Microsoft SQL Server™ 2005 Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  workshop  provides  database  developers  working  in  enterprise  environments  using  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  evaluate  and  improve  queries  and  query  response  times.  The  workshop  focuses  on  systematic  identification  and  optimization  of  database  factors  that  impact  query  performance.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  current  professional  database  developers  who  have  three  or  more  years  of  on-­‐the-­‐job  experience  developing  SQL  Server  database  solutions  in  an  enterprise  environment.  Prerequisites  

• Have  working  knowledge  of  data  storage.  Specifically,  knowledge  about  row  layout,  fixed  length  field  placement  and  varying  length  field  placement.  

• Be  familiar  with  index  structures  and  index  utilization.  Specifically,  they  must  understand  the  interaction  between  non-­‐clustered  indexes,  clustered  indexes  and  heaps.  They  must  know  why  a  covering  index  can  improve  performance.  

• Have  had  hands-­‐on  database  developer  experience.  Specifically,  three  years  of  experience  as  a  full-­‐time  database  developer  in  an  enterprise  environment.  

• Be  familiar  with  the  locking  model.  Specifically,  students  should  have  an  understanding  of  lock  modes,  lock  objects  and  isolation  levels  and  be  familiar  with  process  blocking.  

• Understand  Transact-­‐SQL  syntax  and  programming  logic.  Specifically,  students  should  be  completely  fluent  in  advanced  queries,  aggregate  queries,  subqueries,  user-­‐defined  functions,  cursors,  control  of  flow  statements,  CASE  expressions,  and  all  types  of  joins.  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 88 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        88  

• Be  able  to  design  a  database  to  third  normal  form  (3NF)  and  know  the  tradeoffs  when  backing  out  of  the  fully  normalized  design  (denormalization)  and  designing  for  performance  and  business  requirements  in  addition  to  being  familiar  with  design  models,  such  as  Star  and  Snowflake  schemas.  

• Have  strong  monitoring  and  troubleshooting  skills,  including  using  monitoring  tools.  • Have  basic  knowledge  of  the  operating  system  and  platform.  That  is,  how  the  operating  system  

integrates  with  the  database,  what  the  platform  or  operating  system  can  do,  and  how  interaction  between  the  operating  system  and  the  database  works.  

• Have  basic  knowledge  of  application  architecture.  That  is,  how  applications  can  be  designed  in  three  layers,  what  applications  can  do,  how  interaction  between  the  application  and  the  database  works,  and  how  the  interaction  between  the  database  and  the  platform  or  operating  system  works.  

• Know  how  to  use  a  data  modeling  tool.  • Be  familiar  with  SQL  Server  2005  features,  tools,  and  technologies.  • Have  a  Microsoft  Certified  Technology  Specialist:  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  credential  -­‐  or  

equivalent  experience.  In  addition,  it  is  recommended,  but  not  required,  that  students  have  completed:  

• Course  2778,  Writing  Queries  Using  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  Transact-­‐SQL.  • Course  2779,  Implementing  a  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  Database.  • Course  2780,  Maintaining  a  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  Database.  

2786BC Designing a Microsoft SQL Server™ 2005 Infrastructure Course  duration:  Two  days    Overview This  two-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  database  administrators  working  in  enterprise  environments  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  design  a  Microsoft  SQL  ServerT  2005  database  infrastructure.  The  course  focuses  on  the  development  of  strategies  for  data  archiving,  consolidation,  distribution,  and  recovery.  The  course  also  stresses  the  importance  of  capacity  analysis  and  emphasizes  the  tradeoffs  that  need  to  be  made  during  design.  This  is  the  first  course  in  the  database  administration  curriculum  and  will  serve  as  the  entry  point  for  other  courses  in  the  curriculum.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  current  professional  database  administrators  who  have  three  or  more  years  of  on-­‐the-­‐job  experience  administering  SQL  Server  database  solutions  in  an  enterprise  environment.  Prerequisites  

• Understand  the  tradeoffs  among  the  different  redundant  storage  types.  For  example,  what  RAID  levels  mean,  and  how  they  differ  from  Storage  Area  Networks  (SAN).  

• Understand  how  replication  works  and  how  replication  is  implemented.  • Be  familiar  with  reading  user  requirements  and  business-­‐need  documents.  For  example,  

development  project  vision/mission  statements  or  business  analysis  reports.  • Have  some  knowledge  of  how  queries  execute.  Must  be  able  to  read  a  query  execution  plan  and  

understand  what  is  happening.  • Have  basic  knowledge  of  the  dependencies  between  system  components.  • Be  able  to  design  a  database  to  third  normal  form  (3NF)  and  know  the  tradeoffs  when  backing  out  of  

the  fully  normalized  design  (denormalization)  and  designing  for  performance  and  business  requirements  in  addition  to  being  familiar  with  design  models,  such  as  Star  and  Snowflake  schemas.  

• Have  monitoring  and  troubleshooting  skills.  • Have  knowledge  of  the  operating  system  and  platform.  That  is,  how  the  operating  system  integrates  

with  the  database,  what  the  platform  or  operating  system  can  do,  and  how  the  interaction  between  the  operating  system  and  the  database  works.  For  example,  how  integrated  authentication  interacts  with  Active  Directory  directory  service.  

• Have  knowledge  of  application  architecture.  That  is,  how  applications  can  be  designed  in  three  layers,  what  applications  can  do,  interaction  between  applications  and  the  database,  interaction  between  the  database  and  the  platform  or  operating  system.  

• Must  already  know  how  to  use:  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 89 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        89  

• A  data  modeling  tool  • Microsoft  Office  Visio  (to  create  infrastructure  diagrams)  • Be  familiar  with  SQL  Server  2005  features,  tools,  and  technologies.  • Have  a  Microsoft  Certified  Technology  Specialist:  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  credential  or  

equivalent  experience.  In  addition,  it  is  recommended,  but  not  required,  that  students  have  completed:  

• Course  2778:  Writing  Queries  Using  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  Transact-­‐SQL.  • Course  2779:  Implementing  a  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  Database.  • Course  2780:  Maintaining  a  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  Database.  

2787AC Designing Security for Microsoft SQL Server™ 2005 Course  duration:  Two  days    Overview This  two-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  enables  database  administrators  who  work  with  enterprise  environments  to  design  security  for  database  systems  using  Microsoft  SQL  ServerT  2005.  The  course  emphasizes  that  students  should  think  about  the  whole  environment,  which  includes  business  needs,  regulatory  requirements,  network  systems,  and  database  considerations  during  design.  Students  will  also  learn  how  to  monitor  security  and  respond  to  threats.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  current  professional  database  administrators  who  have  three  or  more  years  of  on-­‐the-­‐job  experience  administering  SQL  Server  database  solutions  in  an  enterprise  environment.  Prerequisites  

• Have  basic  knowledge  of  security  protocols  and  how  they  work.  For  example,  Windows  NT  LAN  Manager  (NTLM)  or  Kerberos.  

• Have  basic  knowledge  of  public  key  infrastructure  (PKI)  systems.  For  example,  how  public  and  private  keys  work,  strengths  and  weaknesses,  and  what  they  are  used  for.  

• Have  working  knowledge  of  network  architectures  and  technologies.  For  example,  how  a  firewall  works,  how  IPSec  works  in  a  networking  context,  and  common  vulnerability  points.  

• Have  working  knowledge  of  Active  Directory  directory  service.  For  example,  security  models,  policies,  group  policy  objects  (GPOs),  and  organizational  units  (OUs).  

• Be  able  to  design  a  database  to  third  normal  form  (3NF)  and  know  the  tradeoffs  when  backing  out  of  the  fully  normalized  design  (denormalization)  and  designing  for  performance  and  business  requirements  in  addition  to  being  familiar  with  design  models,  such  as  Star  and  Snowflake  schemas.  

• Have  strong  monitoring  and  troubleshooting  skills.  • Have  experience  creating  Microsoft  Office  Visio  drawings  or  have  equivalent  knowledge.  • Have  strong  knowledge  of  the  operating  system  and  platform.  That  is,  how  the  operating  system  

integrates  with  the  database,  what  the  platform  or  operating  system  can  do,  interaction  between  the  operating  system  and  the  database.  

• Have  basic  knowledge  of  application  architecture.  That  is,  different  methods  of  implementing  security  in  an  application,  how  applications  can  be  designed  in  three  layers,  what  applications  can  do,  the  interaction  between  applications  and  the  database,  and  interactions  between  the  database  and  the  platform  or  operating  system.  

• Have  knowledge  about  network  security  tools.  For  example,  sniffer  and  port  scanning.  Must  understand  how  they  should  be  used.  

• Be  able  to  use  patch  management  systems.  • Have  knowledge  of  common  attack  methods.  For  example,  buffer  overflow,  and  replay  attacks.  • Be  familiar  with  SQL  Server  2005  features,  tools,  and  technologies.  • Have  a  Microsoft  Certified  Technology  Specialist:  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  credential  or  equivalent  

experience.  In  addition,  it  is  recommended,  but  not  required,  that  students  have  completed:  

• Course  2778:  Writing  Queries  Using  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  Transact-­‐SQL.  • Course  2779:  Implementing  a  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  Database.  • Course  2780:  Maintaining  a  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  Database.  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 90 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        90  

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 91 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        91  

2788AC Designing High Availability Database Solutions Using Microsoft SQL Server™ 2005 Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  design  high  availability  database  solutions  using  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005.  The  course  focuses  on  teaching  experienced  database  administrators  working  in  enterprise  environments  to  design  database  solutions  that  meet  the  availability  needs  of  their  organization.  It  emphasizes  that  students  should  think  broadly  about  high  availability,  which  includes  thinking  about  the  database  itself  and  about  their  entire  environment,  including  business  needs;  regulatory  requirements;  and  network,  systems,  and  database  considerations  during  design.  Students  will  also  learn  how  to  document  and  test  the  high  availability  database  solution.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  current  professional  database  administrators  who  have  three  or  more  years  of  on-­‐the-­‐job  experience  administering  SQL  Server  database  solutions  in  an  enterprise  environment.  Prerequisites    None  2789BC Administering and Automating Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Databases and Servers Course  duration:  One  day    Overview This  one-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  administer  and  automate  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  databases  and  servers.  This  course  focuses  on  the  need  to  maintain  administration  and  automation  information.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  current  professional  database  administrators  who  have  three  or  more  years  of  on-­‐the-­‐job  experience  administering  SQL  Server  database  solutions  in  an  enterprise  environment.  Prerequisites  

• Understand  how  replication  works  and  how  replication  is  implemented.  • Have  working  knowledge  of  source  control  software.  Specifically,  what  it  is  used  for  and  how  it  

works.  • Have  working  knowledge  of  networking.  Specifically,  how  to  isolate  a  failure  to  identify  where  a  

failure  is  occurring.  • Have  basic  working  knowledge  of  security  infrastructures.  Specifically,  Active  Directory  

infrastructure.  • Have  some  experience  with  database  design.  Specifically,  they  must  fully  understand  Third  Normal  

Form  (3NF),  be  able  to  design  a  database  to  3NF  (fully  normalized),  and  know  the  tradeoffs  when  backing  out  of  the  fully  normalized  design  (denormalization;  that  is,  designing  for  performance  and/or  business  requirements).  They  should  also  be  familiar  with  specific  design  models,  such  as  Star  and  Snowflake  schemas.  

• Have  basic  monitoring  and  troubleshooting  skills.  • Have  working  knowledge  of  the  operating  system  and  platform.  That  is,  how  the  operating  system  

integrates  with  the  database,  what  the  platform  or  operating  system  can  do,  and  the  interaction  between  the  operating  system  and  the  database.  

• Have  basic  knowledge  of  application  architecture.  That  is,  how  applications  can  be  designed  in  three  layers,  what  applications  can  do,  interactions  between  applications  and  the  database,  and  interactions  between  the  database  and  the  platform  or  operating  system.  

• Have  a  Microsoft  Certified  Technology  Specialist:  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  credential,  or  equivalent  experience.  

In  addition,  it  is  recommended,  but  not  required,  that  students  have  completed:  • Course  2778,  Writing  Queries  Using  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  Transact-­‐SQL.  • Course  2779,  Implementing  a  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  Database.  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 92 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        92  

• Course  2780,  Maintaining  a  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  Database.  2790AC Troubleshooting and Optimizing Database Servers Using Microsoft SQL Server™ 2005 Course  duration:  Two  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  The  purpose  of  this  two-­‐day  workshop  is  to  teach  database  administrators  working  in  enterprise  environments  how  to  determine  and  troubleshoot  performance  issues  using  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005.  The  primary  focus  of  this  workshop  is  to  teach  the  overall  process  of  troubleshooting.  It  includes  establishing  monitoring  standards  and  baselines,  determining  performance  thresholds,  and  focusing  the  investigation  on  specific  issues.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  current  professional  database  administrators  who  have  three  or  more  years  of  on-­‐the-­‐job  experience  administering  SQL  Server  database  solutions  in  an  enterprise  environment.  Prerequisites  

• Working  knowledge  of  SQL  Server  2005  architecture  including  indexing,  SQL  execution  plans,  and  SQL  Server  basic  configuration.  

• Basic  monitoring  and  troubleshooting  skills.  For  example,  students  should  have  used  Sysmon  and  Perfmon  on  the  job.  

• Working  knowledge  of  the  operating  system  and  platform.  Students  should  understand  how  the  operating  system  integrates  with  the  database,  what  the  platform  or  operating  system  can  do,  and  the  interaction  between  the  operating  system  and  the  database.  

• Basic  understanding  of  server  architecture  such  as  CPU  and  memory  utilization  and  disk  input/output  (I/O).  

• Basic  knowledge  of  application  architecture.  Students  should  know  how  applications  can  be  designed  in  three  layers,  what  applications  can  do,  the  interaction  between  applications  and  the  database,  and  the  interaction  between  the  database  and  the  platform  or  operating  system.  

• Understanding  of  Transact-­‐SQL  syntax  and  programming  logic.  • Basic  knowledge  of  Microsoft  Windows  networking.  Students  should  understand  how  Domain  Name  

Service  (DNS)  operates  and  how  servers  communicate  between  domains.  • Familiarity  with  SQL  Server  2005  features,  tools,  and  technologies.  • Microsoft  Certified  Technology  Specialist:  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  credential  or  equivalent  

experience.  In  addition,  it  is  recommended,  but  not  required,  that  students  have  completed:  

• Course  2778,  Writing  Queries  Using  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  Transact-­‐SQL.  • Course  2779,  Implementing  a  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  Database.  • Course  2780,  Maintaining  a  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  Database.  

2791AC Implementing and Maintaining Microsoft SQL Server™ 2005 Analysis Services Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  teaches  students  how  to  implement  an  Analysis  Services  solution  in  an  organization.  The  course  discusses  how  to  use  the  Analysis  Services  development  tools  to  create  an  Analysis  Services  database  and  an  OLAP  cube,  and  how  to  use  the  Analysis  Services  management  and  administrative  tools  to  manage  an  Analysis  Services  solution.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  information  technology  (IT)  professionals  and  developers  who  need  to  implement  analysis  solutions  by  using  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  Analysis  Services.  Prerequisites  

• Conceptual  understanding  of  OLAP  solutions.  • Experience  navigating  the  Microsoft  Windows  Server  environment.  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 93 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        93  

• Experience  with  Windows  services  (starting  and  stopping).  • Experience  creating  service  accounts  and  permissions.  • Experience  with  Microsoft  SQL  Server,  including:  • SQL  Server  Agent.  • SQL  Server  query  language  (SELECT,  UPDATE,  INSERT,  and  DELETE).  • SQL  Server  System  tables.  • SQL  Server  accounts  (users  and  permissions).  

2792AC Implementing and Maintaining Microsoft SQL Server™ 2005 Integration Services Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  teaches  students  how  to  implement  an  Integration  Services  solution  in  an  organization.  The  course  discusses  how  to  develop,  deploy,  and  manage  Integration  Services  packages.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  information  technology  (IT)  professionals  and  developers  who  need  to  implement  data  transfer  or  extract,  transform,  and  load  (ETL)  solutions  by  using  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  Integration  Services.  Prerequisites  

• Exposure  to  enterprise  data  import  and  export  scenarios.  • Experience  navigating  the  Microsoft  Windows  Server  environment.  • Experience  with  Microsoft  SQL  Server,  including:  • SQL  Server  Agent.  • SQL  Server  query  language  (SELECT,  UPDATE,  INSERT,  and  DELETE).  • SQL  Server  System  tables.  • SQL  Server  accounts  (users  and  permissions).  

2793AC Implementing and Maintaining Microsoft SQL Server™ 2005 Reporting Services Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  teaches  students  how  to  implement  a  Reporting  Services  solution  in  an  organization.  The  course  discusses  how  to  use  the  Reporting  Services  development  tools  to  create  reports,  and  how  to  use  the  Reporting  Services  management  and  administrative  tools  to  manage  a  Reporting  Services  solution.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  information  technology  (IT)  professionals  and  developers  who  need  to  implement  reporting  solutions  by  using  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  Reporting  Services.  Prerequisites  

• Exposure  to  creating  reports  in  Microsoft  Access  or  other  third-­‐party  reporting  products,  such  as  Crystal  Reports.  

• Conceptual  understanding  of  the  push  and  pull  distribution/subscription  paradigm.  • Experience  navigating  the  Microsoft  Windows  Server  environment.  • Experience  with  Windows  services  (starting  and  stopping)  • Experience  creating  service  accounts  and  permissions  • Experience  with  Microsoft  SQL  Server,  including:  

• SQL  Server  Agent.  • SQL  Server  query  language  (SELECT,  UPDATE,  INSERT,  and  DELETE).  • SQL  Server  System  tables.  • SQL  Server  accounts  (users  and  permissions).  

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 94 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        94  

2794AC Designing a Business Intelligence Solution for the Enterprise Using Microsoft SQL Server™ 2005 Course  duration:  Two  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  The  purpose  of  this  two-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  is  to  teach  Business  Intelligence  (BI)  professionals  working  in  enterprise  environments  to  design  a  BI  solution  architecture.  Students  will  be  taught  the  importance  of  keeping  all  components  of  the  solution  and  stages  of  the  lifecycle  in  mind.  The  first  day  focuses  on  foundational  standards  and  practices  for  the  enterprise.  The  second  day  focuses  on  a  project-­‐specific  lifecycle  for  capturing  requirements  and  deriving  a  solution  architecture.  This  is  the  first  course  in  the  Business  Intelligence  curriculum  and  will  serve  as  the  entry  point  for  other  courses  in  the  curriculum.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  experienced  BI  and  Microsoft  SQL  Server  professionals.  The  Audience  for  this  course  already  have  an  understanding  of  how  to  use  the  SQL  Server  2005  tools  to  implement  BI  infrastructure  and  solutions,  but  need  to  develop  their  understanding  of  design  principles  and  best  practices  when  planning,  implementing,  and  deploying  a  Business  Intelligence  architecture  and  solution.  Prerequisites  

• Have  foundational  conceptual  understanding  of  data  warehousing,  data  marts,  and  Business  Intelligence.  Students  must  be  well-­‐versed  on  the  subjects  of  data  warehousing,  data  marts,  and  BI,  and  preferably  have  read  at  least  one  book  by  Ralph  Kimball  or  Bill  Inmon.  

• Have  conceptual  understanding  of  the  components  of  SQL  Server  2005.  For  example,  the  online  analytical  processing  (OLAP),  extract,  transport,  and  load  (ETL),  and  reporting  technologies.  

• Have  practical  experience  with  OLAP,  ETL,  and  Reporting  on  the  SQL  Server  2005  Platform.  For  example,  constructing  cubes,  developing  packages,  and  writing  reports.  

• Have  foundational  understanding  of  Microsoft  Windows  security.  For  example,  how  groups,  delegation  of  credentials,  and  impersonation  function  in  a  security  context.  

• Have  foundational  understanding  of  Web-­‐based  architecture.  For  example,  SSL,  SOAP,  and  IIS-­‐what  they  are  and  what  their  role  is.  

• Already  know  how  to  use:  • Microsoft  Office  Visio  • Microsoft  SQL  Server  Business  Intelligence  Development  Studio  • Microsoft  SQL  Server  Management  Studio  • Performance  Monitor  • Report  Builder  and  Report  Manager  • Microsoft  Visual  SourceSafe  

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 95 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        95  

2795AC Designing an ETL Solution Architecture Using Microsoft SQL Server™ 2005 Integration Services Course  duration:  Two  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  The  purpose  of  this  2-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  is  to  teach  Business  Intelligence  (BI)  professionals  working  in  enterprise  environments  to  design  an  extract,  transform,  and  load  (ETL)  solution  that  supports  their  BI  solution.  Students  will  learn  how  to  plan  an  ETL  solution,  and  specifically  how  to  design  and  implement  a  SQL  Server  Integration  Services  (SSIS)  based  ETL  solution.  They  will  also  learn  how  to  monitor,  optimize,  and  deploy  an  SSIS  solution.  The  course  focuses  on  the  planning  and  design  aspects  of  an  ETL  solution  and  does  not  teach  students  how  to  create  SSIS  packages  or  how  to  use  the  development  tools  provided  with  SQL  Server  2005.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  experienced  Business  Intelligence  (BI)  professionals.  The  Audience  for  this  course  already  have  experience  of  using  the  SQL  Server  2005  tools  to  implement  ETL  functionality,  but  need  to  develop  their  understanding  of  design  principles  and  best  practices  when  planning,  implementing,  and  deploying  an  ETL  solution.    Prerequisites  

• Have  hands-­‐on  experience  with  database  development  tasks.  For  example:  • Creating  Transact-­‐SQL  queries  • Writing  and  optimizing  advanced  queries  (for  example,  queries  that  contain  complex  joins  or  

subqueries)  • Creating  database  objects  such  as  tables,  views,  and  indexes  • Be  familiar  with  SQL  Server  2005  features,  tools,  and  technologies.  In  particular,  they  must  

have  built  an  SSIS  package.  • Have  foundational  conceptual  understanding  of  data  warehousing,  data  marts,  and  Business  

Intelligence.  Students  must  be  well-­‐versed  on  the  subjects  of  data  warehousing,  data  marts,  and  BI,  and  preferably  have  read  at  least  one  book  by  Ralph  Kimball  or  Bill  Inmon.  

• Have  a  conceptual  understanding  of  ETL  processes.  • Have  foundational  understanding  of  Microsoft  Windows  security.  For  example,  how  groups,  

delegation  of  credentials,  and  impersonation  function  in  a  security  context.  • Have  foundational  understanding  of  Web-­‐based  architecture.  For  example,  SSL,  SOAP,  and  IIS-­‐what  

they  are  and  what  their  role  is.  • Already  know  how  to  use:  

• Microsoft  Office  Visio  • Microsoft  SQL  Server  Business  Intelligence  Development  Studio  • Microsoft  SQL  Server  Management  Studio  • Performance  Monitor  • Microsoft  SQL  Server  Profiler  

2796AC Designing an Analysis Solution Architecture Using Microsoft SQL Server™ 2005 Analysis Services Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  The  purpose  of  this  three  day  course  is  to  teach  business  intelligence  (BI)  professionals  working  in  enterprise  environments  how  to  design  a  multidimensional  solution  architecture  that  supports  their  BI  solution.  Students  will  go  through  the  entire  process-­‐from  capturing  business  and  technical  requirements,  to  deploying  a  multidimensional  solution,  to  production.  Students  will  also  be  taught  to  develop  custom  functionality  and  optimize  a  multidimensional  solution.  The  course  focuses  on  the  planning  and  design  aspects  of  an  analysis  solution  and  does  not  teach  students  how  to  create  Analysis  Services  database  objects  or  how  to  use  the  development  tools  provided  with  SQL  Server  2005.  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 96 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        96  

Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  experienced  BI  professionals.  The  Audience  for  this  course  already  have  an  understanding  of  how  to  use  SQL  Server  2005  tools  to  implement  Analysis  Services  functionality,  but  need  to  develop  their  understanding  of  design  principles  and  best  practices  when  planning,  implementing,  and  deploying  an  Analysis  Services  solution.  Prerequisites  

• Have  hands-­‐on  experience  with  database  development  tasks.  For  example:  • Creating  Transact-­‐SQL  queries  • Writing  and  optimizing  advanced  queries  (for  example,  queries  that  contain  complex  joins  or  

subqueries)  • Creating  database  objects  such  as  tables,  views,  and  indexes  • Have  foundational  conceptual  understanding  of  data  warehousing,  data  marts,  and  business  

intelligence.  Students  must  be  well  versed  on  the  subjects  of  data  warehousing,  data  marts,  and  BI,  and  preferably  have  read  at  least  one  book  by  Ralph  Kimball  or  Bill  Inmon.  

• Have  a  conceptual  understanding  of  OLAP  technologies,  multidimensional  data,  MDX,  and  relational  database  modeling.  For  example,  know  what  facts,  dimensions,  measures,  calculated  measures,  and  foreign  keys  are.  

• Be  familiar  with  SQL  Server  2005  features,  tools,  and  technologies.  In  particular,  they  must  have  built  and  queried  an  Analysis  Services  cube.  

• Have  foundational  understanding  of  Microsoft  Windows  security.  For  example,  how  groups,  delegation  of  credentials,  and  impersonation  function  in  a  security  context.  

• Have  foundational  understanding  of  Web-­‐based  architecture.  For  example,  SSL,  SOAP,  and  IIS-­‐what  they  are  and  what  their  role  is.  

• Must  understand  the  difference  between  replication  and  ETL.  • Already  know  how  to  use:  • Microsoft  Office  Visio  • Microsoft  SQL  Server  Business  Intelligence  Development  Studio  • Microsoft  SQL  Server  Management  Studio  • Performance  Monitor  • Microsoft  SQL  Server  Profiler  

2797AC Designing a Reporting Solution Architecture Using Microsoft SQL Server™ 2005 Reporting Services Course  duration:  Two  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  The  purpose  of  this  2  day  course  is  to  teach  Business  Intelligence  (BI)  professionals  working  in  enterprise  environments  to  design  a  reporting  solution  architecture  that  supports  their  BI  solution.  Students  will  go  through  the  entire  process-­‐from  identifying  report  data  to  promoting  the  reporting  solution  to  production.  Students  will  scale  a  reporting  solution.  Students  will  also  be  taught  best  practices  for  collaborating  with  application  developers  to  integrate  applications  and  reporting  services.  The  course  focuses  on  the  planning  and  design  aspects  of  a  reporting  solution  and  does  not  teach  you  how  to  create  reports  or  how  to  use  the  development  tools  provided  with  SQL  Server  2005.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  experienced  BI  professionals.  The  Audience  for  this  course  already  have  an  understanding  of  how  to  use  the  SQL  Server  2005  tools  to  implement  reporting  functionality,  but  need  to  develop  their  understanding  of  design  principles  and  best  practices  when  planning,  implementing,  and  deploying  a  Reporting  Services  solution.  Prerequisites  

• Have  hands-­‐on  experience  with  database  development  tasks.  For  example:  • Creating  Transact-­‐SQL  queries  • Writing  and  optimizing  advanced  queries  (for  example,  queries  that  contain  complex  joins  or  

subqueries)  • Creating  database  objects  such  as  tables,  views,  and  indexes  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 97 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        97  

• Have  foundational  conceptual  understanding  of  Business  Intelligence  presentation  architecture.  For  example,  data  source  management,  the  function  of  pivot  tables  versus  grids  versus  charts,  what  drill  down  and  linked  reports  are,  and  what  schema  abstraction  (Report  Builder)  is.  

• Have  built  Reporting  Services  reports  with  Visual  Studio  or  SQL  Server  Business  Intelligence  Development  Studio.  

• Have  foundational  understanding  of  Web-­‐based  architecture.  For  example,  SSL,  SOAP,  IIS,  and  WSS/SPS-­‐Web  parts-­‐what  they  are  and  what  their  role  is.  

• Have  foundational  understanding  of  Web-­‐based  architecture.  For  example,  SSL,  SOAP,  and  IIS-­‐what  they  are  and  what  their  role  is.  

• Have  foundational  understanding  of  Microsoft  Windows  security.  For  example,  how  groups,  delegation  of  credentials,  and  impersonation  function  in  a  security  context.  

• Already  know  how  to  use  the  following  tools:  • SQL  Server  Business  Intelligence  Development  Studio  • SQL  Server  Management  Studio  • Performance  Monitor  • SQL  Server  Profiler  • Report  Builder  and  Report  Manager  

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 98 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        98  

2810AC Fundamentals of Network Security Course  duration:  Four  days    Overview This  four-­‐day,  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  begin  supporting  network  security  within  an  organization.  Students  who  complete  this  course  will  be  able  to  identify  security  threats  and  vulnerabilities,  and  help  respond  to  and  recover  from  security  incidents.  This  course  will  cover  security  concepts  that  are  prerequisites  for  attending  other  Microsoft  Official  Curriculum  (MOC)  courses  for  security  specialists  and  help  prepare  students  for  the  CompTIA  Security+  exam.    This  course  has  been  approved  as  CompTIA  Authorized  Quality  Curriculum  (CAQC)  for  the  CompTIA  Security+  certification.  The  CAQC  program  assures  students  that  all  test  objectives  for  the  CompTIA  Security+  certification  exam  are  covered  in  the  course  materials.  Although  the  course  focuses  on  Microsoft  product-­‐  and  technology-­‐specific  implementation  of  security  concepts,  many  of  these  same  concepts  can  be  applied  to  other  technologies.    Audience This  course  is  designed  for  administrators  who  are  responsible  for  the  day-­‐to-­‐day  administration  of  Microsoft  Windows  2000.  Students  should  have  general  knowledge  of  networking  concepts  and  one  or  more  years  of  experience  managing  Windows  2000.  Other  IT  professionals  may  also  take  this  course  on  the  path  to  becoming  a  security  specialist.    Prerequisites  One  year  of  experience  managing  Windows  2000  Server  or  have  equivalent  knowledge  and  skills,  such  as  those  described  in  MOC  Course  2152:  Implementing  Microsoft  Windows  2000  Professional  and  Server.    2821AC Designing and Managing a Microsoft Windows Public Key Infrastructure Course  duration:  Four  days      Overview This  four-­‐day,  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  design,  deploy,  and  manage  a  public  key  infrastructure  (PKI)  to  support  applications  that  require  distributed  security.  Students  get  hands-­‐on  experience  implementing  solutions  to  secure  PKI-­‐enabled  applications  and  services,  such  as  Microsoft  Internet  Explorer,  Microsoft  Exchange  Server,  Microsoft  Internet  Information  Server,  Microsoft  Outlook,  and  remote  access  services.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  IT  systems  engineers  who  are  responsible  for  designing  and  implementing  security  solutions.  Individuals  should  have  knowledge  and  experience  to  install  and  configure  the  Active  Directory  directory  service  and  security  mechanisms  for  computers  running  Microsoft  Windows  2000  Server  or  Windows  Server  2003  family.      

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 99 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        99  

Prerequisites  • Familiarity  with  Windows  2000  or  Windows  Server  2003  core  technologies,  such  as  those  described  

in  the  following  Microsoft  Official  Curriculum  (MOC)  courses:  • Course  2274:  Managing  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  Environment  • Course  2275:  Maintaining  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  Environment  • Course  2152:  Implementing  Microsoft  Windows  2000  Professional  and  Server  

• Familiarity  with  Windows  2000  or  Windows  2003  networking  technologies,  such  as  those  described  in  the  following  MOC  courses:  

• Course  2277:  Implementing,  Managing,  and  Maintaining  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  Network  Infrastructure:  Network  Services  

• Course  2153:  Implementing  a  Microsoft  Windows  2000  Network  Infrastructure  • Familiarity  with  Windows  2000  or  Windows  2003  directory  services  technologies,  such  as  those  

described  in  the  following  MOC  courses:  • Course  2279:  Planning,  Implementing,  and  Maintaining  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  

Active  Directory  Infrastructure  • Course  2154:  Implementing  and  Administering  Microsoft  Windows  2000  Directory  Services  

2823BC

Implementing and Administering Security in a Microsoft Windows Server™ 2003 Network Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  five-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  addresses  the  MCSA  and  MCSE  skills  path  for  IT  Pro  security  practitioners,  specifically  addressing  the  training  needs  of  those  preparing  for  the  70-­‐299  certification  exam.  The  primary  product  focus  is  on  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  based  infrastructure  solutions  but  will  include  some  client  focused  content  where  appropriate.  This  learning  product  is  to  provide  functional  skills  in  planning  and  implementing  infrastructure  security.  This  course  is  part  of  the  Security  Portfolio  and  will  act  as  the  primary  entry  point  for  IT  Professionals  at  the  implementation  level.  MOC  2810  will  provide  an  entry  point  for  students  to  broaden  their  awareness  of  security  issues.  Students  will  be  encouraged  to  enhance  their  security  design  skills  by  attending  MOC  2830.  Microsoft  Certification  exams  No  Microsoft  Certification  exams  are  associated  with  this  course  currently.    Audience The  course  is  for  a  system  administrator  or  system  engineer  who  has  the  foundation  implementation  skills  and  knowledge  for  the  deployment  of  secure  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  based  solutions.  This  course  is  not  intended  to  provide  design  skills,  but  will  cover  planning  skills  at  a  level  sufficient  to  enable  decision  making  for  the  implementation  process.      

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 100 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        100  

Prerequisites

• Completed  MOC  2810  or  equivalent  knowledge.  • Experience  implementing  a  Windows  2000  or  Windows  Server  2003  Active  Directory  environment.  

Experience  with  organizational  resources  such  as  Web,  FTP  and  Exchange  servers,  (not  expected  to  have  detailed  knowledge)  shared  resources  and  network  services  such  as  DHCP,  DNS  and  WINS  also  helpful.  

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 101 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        101  

2830BC

Designing Security for Microsoft Networks Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  you  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  design  a  secure  network  infrastructure.  Topics  include  assembling  the  design  team,  modeling  threats,  and  analyzing  security  risks  in  order  to  meet  business  requirements  for  securing  computers  in  a  networked  environment.  The  course  encourages  decision-­‐making  skills  through  real-­‐life  scenarios  that  the  target  audience  may  encounter.  You  are  given  the  task  of  collecting  the  information  and  sorting  through  the  details  to  resolve  the  given  security  requirement.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  IT  systems  engineers  and  security  specialists  who  are  responsible  for  establishing  security  policies  and  procedures  for  an  organization.  Students  should  have  one  to  three  years  of  experience  designing  related  business  solutions.    Prerequisites

• A  strong  familiarity  with  Windows  Server  2003  core  technologies,  such  as  those  covered  in  Microsoft  Official  Curriculum  (MOC)  Course  2273:  Managing  and  Maintaining  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  Environment.  

• A  strong  familiarity  with  Windows  Server  2003  networking  technologies  and  implementation,  such  as  those  covered  in:  

• MOC  Course  2276:  Implementing  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  Network  Infrastructure:  Network  Hosts,  and  

• MOC  Course  2277:  Implementing,  Managing,  and  Maintaining  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  Network  Infrastructure:  Network  Services,  and  

• MOC  Course  2278:  Planning  and  Maintaining  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  Network  Infrastructure.  

• A  strong  familiarity  with  Windows  Server  2003  directory  services  technologies  and  implementation,  such  as  those  covered  in  MOC  Course  2279:  Planning,  Implementing,  and  Maintaining  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  Active  Directory  Infrastructure.  

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 102 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        102  

2933AC

Developing Business Process and Integration Solutions Using Microsoft BizTalk Server 2006 Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  five-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  efficiently  and  effectively  integrate  systems,  employees,  and  trading  partners  through  orchestration  in  a  highly  flexible  and  highly  automated  manner.  Microsoft  Certified  Professional  Exams  No  Microsoft  Certified  Professional  exams  are  associated  with  this  course  currently.  Course  Materials  The  student  kit  includes  a  comprehensive  workbook  and  other  necessary  materials  for  this  class.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  solution  architects  and  developers  who  are  responsible  for  developing  Microsoft  BizTalk  Server  2006  business  process  and  integration  solutions.    Prerequisites

• 1-­‐2  years’  experience  developing  distributed  applications.  • Background  in  Microsoft  .NET  Framework  concepts  and  technology.  • Hands-­‐on  experience  with  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2005.  • Working  knowledge  of  Microsoft  SQL  Server.  • Working  knowledge  of  XML.  • No  prior  BizTalk  experience  is  necessary.  

2934AC

Deploying and Managing Business Process and Integration Solutions Using Microsoft BizTalk Server 2006 Course  duration:  Two  days      Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  two-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  required  to  install  and  configure  a  computer  running  Microsoft  BizTalk  Server  2006.  The  course  also  shows  you  how  to  deploy  and  manage  BizTalk  applications  in  a  production  environment.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  systems  engineers  and  network  administrators  with  two  to  three  years  of  experience  managing  an  enterprise-­‐level  Microsoft  Windows  Server  environment.    Prerequisites

• Experience  administering  a  Microsoft  Windows-­‐based  network  environment.  • Experience  installing  and  configuring  Microsoft  SQL  Server.  • Experience  with  a  scripting  language  such  as  Microsoft  Visual  Basic  Scripting  Edition  or  Microsoft  

JScript.  • Familiarity  with  Microsoft  .NET  concepts  and  technology.  

No  prior  BizTalk  experience  is  necessary.    

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 103 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        103  

3938CC

Updating Your Skills from Microsoft Exchange Server 2000 or Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 to Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 SP1 Course  duration:  Three  days      Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  three-­‐day,  instructor-­‐led  course  offers  Microsoft  Exchange  2000  Server  or  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2003  administrators  with  the  skills  they  need  to  manage  a  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2007  infrastructure.  This  course  focuses  on  the  new  features  and  administrative  tasks  in  Exchange  Server  2007.  The  student  will  learn  skills  that  enable  them  to  deploy  and  manage  an  Exchange  Server  2007  environment.  This  course's  aim  is  not  to  provide  detailed  design  skills,  but  will  cover  planning  skills  at  a  level  sufficient  to  enable  decision  making  during  the  implementation  process.    Prerequisites

• Working  experience  with  Exchange  2000  Server  or  Exchange  Server  2003.  • Working  experience  with  Windows  Server  2003.  • Working  experience  with  Active  Directory  directory  services  in  Windows  Server  2003.  • Familiarity  and  experience  with  Windows  scripting  or  command-­‐line  scripting.  

40008AC Updating your Database Skills to Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Course  duration:  Three  days     Overview This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  existing  SQL  Server  database  professionals  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  use  new  and  enhanced  capabilities  in  SQL  Server  2012.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  database  professionals  with  experience  of  using  SQL  Server  2008  R2.      Prerequisites

• Experience  of  creating  and  managing  database  solutions  in  SQL  Server,  including  basic  Transact-­‐SQL  programming.  

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 104 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        104  

40009AC

Updating your Business Intelligence Skills to Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Course  duration:  Three  days     Overview This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  existing  SQL  Server  Business  Intelligence  (BI)  professionals  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  use  new  and  enhanced  BI  capabilities  in  SQL  Server  2012.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  BI  professionals  with  experience  of  using  SQL  Server  2008  R2.      Prerequisites

• Experience  of  creating  database  solutions  in  SQL  Server,  including  basic  Transact-­‐SQL  programming.  • Familiarity  with  data  warehousing  and  BI  solutions,  including  extract,  transform,  and  load  (ETL),  

data  modeling,  and  reporting.     40032AC

Networking and Security Fundamentals: Training 2-Pack for MTA Exams 98-366 and 98-367 Course  duration:  Five  days     Overview This  five-­‐day  Training  2-­‐Pack  helps  you  prepare  for  Microsoft  Technology  Associate  Exams  98-­‐366  and  98-­‐367,  and  build  an  understanding  of  these  topics:  Network  Infrastructures,  Network  Hardware,  Protocols  and  Services,  Security  Layers,  Operating  System  Security,  Network  Security,  Security  Software.  These  courses  leverage  the  same  content  as  found  in  the  Microsoft  Official  Academic  Courses  (MOAC)  for  these  exams.    Audience The  Microsoft  Technology  Associate  (MTA)  is  Microsoft’s  newest  suite  of  technology  certification  exams  that  validate  fundamental  knowledge  needed  to  begin  building  a  career  using  Microsoft  technologies.  This  program  provides  an  appropriate  entry  point  to  a  future  career  in  technology  and  assumes  some  hands-­‐on  experience  or  training  but  does  not  assume  on-­‐the-­‐job  experience.  There  are  no  prerequisites  for  this  course.      

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 105 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        105  

40033AC

Windows Operating System and Windows Server Fundamentals: Training 2-Pack for MTA Exams 98-349 and 98-365 Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview This  five-­‐day  Training  2-­‐Pack  helps  you  prepare  for  Microsoft  Technology  Associate  Exams  98-­‐349  and  98-­‐375,  and  build  an  understanding  of  these  topics:  Operating  System  Configurations,  Installing  and  Upgrading  Client  Systems,  Managing  Applications,  Managing  Files  and  Folders,  Managing  Devices,  Operating  System  Maintenance,  Server  Installation,  Server  Roles,  Active  Directory,  Storage,  Server  Performance  Management,  and  Server  Maintenance.  These  courses  leverage  the  same  content  as  found  in  the  Microsoft  Official  Academic  Courses  (MOAC)  for  these  exams.    Audience The  Microsoft  Technology  Associate  (MTA)  is  Microsoft’s  newest  suite  of  technology  certification  exams  that  validate  fundamental  knowledge  needed  to  begin  building  a  career  using  Microsoft  technologies.  This  program  provides  an  appropriate  entry  point  to  a  future  career  in  technology  and  assumes  some  hands-­‐on  experience  or  training  but  does  not  assume  on-­‐the-­‐job  experience.   Prerequisites None    40349AC

Windows Operating System Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-349 Course  duration:  Three  days      Overview This  three-­‐day  MTA  Training  course  helps  you  prepare  for  Microsoft  Technology  Associate  Exam  98-­‐349  and  build  an  understanding  of  these  topics:  Operating  System  Configurations,  Installing  and  Upgrading  Client  Systems,  Managing  Applications,  Managing  Files  and  Folders,  Managing  Devices,  and  Operating  System  Maintenance.  This  course  leverages  the  same  content  as  found  in  the  Microsoft  Official  Academic  Course  (MOAC)  for  this  exam.    Audience The  Microsoft  Technology  Associate  (MTA)  is  Microsoft’s  newest  suite  of  technology  certification  exams  that  validate  fundamental  knowledge  needed  to  begin  building  a  career  using  Microsoft  technologies.  This  program  provides  an  appropriate  entry  point  to  a  future  career  in  technology  and  assumes  some  hands-­‐on  experience  or  training  but  does  not  assume  on-­‐the-­‐job  experience.   Prerequisites None    

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 106 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        106  

40361AC

Software Development Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-361 Course  duration:  Three  days     Overview This  three-­‐day  MTA  Training  course  helps  you  prepare  for  Microsoft  Technology  Associate  Exam  98-­‐361,  and  build  an  understanding  of  these  topics:  Core  Programming,  Object-­‐Oriented  Programming,  General  Software  Development,  Web  Applications,  Desktop  Applications,  and  Databases.  This  course  leverages  the  same  content  as  found  in  the  Microsoft  Official  Academic  Course  (MOAC)  for  this  exam.    Audience The  Microsoft  Technology  Associate  (MTA)  is  Microsoft’s  newest  suite  of  technology  certification  exams  that  validate  fundamental  knowledge  needed  to  begin  building  a  career  using  Microsoft  technologies.  This  program  provides  an  appropriate  entry  point  to  a  future  career  in  technology  and  assumes  some  hands-­‐on  experience  or  training  but  does  not  assume  on-­‐the-­‐job  experience.   Prerequisites None   40362AC

Windows Development Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-362 Course  duration:  Three  days     Overview This  three-­‐day  MTA  Training  course  helps  you  prepare  for  Microsoft  Technology  Associate  Exam  98-­‐362,  and  build  an  understanding  of  these  topics:  Windows  Programming  Basics,  Creating  Windows  Forms  Applications,  Creating  Windows  Services  Applications,  Accessing  Data  in  a  Windows  Forms  Application,  and  Deploying  a  Windows  Application.  This  course  leverages  the  same  content  as  found  in  the  Microsoft  Official  Academic  Course  (MOAC)  for  this  exam.   Audience The  Microsoft  Technology  Associate  (MTA)  is  Microsoft’s  newest  suite  of  technology  certification  exams  that  validate  fundamental  knowledge  needed  to  begin  building  a  career  using  Microsoft  technologies.  This  program  provides  an  appropriate  entry  point  to  a  future  career  in  technology  and  assumes  some  hands-­‐on  experience  or  training  but  does  not  assume  on-­‐the-­‐job  experience.  There  are  no  prerequisites  for  this  course.    

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 107 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        107  

40363AC Web Development Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-363 Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview This  three-­‐day  MTA  Training  course  helps  you  prepare  for  Microsoft  Technology  Associate  Exam  98-­‐363,  and  build  an  understanding  of  these  topics:  Programming  Web  Applications,  Working  with  Data  and  Services,  Troubleshooting  and  Debugging  Web  Applications,  Working  with  Client-­‐Side  Scripting,  and  Configuring  and  Deploying  Web  Applications.  This  course  leverages  the  same  content  as  found  in  the  Microsoft  Official  Academic  Course  (MOAC)  for  this  exam.    Audience  The  Microsoft  Technology  Associate  (MTA)  is  Microsoft’s  newest  suite  of  technology  certification  exams  that  validate  fundamental  knowledge  needed  to  begin  building  a  career  using  Microsoft  technologies.  This  program  provides  an  appropriate  entry  point  to  a  future  career  in  technology  and  assumes  some  hands-­‐on  experience  or  training  but  does  not  assume  on-­‐the-­‐job  experience.  Prerequisites None  40364AC Database Administration Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-364 Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview This  three-­‐day  MTA  Training  course  helps  you  prepare  for  Microsoft  Technology  Associate  Exam  98-­‐364,  and  build  an  understanding  of  these  topics:  Core  Database  Concepts,  Creating  Database  Objects,  Manipulating  Data,  Data  Storage,  and  Administering  a  Database.  This  course  leverages  the  same  content  as  found  in  the  Microsoft  Official  Academic  Course  (MOAC)  for  this  exam.  Audience  The  Microsoft  Technology  Associate  (MTA)  is  Microsoft’s  newest  suite  of  technology  certification  exams  that  validate  fundamental  knowledge  needed  to  begin  building  a  career  using  Microsoft  technologies.  This  program  provides  an  appropriate  entry  point  to  a  future  career  in  technology  and  assumes  some  hands-­‐on  experience  or  training  but  does  not  assume  on-­‐the-­‐job  experience.  Prerequisites None  40365AC Windows Server Administration Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-365 Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview This  three-­‐day  MTA  Training  course  helps  you  prepare  for  Microsoft  Technology  Associate  Exam  98-­‐365,  and  build  an  understanding  of  these  topics:  Server  Installation,  Server  Roles,  Active  Directory,  Storage,  Server  Performance  Management,  and  Server  Maintenance.  This  course  leverages  the  same  content  as  found  in  the  Microsoft  Official  Academic  Course  (MOAC)  for  this  exam.  Audience  The  Microsoft  Technology  Associate  (MTA)  is  Microsoft’s  newest  suite  of  technology  certification  exams  that  validate  fundamental  knowledge  needed  to  begin  building  a  career  using  Microsoft  technologies.  This  program  provides  an  appropriate  entry  point  to  a  future  career  in  technology  and  assumes  some  hands-­‐on  experience  or  training  but  does  not  assume  on-­‐the-­‐job  experience.  Prerequisites None  40366AC Networking Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-366 Course  duration:  Three  days    

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 108 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        108  

Overview This  three-­‐day  MTA  Training  course  helps  you  prepare  for  Microsoft  Technology  Associate  Exam  98-­‐366,  and  build  an  understanding  of  these  topics:  Network  Infrastructures,  Network  Hardware,  and  Protocols  and  Services.  This  course  leverages  the  same  content  as  found  in  the  Microsoft  Official  Academic  Course  (MOAC)  for  this  exam.  Audience  The  Microsoft  Technology  Associate  (MTA)  is  Microsoft’s  newest  suite  of  technology  certification  exams  that  validate  fundamental  knowledge  needed  to  begin  building  a  career  using  Microsoft  technologies.  This  program  provides  an  appropriate  entry  point  to  a  future  career  in  technology  and  assumes  some  hands-­‐on  experience  or  training  but  does  not  assume  on-­‐the-­‐job  experience.  Prerequisites None  40367AC Security Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-367 Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview This  three-­‐day  MTA  Training  course  helps  you  prepare  for  Microsoft  Technology  Associate  Exam  98-­‐367,  and  build  an  understanding  of  these  topics:  Security  Layers,  Operating  System  Security,  Network  Security,  Security  Software.  This  course  leverages  the  same  content  as  found  in  the  Microsoft  Official  Academic  Course  (MOAC)  for  this  exam.  Audience  The  Microsoft  Technology  Associate  (MTA)  is  Microsoft’s  newest  suite  of  technology  certification  exams  that  validate  fundamental  knowledge  needed  to  begin  building  a  career  using  Microsoft  technologies.  This  program  provides  an  appropriate  entry  point  to  a  future  career  in  technology  and  assumes  some  hands-­‐on  experience  or  training  but  does  not  assume  on-­‐the-­‐job  experience.  Prerequisites None  40372AC Microsoft .NET Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-372 Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview This  three-­‐day  MTA  Training  course  helps  you  prepare  for  Microsoft  Technology  Associate  Exam  98-­‐372,  and  build  an  understanding  of  these  topics:  .NET  Framework  Concepts,  Namespaces  and  Classes  in  the  .NET  Framework,  .NET  Code  Compilation,  I/O  Classes  in  the  .NET  Framework,  Security,  .NET  Languages,  and  Memory  Management.  This  course  leverages  the  same  content  as  found  in  the  Microsoft  Official  Academic  Course  (MOAC)  for  this  exam.  Audience  The  Microsoft  Technology  Associate  (MTA)  is  Microsoft’s  newest  suite  of  technology  certification  exams  that  validate  fundamental  knowledge  needed  to  begin  building  a  career  using  Microsoft  technologies.  This  program  provides  an  appropriate  entry  point  to  a  future  career  in  technology  and  assumes  some  hands-­‐on  experience  or  training  but  does  not  assume  on-­‐the-­‐job  experience.  Prerequisites None  40373AC Mobile Development Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-373 Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview This  three-­‐day  MTA  Training  course  helps  you  prepare  for  Microsoft  Technology  Associate  Exam  98-­‐373,  and  build  an  understanding  of  these  topics:  Work  with  Physical  Devices,  Use  Data  with  Mobile  Services,  Use  a  Mobile  Application  Development  Environment,  Develop  Mobile  Applications.  This  course  leverages  the  same  content  as  found  in  the  Microsoft  Official  Academic  Course  (MOAC)  for  this  exam.  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 109 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        109  

Audience  The  Microsoft  Technology  Associate  (MTA)  is  Microsoft’s  newest  suite  of  technology  certification  exams  that  validate  fundamental  knowledge  needed  to  begin  building  a  career  using  Microsoft  technologies.  This  program  provides  an  appropriate  entry  point  to  a  future  career  in  technology  and  assumes  some  hands-­‐on  experience  or  training  but  does  not  assume  on-­‐the-­‐job  experience.  Prerequisites None  40375AC HTML5 Application Development Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-375 Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview This  three-­‐day  MTA  Training  course  helps  you  prepare  for  Microsoft  Technology  Associate  Exam  98-­‐375,  and  build  an  understanding  of  these  topics:  Manage  the  Application  Life  Cycle,  Build  the  User  Interface  by  Using  HTML5,  Format  the  User  Interface  by  Using  CSS,  Code  by  Using  JavaScript.  This  course  leverages  the  same  content  as  found  in  the  Microsoft  Official  Academic  Course  (MOAC)  for  this  exam.  Audience  The  Microsoft  Technology  Associate  (MTA)  is  Microsoft’s  newest  suite  of  technology  certification  exams  that  validate  fundamental  knowledge  needed  to  begin  building  a  career  using  Microsoft  technologies.  This  program  provides  an  appropriate  entry  point  to  a  future  career  in  technology  and  assumes  some  hands-­‐on  experience  or  training  but  does  not  assume  on-­‐the-­‐job  experience.  Prerequisites None  4994AC Introduction to Programming Microsoft .NET Applications with Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview Course  4994AL:  Five  weeks:  Microsoft  Official  Distance  Learning  (MODL)  Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  Distance  Learning  version  of  the  course  consists  of  10  online  live  instructor-­‐led  sessions  over  five  weeks  (two  hours  for  each  session).  Additional  self-­‐paced  e-­‐learning  content,  scenario-­‐based  labs,  and  assessments  accompany  these  sessions.  This  course  provides  introductory-­‐level  developers  familiarity  with  the  Microsoft  .NET  Framework  and  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2005  development  environment.  Students  will  also  learn  basic  skills  using  either  Microsoft  Visual  Basic  or  Microsoft  Visual  C#  as  a  programming  language.  Audience  The  target  audience  for  this  course  includes  both  novice  programmers  who  have  a  minimum  of  three  months  programming  experience  and  intermediate-­‐level  programmers  who  are  otherwise  new  to  .NET  Framework  development,  and  want  to  learn  how  to  use  Visual  Basic  or  Visual  C#.      

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 110 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        110  

Prerequisites  • Have  exposure  to  developing  applications  in  either  a  graphical  or  a  non-­‐graphical  environment.  • Be  able  to  understand  and  apply  the  basics  of  structured  programming,  including  concepts  such  as  

flow  control,  variables,  parameters,  and  function  calls.  In  addition,  it  is  recommended,  but  not  required,  that  students  have  completed:  

• ILT  Course  2667:  Introduction  to  Programming.  4995AC Programming with the Microsoft .NET Framework using Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview Course  4995AL:  Five  weeks:  Microsoft  Official  Distance  Learning  (MODL)  Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  Distance  Learning  version  of  the  course  consists  of  10  online  live  instructor-­‐led  sessions  over  five  weeks  (two  hours  for  each  session).  Additional  self-­‐paced  e-­‐learning  content,  scenario-­‐based  labs,  and  assessments  accompany  these  sessions.  This  course  provides  developers  who  have  professional  programming  experience  with  other  development  platforms  with  in-­‐depth  guidance  on  programming  the  Microsoft  .NET  Framework  versions  2.0  and  3.0  using  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2005.  Audience  The  target  audience  for  this  course  is  developers  who  already  have  professional  programming  experience  in  C,  C++,  earlier  versions  of  Microsoft  Visual  Basic,  Microsoft  Visual  C#,  Java,  or  another  programming  language,  and  who  plan  to  use  Visual  Studio  2005  to  develop  enterprise  business  solutions.  50040AC Preparing for the Microsoft Certified Application Specialist Exam in Microsoft Office Access 2007 Course  duration:  One  day    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  Please  note:  Effective  June  1,  2010  Microsoft  Certified  Application  Specialist  (MCAS)  is  now  known  as  Microsoft  Office  Specialist  (MOS).  Click  here  for  more  information  about  this  recent  change.  This  one-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  an  Overview  of  the  Microsoft  Office  Access  2007  features  and  functions  that  pertain  to  the  objectives  of  the  corresponding  Microsoft  Business  Certification  credential.  This  course  is  intended  to  allow  the  student  to  prepare  for  certification  as  a  Microsoft  Certified  Application  Specialist  in  Access  2007.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  knowledge  workers  who  have  hands-­‐on  experience  with  Access  2007.  Prerequisites  

• Six  or  more  months  of  hands-­‐on  experience  creating  and  managing  databases  by  using  Access  2007.  No  prior  certification  is  required.  50041AC Preparing for the Microsoft Certified Application Specialist Exam in Microsoft Office Excel 2007 Course  duration:  One  day    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  one-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  an  Overview  of  the  Microsoft  Office  Excel  2007  features  and  functions  that  pertain  to  the  objectives  of  the  corresponding  Microsoft  Business  Certification  credential.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  beginning  to  intermediate-­‐level  users  who  want  to  learn  the  core  capabilities  and  essential  skills  for  working  with  Excel  2007.  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 111 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        111  

Prerequisites  • Basic  computer  knowledge  

50042AC

Preparing for the Microsoft Certified Application Specialist Exam in Microsoft Office Outlook 2007 Course  duration:  One  day     Overview Please  note:  Effective  June  1,  2010  Microsoft  Certified  Application  Specialist  (MCAS)  is  now  known  as  Microsoft  Office  Specialist  (MOS).  Click  here  for  more  information  about  this  recent  change.  Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  one-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  an  Overview  of  the  Microsoft  Office  Outlook  2007  features  and  functions  that  pertain  to  the  objectives  of  the  corresponding  Microsoft  Business  Certification  credential.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  both  novice  and  experienced  information  workers  who  want  to  learn  about  the  new  features  of  Outlook  2007.   Prerequisites

• Basic  computer  knowledge.   50043AC

Preparing for the Microsoft Certified Application Specialist Exam in Microsoft Office PowerPoint 2007 Course  duration:  One  day     Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  one-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  knowledge  of  the  Microsoft  Office  PowerPoint  2007  features  and  functions  that  pertain  to  the  objectives  of  the  corresponding  Microsoft  Business  Certification  credential.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  home  users  who  want  to  learn  about  PowerPoint  2007.   Prerequisites

• Basic  computer  knowledge.    

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 112 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        112  

50044AC

Preparing for the Microsoft Certified Application Specialist Exam in Microsoft Office Word 2007  Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  Please  note:  Effective  June  1,  2010  Microsoft  Certified  Application  Specialist  (MCAS)  is  now  known  as  Microsoft  Office  Specialist  (MOS).  Click  here  for  more  information  about  this  recent  change.  This  one-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  an  Overview  of  the  Microsoft  Office  Word  2007  features  and  functions  that  pertain  to  the  objectives  of  the  corresponding  Microsoft  Business  Certification  credential.  This  course  is  intended  to  allow  individuals  to  prepare  for  certification  as  a  Microsoft  Certified  Application  Specialist  in  Word  2007.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  knowledge  workers  who  have  hands-­‐on  experience  with  Word  2007.  No  prior  certification  is  required.    Prerequisites

• Six  or  more  months  of  hands-­‐on  experience  creating  and  managing  documents  by  using  Word  2007.    

50045AC

Preparing for the Microsoft Certified Application Specialist Exam in Windows Vista Course  duration:  One  day    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  Please  note:  Effective  June  1,  2010  Microsoft  Certified  Application  Specialist  (MCAS)  is  now  known  as  Microsoft  Office  Specialist  (MOS).  Click  here  for  more  information  about  this  recent  change.  This  one-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  an  Overview  of  the  Windows  Vista  features  and  functions  that  pertain  to  the  objectives  of  the  corresponding  Microsoft  Business  Certification  credential.  This  course  is  intended  to  allow  individuals  to  prepare  for  certification  as  a  Microsoft  Certified  Application  Specialist  in  Windows  Vista.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  knowledge  workers  who  have  hands-­‐on  experience  with  Windows  Vista.  No  prior  certification  is  required.    Prerequisites

• Six  or  more  months  of  hands-­‐on  experience  managing  a  desktop  computer  running  Windows  Vista.      

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 113 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        113  

50374BC

Microsoft Server Virtualization and Management for the Experienced VMware IT Pro Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview Course  retirement  date:  November  30,  2012  For  a  complete  list  of  courseware  retirements,  see:    www.microsoft.com/learning/en/us/training/retired-­‐courseware.aspx  This  400-­‐level,  three-­‐day,  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  in-­‐depth  knowledge  and  skills  needed  to  design  a  complex  data  center  architecture  using  Microsoft  virtualization  and  management  technologies,  including  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2008  R2  with  Hyper-­‐V  and  the  System  Center  Suite.    Prerequisites

• Windows  Server  and  Hyper-­‐V  experience  • Attended  Course  50273  or  taken  the  labcast  for  Course  50273  • VMware  deployment  and  administration  experience    

50382BC

Implementing Forefront Identity Manager 2010 Course  duration:  Four  days      Overview This  four-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  introduces  and  explains  the  features  and  capabilities  of  Microsoft  Forefront  Identity  Manager  2010  (FIM),  and  provides  an  Overview  of  the  solution  scenarios  that  FIM  addresses.  The  course  format  includes  presentation,  discussion,  demonstration,  and  many  hands-­‐on  exercises.  It  is  intended  for  students  who  have  no  previous  Forefront  Identity  Manager  2010  or  Microsoft  Identity  Lifecycle  Manager  2007  (ILM)  experience.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  Systems  Engineers,  Developers,  Architects,  and  Project  Leaders  who  need  to  gain  a  good  understanding  of  how  Forefront  Identity  Manager  2010  can  be  applied  to  manage  identity  information  across  a  number  of  directories  or  databases.  It  is  also  suitable  for  those  who  simply  want  to  review  the  technology  in  some  depth.    Prerequisites

• A  sound  understanding  of  the  purpose  and  some  experience  of  the  workings  of  Active  Directory.  • A  sound  understanding  of  the  purpose  and  some  experience  of  the  workings  of  Microsoft  Exchange  

Server.  • A  sound  understanding  of  the  purpose  and  some  experience  of  the  workings  of  Microsoft  SQL  Server.  

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 114 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        114  

50383BC

Upgrading Identity Lifecycle Manager 2007 to Forefront Identity Manager 2010 Course  duration:  Four  days    Overview This  four-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  equips  participants  already  acquainted  with  Microsoft  Identity  Lifecycle  Manager  2007  (ILM)  with  the  additional  knowledge  and  skills  they  need  to  plan  for  a  Microsoft  Forefront  Identity  Manager  2010  (FIM)  deployment.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  Systems  Engineers,  Developers,  or  Architects  who  need  to  gain  a  good  understanding  of  how  Forefront  Identity  Manager  2010  can  be  applied  to  manage  identity  information  across  a  number  of  directories  or  databases.    Prerequisites

• Good  working  knowledge  of  ILM  2007  or  Microsoft  Identity  Integration  Server  2003  (MIIS)  (equivalent  to  having  attended  Microsoft  Learning  Course  2731A:  Deploying  and  Managing  Microsoft  Identity  Integration  Server  2003,  and  then  being  involved  in  an  implementation).  

• A  sound  understanding  of  the  purpose  and  workings  of  Active  Directory.  • A  sound  understanding  of  the  purpose  and  workings  of  Microsoft  Exchange  Server.  • A  sound  understanding  of  the  purpose  and  workings  of  Microsoft  SQL  Server.  

50402BC

Implementing Forefront Unified Access Gateway 2010 Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  prepares  you  to  design  and  deploy  remote  access  solutions  using  Microsoft  Forefront™  Unified  Access  Gateway  2010  (UAG).  Forefront  UAG  provides  organizations  with  unparalleled  flexibility  in  providing  access  to  network  resources  (such  as  Web  sites  and  internal  applications)  with  granular  access  control,  custom  content  protection,  and  endpoint  validation.  Forefront  UAG  also  integrates  with  DirectAccess,  a  new  Windows  7  technology  that  provides  seamless  remote  access  to  all  corporate  resources  without  connecting  to  a  virtual  private  network.      Audience This  course  is  intended  for  architects,  consultants,  network  administrators,  and  technical  sales  professionals  who  are  responsible  for  selling,  designing,  and  deploying  edge  access  solutions  for  enterprises.  Prerequisites

• Solid  understanding  of  Windows  networking.  Experience  with  IPv6  is  desirable  but  not  required.  • Working  knowledge  of  Active  Directory,  LDAP,  and  RADIUS  authentication.  • Basic  understanding  of  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2007  and  Microsoft  Office  SharePoint0  Server  

2007.    

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 115 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        115  

50403BC Implementing Active Directory Rights Management Services with Exchange and SharePoint Course  duration:  Four  days    Overview This  four-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  deploy  Microsoft  Active  Directory  Rights  Management  Services  (AD  RMS),  and  to  understand  the  role  AD  RMS  plays  in  a  wider  infrastructure  and  how  it  interacts  with  other  Microsoft  technologies.      

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 116 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        116  

Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  experienced  systems  administrators  who  have  working  experience  and  background  knowledge  of  Windows  Server  2008,  and  basic  understanding  of  Active  Directory,  IIS,  Microsoft  SQL  Server,  and  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  technologies.  Basic  knowledge  of  DNS,  general  networking,  and  PKI  principles  is  also  helpful.  Prerequisites  

• Windows  XP,  Vista,  or  Windows  Server  2003/2008  basic  knowledge.    50404BC Overview of Active Directory Rights Management Services with Windows Server 2008 R2 Course  duration:  Two  days    Overview This  two-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  to  understand  the  role  that  Microsoft  Active  Directory  Rights  Management  Services  (AD  RMS)  plays  in  a  wider  infrastructure,  and  how  it  interacts  with  other  Microsoft  technologies.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  experienced  systems  administrators  who  have  working  experience  and  background  knowledge  of  Windows  Server  2008,  and  basic  understanding  of  Active  Directory,  IIS,  Microsoft  SQL  Server,  and  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  technologies.  Basic  knowledge  of  DNS,  general  networking,  and  PKI  principles  is  also  helpful.    Prerequisites

• Working  experience  and  background  knowledge  of  Windows  Server  2008.  • Basic  understanding  of  Active  Directory,  IIS,  Microsoft  SQL  Server,  and  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  

technologies.    • Basic  knowledge  of  DNS,  general  networking,  and  PKI  principles  is  also  suggested.  

50412BC Implementing Active Directory Federation Services 2.0 Course  duration:  Four  days    Overview This  four-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  install  and  configure  Active  Directory  Federation  Services  2.0  (AD  FS).  The  course  focuses  on  terminology,  user  interfaces,  and  common  configuration  scenarios  for  AD  FS.  Students  will  learn  how  to  design  AD  FS  environments  and  supporting  technology  such  as  a  Public  Key  Infrastructure.  Students  will  also  learn  how  to  design  AD  FS  for  security  and  high  availability.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  Windows  IT  professionals  who  want  to  become  Active  Directory  Federation  Services  (AD  FS)  enterprise  administrators,  and  move  into  the  role  of  designing  AD  FS  environments.    Prerequisites

• Basic  understanding  of  networking.  • Intermediate  understanding  of  network  operating  systems.  • An  awareness  of  security  best  practices.  • Basic  knowledge  of  server  hardware.  • Some  experience  creating  objects  in  Active  Directory.  • Foundation  course  (6424)  or  equivalent  knowledge.  • Basic  concepts  of  backup  and  recovery  in  a  Windows  Server  Environment.  

50430BC Administering Team Foundation Server 2010 Course  duration:  Three  days    

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 117 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        117  

Overview This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  manage  Microsoft  Team  Foundation  Server  2010.    The  course  focuses  on  the  technologies  used  in  Team  Foundation  Server  2010  and  the  techniques  used  to  deploy,  manage  and  support  Team  Foundation  Server  2010.  Audience This  course  is  intended  for  novice  experienced  administrators  with  either  a  background  in  software  development  or  a  background  in  system  administration.    This  course  is  intended  to  provide  administrators  with  knowledge  to  effectively  manage  and  administer  TFS  2010.      This  course  is  not  intended  to  provide  developers  with  comprehensive  knowledge  covering  how  to  use  Team  Foundation  Server  to  support  development,  but  instead  provides  administrators  with  the  requisite  knowledge  to  manage  Team  Foundation  Server  in  a  development  environment.    Prerequisites

• A+  certification  or  equivalent  knowledge.  • Network+  certification  or  equivalent  knowledge.  • Possess  of  working  knowledge  of  Windows  Server  administrative  tasks.  

50466BC Windows Azure™ Solutions with Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview Course  retirement  date:  Nov.  1,  2011  For  a  complete  list  of  courseware  retirements,  see:    www.microsoft.com/learning/en/us/training/retired-­‐courseware.aspx  This  class  is  an  introduction  to  cloud  computing  and  specifically  Microsoft's  public  cloud  offering  in  Windows  Azure.    Windows  Azure  has  been  described  by  Microsoft  as  an  operating  system  for  "the  cloud".    In  this  class,  you  explore  this  new  cloud  operating  system  and  learn  how  to  write,  deploy  and  monitor  .NET  applications  in  Azure.    Prerequisites

• Experience  with  Visual  Studio  2008  or  better  is  required.  • Knowledge  and  experience  in  a  .NET  language  (C#  or  VB)  is  required.  • Knowledge  of  ASP.NET  is  required.  

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 118 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        118  

5047BC Introduction to Installing and Managing Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 SP1 Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  At  the  end  of  this  three-­‐day  course,  students  who  are  new  to  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  will  learn  how  to  configure  and  manage  a  messaging  environment  in  accordance  with  technical  requirements.  Students  will  learn  how  to  install  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2007  and  manage  routing,  client  access,  and  the  backup  and  restore  of  databases.  They  will  also  learn  how  to  manage  addressing  and  recipient  objects  such  as  mailboxes,  distribution  groups,  and  contacts.  Audience  IT  Professionals,  IT  generalists,  and  help  desk  professionals  who  want  to  learn  about  Exchange  Server  2007  are  the  audience  for  this  course.  IT  Professionals,  IT  generalists  and  help  desk  professionals  should  have  at  least  3  year’s  experience  working  in  the  IT  field—typically  in  the  areas  of  network  administration,  help  desk,  or  system  administration.  No  experience  with  Exchange  Server  is  necessary.  Prerequisites  

• Working  knowledge  of  Windows  Server  operating  system.  For  example,  how  storage  is  configured,  basic  backup  and  restore  techniques,  and  what  a  client/server  application  interaction  means.  

• Working  knowledge  of  network  technologies.  For  example,  what  Transmission  Control  Protocol  (TCPIP)  and  Domain  Name  System  (DNS)  do  and  how  to  use  them,  basic  routing  concepts  (Wide  Area  Networks  (WAN)  vs.  Local  Area  Network  (LAN)  router  vs.  switch  vs.  hub).  

• Working  knowledge  of  Active  Directory.  For  example,  how  user  objects  are  managed,  what  is  stored  in  Active  Directory  partitions,  basic  architectures  (domain,  forest,  sites,  etc.),  and  how  domain  controllers  are  managed.  Also,  site  and  site  connector  configuration,  schema  and  configuration  partitions,  and  Global  Catalogs.  

• Conceptual  understanding  of  e-­‐mail  technologies  For  example,  that  Simple  Mail  Transport  Protocol  (SMTP)  is  a  protocol  used  for  e-­‐mail  and  the  differences  between  transport  protocols  and  client  access  protocols  (Post  Office  Protocol  (POP),  Internet  Access  Message  Protocol  (IMAP),  SMTP).  

5049AC Managing Messaging Security Using Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 Course  duration:  One  day    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  one-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  messaging  specialists  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  manage  messaging  security  and  policies.  Students  will  learn  how  to  manage  messaging  and  connection  security.  They  will  also  learn  how  to  manage  spam,  anti-­‐virus,  and  content  filtering.  And  finally  they  will  learn  how  to  install  and  configure  a  gateway  server.  Microsoft  Certified  Professional  Exams  This  course  will  help  the  student  prepare  for  the  following  Microsoft  Certified  Professional  exam:  Exam  70-­‐236:  Implementing:  Troubleshooting  Exam  and  Maintaining  a  MS  Exchange  Server  2007  Infrastructure.  Course  Materials  The  student  kit  includes  a  comprehensive  workbook  and  a  Student  Materials  compact  disk  for  this  class.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  enterprise-­‐level  messaging  administrators  who  have  at  least  3  year’s  experience  working  in  the  Information  Technology  field,  including  administering  Exchange  Servers.  Others  who  may  take  this  course  include  IT  generalists  and  help  desk  professionals  who  want  to  learn  about  MicrosoftExchange  Server  2007.  Administrators  should  have  some  experience  with  Exchange  Server  2007.  Prerequisites  

• Working  knowledge  of  malware.  For  example,  approaches  to  scanning  for  viruses  (client-­‐based,  Simple  Mail  Transfer  Protocol  (SMTP)-­‐based,  Exchange-­‐based),  methods  that  worms  use  to  propagate,  basic  concepts  of  spam,  phishing  schemes,  and  unwelcome  message  content.  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 119 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        119  

• Conceptual  understanding  of  firewalls.  For  example,  how  SMTP  messages  are  allowed  through  a  firewall.  

• Working  knowledge  of  how  Public  Key  Infrastructure  (PKI)  is  managed  in  the  directory.  • Experience  using  these  tools  and  applications:  

• NTBackup  command.  • NSLookup  command.  • Windows  Explorer  • MicrosoftManagement  Console  (MMC)  • Active  Directory  Users  and  Computers  • Active  Directory  Sites  and  Services  • Internet  Information  Services  (IIS)  Admin  • Outlook  

• Working  knowledge  of  Windows  server  operating  system.  For  example,  how  storage  is  configured,  basic  backup  and  restore  techniques,  and  what  a  client/server  application  interaction  means.  

• Working  knowledge  of  network  technologies.  For  example,  what  Transmission  Control  Protocol  (TCP/IP)  and  Domain  Name  System  (DNS)  do  and  how  to  use  them,  basic  routing  concepts  (Wide  Area  Networks  (WAN)  vs.  Local  Area  Network  (LAN)  router  vs.  switch  vs.  hub).  

• Working  knowledge  of  Active  Directory.  For  example,  how  user  objects  are  managed,  what  is  stored  in  Active  Directory  partitions,  basic  architectures  (domain,  forest,  sites,  etc.),  and  how  domain  controllers  are  managed.  Also,  site  and  site  connector  configuration,  schema  and  configuration  partitions,  and  Global  Catalogs.  

• Working  knowledge  of  Exchange  Server  2007.  For  example,  what  the  different  server  roles  are,  how  the  different  server  roles  interact,  what  protocols  the  server  roles  use  to  communicate,  what  roles  the  clients  connect  to,  how  to  configure  messaging  recipients  and  Exchange  Server  2007  computers.  

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 120 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        120  

• Conceptual  understanding  of  e-­‐mail  technologies.  For  example,  that  SMTP  is  a  protocol  used  for  e-­‐mail  and  the  differences  between  transport  protocols  and  client  access  protocols  (Post  Office  Protocol  (POP),  Internet  Access  Message  Protocol  (IMAP),  and  SMTP).  

• Completion  of  the  following  equivalent  knowledge:  Configure  and  manage  a  messaging  environment  in  accordance  with  technical  requirements.  

50509AC Implementing Forefront Endpoint Protection 2010 Course  duration:  Two  days    Overview This  two-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  required  to  implement  an  endpoint  malware  protection  solution  using  Microsoft  Forefront  Endpoint  Protection  2010  (FEP).  Audience This  course  is  intended  for  IT  Pros  that  will  design,  implement  or  manage  an  endpoint  malware  protection  solution  using  Microsoft  Forefront  Endpoint  Protection  2010.  Prerequisites

• A+  certification  or  equivalent  knowledge.  • Network+  certification  or  equivalent  knowledge.  • Familiarity  with  Windows  client  and  server  operating  systems  and  Active  Directory.  • Awareness  and  conceptual  understanding  of  System  Center  Operations  Manager  and  its  role  in  

monitoring  Windows  systems.  Completed Course 6451B, Planning, Deploying and Managing Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager 2007, or have equivalent knowledge. This is only required for attendees that will design and deploy FEP solutions. An Overview of ConfigMgr will be provided in this course for those that will administer a FEP solution.

5050AC Recovering Messaging Servers and Databases Using Microsoft Exchange Course  duration:  One  day    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  one-­‐day  course  teaches  messaging  specialists  to  recover  Exchange  mailboxes  and  servers  in  a  variety  of  disaster  scenarios.  Students  will  learn  how  to  perform  full  and  dial-­‐tone  recoveries  of  a  mailbox  server,  as  well  as  repair  a  mailbox  database.  They  will  also  learn  how  to  perform  a  full  recovery  of  Client  Access  servers,  Hub  Transport  servers,  Unified  Messaging  servers,  and  Edge  Transport  servers.  Audience  The  audience  for  this  course  includes  people  who  have  experience  with  Exchange  Server  2007  or  previous  Exchange  Server  versions.  These  people  will  have  experience  installing  and  configuring  Exchange  Server,  configuring  recipients  and  mailboxes,  and  supporting  Exchange  Server  clients.  People  beginning  this  course  are  expected  to  have  at  least  three  year’s  experience  working  in  the  Information  Technology  field—typically  in  the  areas  of  network  administration  or  Windows  Server  administration—and  one  year  of  Exchange  Server  administration  experience.  Prerequisites  

• Working  knowledge  of  malware.  Examples  include  approaches  to  scanning  for  viruses  (client-­‐based,  SMTP-­‐based,  Exchange-­‐based);  methods  that  worms  use  to  propagate;  and  basic  concepts  of  spam,  phishing  schemes,  and  unwelcome  message  content.  

• Working  knowledge  of  how  PKI  is  managed  in  the  directory.  • Working  knowledge  of  Windows  Server  2003  operating  system.  For  example,  how  storage  is  

configured,  basic  backup  and  restore  techniques,  and  what  a  client/server  application  interaction  means.  

• Working  knowledge  of  network  technologies.  For  example,  what  TCP/IP  and  DNS  do  and  how  to  use  them,  basic  routing  concepts  (WAN  vs.  LAN,  router  vs.  switch  vs.  hub).  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 121 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        121  

• Working  knowledge  of  Active  Directory  directory  service.  Examples  include  how  user  objects  are  managed,  what  is  stored  in  Active  Directory  partitions,  basic  architectures  (domain,  forest,  sites,  etc.),  and  how  domain  controllers  are  managed.  Additionally,  site  and  site  connector  configuration,  schema  and  configuration  partitions,  and  Global  Catalogs.  

• Working  knowledge  of  Exchange  Server  2007.  For  example,  what  the  different  server  roles  are,  how  the  different  server  roles  interact,  what  protocols  the  server  roles  use  to  communicate,  what  roles  the  clients  connect  to,  and  how  to  configure  messaging  recipients  and  Exchange  Server  2007  computers.  

• Conceptual  understanding  of  firewalls.  For  example,  how  SMTP  messages  are  allowed  through  a  firewall.  

• Conceptual  understanding  of  e-­‐mail  technologies.  For  example,  that  SMTP  is  a  protocol  used  for  e-­‐mail,  and  the  differences  between  transport  protocols  and  client  access  protocols  (POP,  IMAP,  SMTP).  

• Experience  using  these  tools  and  applications:  • NT  Backup  • NSLookup  • Microsoft  Windows  Explorer  • Microsoft  Management  Console  (MMC)  • Active  Directory  Users  and  Computers  • Active  Directory  Sites  and  Services  • Internet  Information  Services  (IIS)  Admin  • Microsoft  Office  Outlook  • Completion  of  the  following  equivalent  knowledge:  Course  5047A:  Introduction  to  Installing  and  

Managing  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2007.      

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 122 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        122  

5051AC Monitoring and Troubleshooting Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 Course  duration:  Two  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  two-­‐day  workshop  teaches  messaging  specialists  to  monitor  and  troubleshoot  an  Exchange  Server  2007  messaging  system.  Students  will  learn  how  to  correlate  client  and  server  issues  and  resolve  those  issues.  They  will  also  learn  how  to  monitor  systems  and  create  reports  from  the  monitoring  data.  Audience  The  audience  for  this  course  includes  people  with  experience  with  Exchange  Server  2007  or  previous  versions  of  Exchange  Sever.  These  people  will  have  experience  installing  and  configuring  Exchange  Server,  configuring  recipients  and  mailboxes,  and  supporting  Exchange  Server  clients.  People  coming  into  the  course  are  expected  to  have  at  least  three  year’s  experience  working  in  the  Information  Technology  field—typically  in  the  areas  of  network  administration  or  Windows  Server  administration—and  one  year  of  Exchange  Server  administration  experience.  Prerequisites

• Fundamental  knowledge  of  network  technologies  including  DNS  and  firewall  technologies.    • Experience  administering  Exchange  Server  2007.    • Experience  with  the  Windows  Server  2003  operating  system.    • Experience  with  Active  Directory  directory  service  in  Windows  Server  2003.    • Experience  with  managing  backup  and  restore  on  Windows  Servers.    • Experience  using  Windows  management  and  monitoring  tools  such  as  Microsoft  Management  

Console,  Active  Directory  Users  and  Computers,  Performance  Monitor,  Event  Viewer,  and  IIS  Administrator.    

• Experience  using  Windows  networking  and  troubleshooting  tools  such  as  Network  Monitor,  Telnet,  and  NSLookup.  

Microsoft  Certified  Professional  Exams  This  course  will  help  the  student  prepare  for  the  following  Microsoft  Certified  Professional  exam:  Exam  70-­‐236:  Implementing:  Troubleshooting  Exam  and  Maintaining  a  MS  Exchange  Server  2007  Infrastructure  50523AC Deploying the Optimized Desktop with Windows 7 and Office 2010 Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  automate  the  deployment  of  Windows  7  and  Office  2010  to  both  new  and  existing  computers.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  IT  professionals  who  have  working  experience  and  background  knowledge  of  Windows  Server  2008,  Windows  7  and  Microsoft  Office  2010,  and  basic  understanding  of  Active  Directory,  DNS,  and  DHCP  technologies.  Basic  knowledge  of  Microsoft  System  Center  Configuration  Manager,  Windows  Vista  and  Windows  XP,  and  general  networking  is  also  helpful.    Prerequisites    

• Working  experience  and  background  knowledge  of  Windows  Server  2008,  Windows  7,  and  Office  2010.  

• Basic  understanding  of  Active  Directory,  DNS,  and  DHCP  technologies.    • Basic  knowledge  of  Microsoft  System  Center  Configuration  Manager,  Windows  Vista  and  Windows  

XP,  and  general  networking  is  also  suggested.  50526AC IT Basics I Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  work  with  a  computer  system.  This  course  focuses  on  the  key  aspects  of  a  computer  system  and  the  features  of  various  the  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 123 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        123  

Windows  operating  system.  In  addition,  this  course  offers  the  students  the  skills  to  work  with  Web  browsers,  email,  and  the  Internet.  The  students  also  acquire  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  work  with  Microsoft  Word  2010  and  troubleshoot  problems  related  to  the  computer.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  users  who  are  new  to  using  computers.  They  may  or  may  not  have  prior  experience  in  handling  computers  for  day-­‐to-­‐day  work  and  are  expected  to  learn  computer  operation,  usage  of  Word  2010,  and  basic  Internet  browsing.  The  users  are  also  expected  to  troubleshoot  basic  computer  issues,  network  issues,  and  printer  issues.  Prerequisites    

• Basic  reading  and  comprehension  skills  at  the  level  required  to  read  a  local  newspaper.  • Access  to  a  computer  at  home,  school,  or  an  institution.  

50527AC IT Basics II Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  work  with  a  computer  system.  This  course  focuses  on  the  key  aspects  of  a  computer  system  and  the  features  of  various  the  Windows  operating  system.  In  addition,  this  course  offers  the  students  the  skills  to  work  with  Web  browsers,  email,  and  the  Internet.  The  students  also  acquire  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  work  with  Microsoft  Word  2010,  Microsoft  Excel  2010  and  troubleshoot  problems  related  to  the  computer.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  users  who  are  new  to  using  computers.  They  may  or  may  not  have  prior  experience  in  handling  computers  for  day-­‐to-­‐day  work  and  are  expected  to  learn  computer  operation,  usage  of  Word  2010  and  Excel  2010,  and  basic  Internet  browsing.  The  users  are  also  expected  to  troubleshoot  basic  computer  issues,  network  issues,  and  printer  issues.  Prerequisites    

• Basic  reading  and  comprehension  skills  at  the  level  required  to  read  a  local  newspaper.  • Access  to  a  computer  at  home,  school,  or  an  institution.  

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 124 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        124  

50528AC IT Basics III Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  work  with  a  computer  system.  This  course  focuses  on  the  key  aspects  of  a  computer  system  and  the  features  of  various  the  Windows  operating  system.  In  addition,  this  course  offers  the  students  the  skills  to  work  with  Web  browsers,  email,  and  the  Internet.  The  students  also  acquire  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  work  with  Microsoft  Word  2010,  Microsoft  Excel  2010  and  Microsoft  PowerPoint  2010.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  users  who  are  new  to  using  computers.  They  may  or  may  not  have  prior  experience  in  handling  computers  for  day-­‐to-­‐day  work  and  are  expected  to  learn  computer  operation,  basic  Internet  browsing,  usage  of  Word  2010,  Excel  2010,  and  PowerPoint  2010.    Prerequisites    

• Basic  reading  and  comprehension  skills  at  the  level  required  to  read  a  local  newspaper.  • Access  to  a  computer  at  home,  school,  or  an  institution.  

50529AC IT Basics for Advanced Users I Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  work  with  a  computer  system.  This  course  focuses  on  the  key  aspects  of  a  computer  system  and  provides  IT  motivation  to  the  users.  This  course  offers  the  students  the  skills  to  work  with  Web  browsers,  email,  and  the  Internet.  The  students  also  acquire  advanced  knowledge  and  skills  to  work  with  Microsoft  Word  2010  and  Microsoft  Excel  2010.  In  addition,  this  courses  introduces  the  students  to  Data  management  concepts  including  backup  and  Restore.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  users  who  have  prior  experience  of  handling  a  computer  for  day  to  day  work  such  as  word  processing,  Internet  usage  and  email,  or  information  management.  The  expectation  for  this  audience  is  to  learn  MS  office  applications  and  leverage  the  knowledge  to  the  organization’s  custom  applications.  The  users  will  also  be  introduced  to  the  Data  Management  concepts  including  Backup  and  Restore.  In  essence,  the  audience  may  be  leveraged  as  the  organizational  Admin  resources.    Prerequisites    

• Prior  experience  of  handling  a  computer  for  day-­‐to-­‐day  work  such  as  word  processing,  Internet  usage  and  email,  or  information  management.  

50530AC IT Basics for Advanced Users II Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  work  with  a  computer  system.  This  course  focuses  on  the  key  aspects  of  a  computer  system  and  provides  IT  motivation  to  the  users.  This  course  offers  the  students  the  skills  to  work  with  Web  browsers,  email,  and  the  Internet.  The  students  also  acquire  advanced  knowledge  and  skills  to  work  with  Microsoft  Word  2010  and  Microsoft  PowerPoint  2010.  In  addition,  this  course  introduces  the  students  to  Data  management  concepts  including  backup  and  Restore.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  users  who  have  prior  experience  of  handling  a  computer  for  day  to  day  work  such  as  word  processing,  Internet  usage  and  email,  or  information  management.  The  expectation  for  this  audience  is  to  learn  MS  office  applications  and  leverage  the  knowledge  to  the  organization’s  custom  applications.  The  users  will  also  be  introduced  to  the  Data  Management  concepts  including  Backup  and  Restore.  In  essence,  the  audience  may  be  leveraged  as  the  organizational  Admin  resources.    Prerequisites    

• Prior  experience  of  handling  a  computer  for  day-­‐to-­‐day  work  such  as  word  processing,  Internet  usage  and  email,  or  information  management.  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 125 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        125  

5053AC Designing a Messaging Infrastructure Using Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  design  a  messaging  infrastructure.  Students  will  learn  to  assess  an  existing  infrastructure  and  determine  technical  and  business  requirements  for  both  new  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2007  deployments  and  migrations.  Students  will  create  a  design  that  addresses  security,  architecture,  scalability,  coexistence,  and  client  access  needs.  They  also  will  learn  strategies  for  gaining  approval  for  designs  from  stakeholders.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  people  with  three  or  more  year’s  experience  working  with  previous  Exchange  Server  versions  and  experience  implementing  Exchange  Server  2007.  Most  students  will  have  managed  enterprise-­‐level  Exchange  Server  organizations.  Students  are  expected  to  be  new  to  participating  in  designing  Exchange  Server  2007  deployments  on  the  job  or  to  be  planning  to  design  Exchange  Server  2007  deployments  in  the  near  future.  Students  may  have  done  some  design  for  Exchange  2000  Server  or  Exchange  Server  2003  deployments,  but  want  to  learn  how  to  design  Exchange  Server  2007  environments.  Students  will  also  have  experience  in  designing  and  managing  Active  Directory  directory  services  and  network  infrastructure  deployments.  Prerequisites  

• Must  understand  hardware  concepts.  For  example,  what  redundant  array  of  independent  disks  (RAID)  is,  what  a  storage  area  network  (SAN)  is,  processor  options,  memory  requirements,  how  disk  input/output  (I/O)  functions  and  the  limitations  of  disk  I/O,  and  storage  options  for  Exchange  server.  The  differences  in  addressable  memory  spaces  between  32-­‐  and  64-­‐bit  architectures.  

• Must  have  extensive  detailed  knowledge  of  Active  Directory  concepts  and  design  principles.  For  example,  site  replication,  integrated  authentication,  schema  extension,  Domain  Name  System  (DNS),  group  and  organization  unit  structure  and  inheritance,  etc….  

• Working  experience  with  designing  and  implementing  Active  Directory  in  Windows  Server  2003.      

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 126 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        126  

• Must  understand  Exchange  architecture.  For  example,  the  purpose  of  server  roles,  functions  of  specific  server  roles,  how  message  routing  and  queuing  works  in  Exchange,  standard  messaging  protocols  (Simple  Mail  Transfer  Protocol  [SMTP],  Internet  Message  Access  Protocol  version  4rev1  [IMAP4],  Post  Office  Protocol  version  3  [POP3]),  how  Exchange  replicates  data  stores,  client  access  methods,  and  so  on.  

• Working  experience  with  Exchange  2000  Server  or  Exchange  Server  2003  and  Exchange  Server  2007.  For  example,  must  have  installed,  maintained,  and  supported  a  production  Exchange  environment.  

• Must  already  know  how  to  use:  • Exchange  System  Manager  • Exchange  Best  Practice  Analyzer  (ExBPA)  • Microsoft  Office  Visio  (to  create  infrastructure  diagrams)  • Familiarity  and  experience  with  a  Windows  scripting  or  command-­‐line  scripting.  

Important:  This  learning  product  will  be  most  useful  to  people  who  intend  to  use  their  new  skills  and  knowledge  on  the  job  immediately  after  training.  5054AC Designing a High Availability Messaging Solution Using Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 Course  duration:  Two  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  2-­‐day  course  teaches  messaging  engineers  to  design  a  high  availability  messaging  solution  using  Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2007.  Students  will  create  a  high  availability  design  to  meet  service  level  agreement  requirements  and  learn  strategies  for  gaining  approval  for  the  design.  They  will  learn  how  to  identify  risks  and  create  mitigation  plans  to  maintain  the  business  continuity  of  the  messaging  system.  Students  will  also  learn  how  to  design  a  backup  strategy,  disaster  recovery  procedures,  and  test  plans  for  those  procedures.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  people  with  3  or  more  years’  experience  working  with  previous  versions  of  Exchange  Server  and  experience  implementing  Exchange  Server  2007.  Most  students  will  have  managed  enterprise-­‐level  Exchange  Server  organizations.  Students  are  expected  to  be  new  to  participating  in  designing  high  availability  solutions  for  Exchange  Server  2007  or  be  planning  to  design  high  availability  solutions  for  Exchange  Server  2007  in  the  near  future.  Students  may  have  done  some  design  for  Exchange  2000  Server  or  Exchange  Server  2003  deployments  but  want  to  learn  how  to  design  Exchange  Server  2007  environments.  Students  may  have  experience  in  designing  and  managing  high  availability  solutions  for  other  network  services.  Prerequisites  

• Must  have  a  basic  understanding  of  high  availability  concepts.  For  example,  how  clustering  works  at  the  operating  system  level  (Windows  clustering)  and  how  network  load  balancing  works.  

• Must  have  a  basic  familiarity  with  deriving  business  requirements.  For  example,  gathering  business  requirements  and  understanding  that  business  needs  come  from  a  variety  of  sources  (direct  personnel  needs,  regulatory,  business  operations  requirements).  

• Must  have  a  basic  understanding  of  backup  systems.  For  example,  types  of  backups  (disk  to  tape,  disk  to  disk,  Storage  Area  Networks  (SAN)  snapshot,  imaging,  etc.),  backup  rotation  schemes,  and  offsite  backup  procedures.  

• Must  already  know  how  to  use:  • Microsoft  Exchange  Server  2007  Management  tools  • Exchange  Best  Practice  Analyzer  (ExBPA)  • WinNT  backup  (ntbackup.exe)  • Microsoft  Visio  or  Microsoft  Office  PowerPoint  2003  (to  create  infrastructure  diagrams)  • Must  understand  hardware  concepts.  For  example,  what  redundant  array  of  independent  disks  

(RAID)  is,  what  a  storage  area  network  (SAN)  is,  processor  options,  memory  requirements,  how  disk  I/O  functions  and  the  limitations  of  disk  I/O,  and  storage  options  for  Exchange  server.  The  differences  in  addressable  memory  spaces  between  32  and  64  bit  architectures.  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 127 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        127  

• Must  have  extensive  detailed  knowledge  of  Active  Directory  concepts  and  design  principles.  For  example,  site  replication,  integrated  authentication,  schema  extension,  Domain  Name  Systems  (DNS),  group  and  organization  unit  structure  and  inheritance,  etc.  

• Must  have  working  experience  with  designing  and  implementing  Active  Directory  directory  services  in  Microsoft  Windows  Server™  2003.  

• Must  understand  Exchange  architecture.  For  example,  the  purpose  of  server  roles,  functions  of  specific  server  roles,  how  message  routing  and  queuing  works  in  Exchange,  standard  messaging  protocols  (Simple  Mail  Transfer  Protocol  [SMTP],  Internet  Message  Access  Protocol  version  4rev1  [IMAP4],  Post  Office  Protocol  version  3  [POP3]),  how  Exchange  replicates  data  stores,  client  access  methods,  etc.  

• Must  have  working  experience  with  Exchange  2000  Server  or  Exchange  Server  2003  and  Exchange  Server  2007.  For  example,  must  have  installed,  maintained,  and  supported  a  production  Exchange  environment.  

• Must  already  know  how  to  use:  • Exchange  Server  2007  management  tools  • Exchange  Best  Practice  Analyzer  (ExBPA)  • Microsoft  Visio  (to  create  infrastructure  diagrams)  • Must  have  familiarity  and  experience  with  a  Windows  scripting  or  command  line  scripting  

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 128 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        128  

50571AC Partner Lync Support Training Course  duration:  One  day    Overview This  course  provides  students  with  knowledge  and  skills  in  Voice  technology.  This  course  focuses  on  an  introduction  to  voice  technologies,  dial  plans,  SIP  architecture,  routing,  SIP  message  syntax,  SDP  payload  used  in  voice,  SIP  trunking,  RTP  and  RTCP,  DTMF  handling,  voice  compression,  queuing,  and  quality  of  service.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  Premier  Lync  Server  partners  and  is  perquisite  reading  material  for  partners  wishing  to  attend  the  Partner  Lync  Support  Training  -­‐  Tier  One  or  Tier  Two  courses.    Prerequisites None  50572AC Premier Support for Lync Partners Tier 1 Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview This  five-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  setup  and  troubleshoot  Lync  Server  and  various  Lync  Server  issues.  The  course  focuses  on  an  introduction  to  Lync  Server,  supportability,  publishing  and  validating  a  Lync  topology,  preparing  Active  Directory,  Lync  Server  Control  Panel  and  Management  Shell,  deploying  standard  and  edge  server,  SIP  routing,  call  management  features,  UM  integration,  sign  in  troubleshooting,  the  central  management  store,  conferencing,  synthetic  transactions,  SharePoint  integration,  and  the  collect  logs  button.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  Premier  Lync  Server  partners  that  have  met  certification  requirements  for  this  Tier  One  course.  Prerequisites  Lync  2010  MCTS  (Exam  70-­‐664),  Lync  2010  MCITP  (Exams  70-­‐664  and  70-­‐665),  or  OCS  2007  R2  MCTS  (Exam  70-­‐638)  or  any  one  of  the  following:  

• Configuring  Microsoft  Windows  Vista  Client  (Exam  70-­‐620)  • Windows  7,  Configuring  (Exam  70-­‐680)  • Windows  7,  Enterprise  Desktop  Support  Technician  (Exam  70-­‐685)  • Pro:  Windows  7,  Enterprise  Desktop  Administrator  (Exam  70-­‐686)  • CompTIA  A+  

-­‐or-­‐  • Networking  Essentials  (Exam  70-­‐058)  • Windows  Server  2008  Network  Infrastructure,  Configuring  (Exam  70-­‐642)  • Cisco  CCNA    • CompTIA  Networking+  • CompTIA    Server+  (  CompTIA  Networking+  would  be  recommended  but  not  mandatory)  

-­‐or-­‐  • Windows  Server  2008  Active  Directory,  Configuring  (Exam  70-­‐640)  • Planning,  Implementing,  and  Maintaining  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  Active  Directory  

Infrastructure  (Exam  70-­‐294)  • CompTIA  Server+  

50573AC Premier Support for Lync Partners Tier 2 Course  duration:  Ten  days    Overview This  10-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  setup  and  troubleshoot  Lync  Server  and  various  Lync  Server  issues.  The  course  focuses  on  an  introduction  to  Lync,  Lync  Server  2010  Supportability,  publishing  and  validating  a  deployment  using  topology  builder,  preparing  Active  Directory,  deploying  enterprise  edition  server,  Lync  Server  Control  Panel,  Lync  Server  Management  Shell,  deploying  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 129 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        129  

standard  edition,  edge  server,  and  director,  Exchange  UM  Integration,  media  negotiation,  deploying  a  branch  site,  conferencing,  Enterprise  Voice,  Call  Admission  Control  and  E911,  media  bypass  and  private  lines,  monitoring  and  archiving,  enterprise  Voice  Resilience,  monitoring  with  SCOM,  and  DNS  Load  balancing  and  draining.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  Premier  Lync  Server  partners  that  have  met  certification  requirements  for  this  Tier  One  course.  Recommended  Requirements  for  Delivering  PSLP  Training:  Processor:  Quad  Core  Intel/AMD  64-­‐bit  or  emulated  64-­‐bit  processor  with  Virtualization  Technology  capabilities  and  a  processor  speed  greater  than  or  equal  to  2.0  GHz  Hard  Disk:  At  least  1  TB  RAM:  At  least  24GB  DVD/CD:  CD-­‐ROM/DVD  Network  Adapter:  1  Gb/s  required  full  duplex  Sound  Card:  Yes  Video  Adapter:  At  least  256  MB  (Vista/2008  capable)  Monitor:  Super  VGA  monitor  (17  inch/43  centimeter)  or  better  Ports:  USB  2.0      Recommended  Trainer  Requirements:  For  PSLP  program,  a  trainer  must  fulfill  the  following  requirements.  

1. Meet  competency  requirements  for  each  course  they  deliver  • Acquire  a  score  of  88%  or  better  on  either/both  Tier  1  and  Tier  2  Assessments,  determined  

by  the  course  that  will  be  delivered.  • Demonstrate  instructional  presentation  skills.  

Option  1.  Provide  evidence  of  your  Certified  Technical  Trainer  (CompTIA  CTT+)  certification  from  CompTIA  CompTIA  CTT+  is  a  cross-­‐industry  certification  that  validates  that  a  technical  instructor  has  attained  a  standard  of  excellence  in  the  training  industry.  CompTIA  CTT+  consists  of  two  tests:  a  computer-­‐based  test  that  is  available  at  Prometric  testing  centers,  and  a  video  submission.  Option  2.  Attend  and  pass  a  presentation  skills  course  Prove  that  you  have  passed  a  presentation  skills  course  or  train-­‐the-­‐trainer  course  from  a  CompTIA  Learning  Alliace  provider  or  from  one  of  the  additional  presentation  skills  training  providers.  Option  3.  Prove  that  you  are  an  experienced  technical  trainer  Provide  evidence  of  your  certified  instructor  credential  from  any  one  of  these  vendors:  Microsoft  Cisco  Systems  

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 130 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        130  

Option  4.  Prove  that  you  are  an  instructor  at  an  accredited  academic  institution  Provide  evidence  of  your  employment  status  with  an  accredited  academic  institution.  Option  5.  Trained  with  a  CTS  Lync  Engineer  for  preparation  to  redeliver  PSLP  

2. Administer  course  evaluations  to  every  student  and  maintain  high  customer-­‐satisfaction  scores.  Prerequisites    

• Completed  Premier  Support  for  Lync  Partners  Tier  1course  • Tested  out  of  Premier  Support  for  Lync  Partners  Tier  1  course  • Lync  2010  MCTS  (Exam  70-­‐664),  Lync  2010  MCITP  (Exams  70-­‐664  and  70-­‐665),  or  OCS  2007  R2  

MCTS  (Exam  70-­‐638)  Or  any  one  of  the  following:  • One  of  the  given  Client  Certifications:  

• Configuring  Microsoft  Windows  Vista  Client  (Exam  70-­‐620)  • Windows  7,  Configuring  (Exam  70-­‐680)  • Windows  7,  Enterprise  Desktop  Support  Technician  (Exam  70-­‐685)  • Pro:  Windows  7,  Enterprise  Desktop  Administrator  (Exam  70-­‐686)  • CompTIA  A+  

• One  of  the  given  Network  Certifications:  • Networking  Essentials  (Exam  70-­‐058)  • Windows  Server  2008  Network  Infrastructure,  Configuring  (Exam  70-­‐642)  • Cisco  CCNA  • CompTIA  Networking+  (note:  CompTIA  Server+  no  longer  sufficient)  

• Given  Server  Certification:  • MCITP:  Server  Administrator  (Exam  70-­‐640,  Exam  70-­‐642,  Exam  70-­‐646)  

5058AC Project Series: Deploying Microsoft Office 2007 Professional Edition Course  duration:  Two  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  two-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  that  they  need  to  effectively  deploy  Microsoft  Office  2007.  Specifically  students  learn  how  to  prepare  and  plan  for  the  Office  2007  deployment,  how  to  build  and  customize  the  Office  2007  installation,  and  how  to  deploy  Office  2007  throughout  their  environment.  Students  also  learn  about  the  Office  2007  setup  and  multilingual  architecture.  Microsoft  Certified  Professional  Exams  No  Microsoft  Certified  Professional  exams  are  associated  with  this  course  currently.  Course  Materials  The  student  kit  includes  a  comprehensive  workbook  and  other  necessary  materials  for  this  class.  The  following  software  is  provided  in  the  student  kit:  Student  CD  Audience  The  audience  of  this  course  consists  of  IT  Professionals  and  technical  decision  makers  with  the  skills  to  successfully  plan,  deploy,  maintain,  and  troubleshoot  desktop  environments  that  support  the  Microsoft  Office  system.  Prerequisites  

• Experience  deploying,  managing,  and  supporting  Windows  client  systems.  • Experience  deploying,  managing,  and  supporting  Microsoft  Office  system  technologies.  • Familiarity  with  standard  client  and  application  deployment  methods  such  as  Group  Policy,  Remote  

Installation  Services  (RIS),  disk  imaging,  and  Systems  Management  Server  (SMS).  Important:  This  learning  product  will  be  most  useful  to  people  who  are  already  working  in  the  job  role  of  a  desktop  specialist  and  who  intend  to  use  their  new  skills  and  knowledge  on  the  job  immediately  after  training.  5060AC Implementing Windows SharePoint Services 3.0 Course  duration:  Two  days    

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 131 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        131  

Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  two-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  successfully  implement  Microsoft  Windows  SharePoint  Services  (WSS)  version  3.0  in  their  organizations.  It  emphasizes  that  students  should  think  about  the  architecture  of  their  entire  environment,  including  business  and  application  needs,  during  the  planning  and  deployment  phases.  The  course  covers  how  to  perform  a  clean  installation  of  WSS  3.0  and  also  describes  all  the  prerequisites  required  to  select  the  most  appropriate  method  for  upgrading  WSS  from  2.0  to  3.0  in  a  specific  scenario.  In  addition,  the  course  focuses  on  how  to  manage  WSS  after  it  is  configured.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  Business  Application  Administrators  (BAAs)  who  are  engaged  in  the  planning,  design,  and  selection  of  Line  of  Business  (LOB)  applications,  including  Microsoft  Office  SharePoint  Server  (MOSS),  in  conjunction  with  internal  business  customers.  Their  primary  responsibility  is  the  deployment,  customization,  management,  and  support  of  LOB  applications.  They  routinely  monitor  application  status  and  troubleshoot  application  problems.  The  audience  is  expected  to  have  at  least  two  years  of  experience  in  implementing,  managing,  and  supporting  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003,  including  Internet  Information  Services  (IIS).  Prerequisites  

• On-­‐the-­‐job  experience  in  implementing,  managing,  and  supporting  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003,  including  IIS.  

• Working  knowledge  of  networking,  for  example,  TCP/IP  and  Domain  Name  System  (DNS).  • Basic  knowledge  of  key  benefits  of  Microsoft  Office  SharePoint  Server  (MOSS),  new  features  and  

functionality  of  MOSS,  and  WSS  acting  as  a  platform  for  MOSS.  In  addition,  it  is  recommended,  but  not  required,  that  students  have  completed:  

• Clinic  3369B,  'First  Look:  Getting  Started  with  Windows  SharePoint  Service  3.0'.      

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 132 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        132  

5061AC Implementing Microsoft Office SharePoint Server 2007 Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  required  to  implement  Microsoft  Office  SharePoint  Server  2007  successfully  in  their  organization  Audience  The  audience  for  this  course  is  Business  Application  Administrators  (BAAs),  Web  Administrators  and  Server  Administrators  who  are  engaged  in  the  planning,  design,  and  selection  of  line-­‐of-­‐business  (LOB)  applications  (including  Office  SharePoint  Server)  in  conjunction  with  internal  business  customers.  Their  primary  responsibility  is  the  deployment,  customization,  management,  and  support  of  LOB  applications.  They  routinely  monitor  application  status  and  troubleshoot  application  problems.  Prerequisites  

• Experience  in  implementing,  managing,  and  supporting  a  Microsoft  Windows  SharePoint  Services  3.0  environment.  

• Basic  knowledge  of  Windows  SharePoint  Services  and  Microsoft  Office  SharePoint  Server  2007  interoperability.  

• At  least  2  years  of  experience  implementing,  managing,  and  supporting  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003.  

• At  least  2  years  of  experience  implementing,  managing,  and  supporting  Internet  Information  Services  (IIS).  

• Working  knowledge  of  networking.  For  example  TCP/IP  and  Domain  Name  System  (DNS).  In  addition,  it  is  recommended,  but  not  required,  that  students  have  completed:  

• 5060  -­‐  Implementing  Windows  SharePoint  Services  3.0.  • 3370  -­‐  First  Look:  Getting  Started  with  Microsoft  Office  SharePoint  Server2007.  • 2553  -­‐  Administering  Microsoft  SharePoint  Portal  Server  2003.  

5105CC Deploying Windows Vista Business Desktops Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  successfully  deploy  Windows  Vista  business  desktops  throughout  their  organization.  Students  are  introduced  to  the  deployment  life  cycle,  which  consists  of  planning  for  the  deployment,  building  and  customizing  the  deployment  method,  and  then  implementing  the  actual  deployment.  Students  are  introduced  to  the  tools  and  guidance  to  be  used  throughout  various  stages  of  the  deployment  life  cycle.  Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  IT  Professionals,  Desktop  Configuration  Administrators,  and  technical  decision  makers  with  the  skills  to  successfully  plan  and  deploy  desktop  operating  systems,  provision  desktop  computers,  and  deploy  service  packs  and  updates  to  computer  systems.  The  intended  audience  is  also  involved  in  setting  the  strategic  direction  for  the  desktop  operating  system  and  applications.  Prerequisites  

• Experience  deploying  Windows  desktop  operating  systems.  • At  least  one  year  of  experience  managing  a  Microsoft  Windows  desktop  operating  system  

environment.  • Familiarity  with  standard  client  and  application  deployment  methods  such  as  Group  Policy,  disk  

imaging,  and  Systems  Management  Server  (SMS).  • Familiarity  with  the  Business  Desktop  Deployment  (BDD)  Solution  Accelerator.  

Important:  This  learning  product  will  be  most  useful  to  people  who  intend  to  use  their  new  skills  and  knowledge  on  the  job  immediately  after  training.  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 133 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        133  

5115BC Installing, Configuring, and Troubleshooting Windows Vista Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  install  and  configure  Windows  Vista  desktops.  It  will  focus  on  four  main  areas:  installing,  securing,  networking,  and  browsing.  By  the  end  of  the  course,  the  student  will  have  installed  and  configured  a  Windows  Vista  desktop  that  is  secure,  on  the  network,  and  ready  for  browsing.  This  is  the  first  course  in  the  Windows  Vista  curriculum  and  will  serve  as  the  entry  point  for  other  Windows  Vista  Technology  Specialist  courses.  Audience  The  primary  audience  for  this  course  is  IT  Professionals  wishing  to  become  technology  specialists.  A  Windows  Vista  technology  specialist  is  defined  as  a  technology  specialist  interested  in  learning  about,  assessing  skills,  using  reference  products,  or  taking  exams  to  prove  his  or  her  knowledge/skills/experience  related  to  Microsoft’s  Windows  Vista  technologies.  Technology  specialists:  

• Value  and  may  be  working  toward  an  extensive,  deep  technical  knowledge  in  a  particular  technology.  • Are  interested  in  learning  about  Windows  Vista  technologies  in  greater  detail.  • Want  to  learn  or  test  that  they  know  and  can  apply  existing  concepts,  practices,  procedures,  policies,  

and  guidelines.  • Work  in  roles  where  most  questions  have  clear  right  and  wrong  answers.  • Focus  primarily  on  the  "how  to"  associated  with  Windows  Vista  technologies.  • On  the  job,  work  from  functional  specifications,  defined  polices/conventions/standards,  and  

documented  operational  procedures  received  from  superiors.  Windows  Vista  technology  specialists  may  work  for  an  enterprise,  a  medium-­‐sized  organization,  a  small  organization,  or  a  retail  organization.  Prerequisites  

• Familiarity  with  computer  hardware  and  devices,  such  as  the  ability  to  look  into  device  manager  and  look  for  unsupported  devices.  

• Basic  TCP/IP  knowledge,  such  as  knowing  why  you  need  to  have  a  valid  IP  address.  • Basic  Microsoft  Windows  and  Active  Directory  knowledge,  such  as  knowledge  about  domain  user  

accounts,  domain  vs.  local  user  accounts,  user  profiles,  and  group  membership.  • Experience  with  mapping  network  file  shares,  such  as  being  familiar  with  UNC  paths  and  mapping  

local  resources  to  server/share.  • Experience  with  running  commands  from  a  command  window,  such  as  the  DOS  command  prompt.  • Experience  with  reviewing  BIOS  settings.  

In  addition,  it  is  recommended,  but  not  required,  that  students  have  completed:  • First  Look  Clinic  5056  -­‐  First  Look:  Getting  Started  with  Windows  Vista  for  IT  Professionals.  • Hands-­‐on-­‐Lab  5057  -­‐  First  Look:  Getting  Started  with  Windows  Vista  for  IT  Professionals.  

Important:  This  learning  product  will  be  most  useful  to  people  who  intend  to  use  their  new  skills  and  knowledge  on  the  job  immediately  after  training.    

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 134 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        134  

5117AC Installing, Configuring, Troubleshooting, and Maintaining Windows Vista Course  duration:  Three  days      Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  IT  Professionals  who  work  in  enterprise  organizations  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  install,  deploy,  configure,  secure,  maintain,  and  troubleshoot  Windows  Vista.  This  advanced  course  is  aimed  at  enterprise  desktop  support  technicians  who  want  to  gain  an  in-­‐depth  knowledge  of  Windows  Vista.    Audience This  audience  includes  experienced  IT  professionals  who  focus  on  a  broad  range  of  desktop  operating  system,  desktop  application,  mobile  device,  networking,  and  hardware  support  issues.  As  working  professionals,  students  must  combine  technical  expertise,  problem  solving  and  decision-­‐making  skills,  and  a  deep  understanding  of  their  business  and  technical  environments  to  quickly  resolve  support  issues.  They  consider  all  variables,  justify  resolutions  with  a  logical  troubleshooting  approach,  and  relate  tradeoffs  to  business  and  technical  requirements  and  constraints.  Students  will  have  used  Windows  XP  SP2  and  may  have  experience  with  Windows  server  operating  systems.    Prerequisites

• Be  familiar  with  PC  hardware  and  devices.  For  example,  be  able  to  look  into  the  device  manager  and  look  for  unsupported  devices.  

• Have  fundamental  knowledge  of  TCP/IP.  • Have  fundamental  knowledge  of  Windows  and  Active  Directory  directory  service.  For  example,  

domain  user  accounts,  domain  versus  local  user  accounts,  user  profiles,  and  group  membership.  • Be  able  to  map  network  file  shares.  For  example,  be  familiar  with  Universal  Naming  Convention  

paths  and  mapping  local  resources  to  servers  and  shares.  • Have  experience  of  installing  applications.  • Have  experience  of  working  from  a  command  prompt.  For  example,  authoring  and  editing  batch  files.  • Have  experience  of  configuring  basic  input/output  system  options.  • Be  familiar  with  reviewing  support  logs.  Know  that  there  is  a  chronology,  sequential  order,  and  

severity.  • Have  experience  of  supporting  previous  versions  of  the  Windows  operating  system.  • Be  familiar  with  an  IT  helpdesk  ticketing  system.  • Have  experience  of  researching  online  and  local  knowledge  bases.  Basic  knowledge  of  the  

fundamentals  of  applications.  For  example,  client/server  applications  (how  clients  communicate  with  the  server).  

In  addition,  it  is  recommended,  but  not  required,  that  students  have  completed:  • 5105B:  Deploying  Windows  Vista  Business  Desktops.  

Important:  This  learning  product  will  be  most  useful  to  people  who  intend  to  use  their  new  skills  and  knowledge  in  their  job  immediately  after  training.      

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 135 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        135  

5118BC

Supporting Windows Vista and Applications in the Enterprise Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  successfully  maintain  and  troubleshoot  Windows  Vista  computers.  It  will  provide  them  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  necessary  to  identify  technical  problems  that  can  occur  in  an  organization's  client  computers.  The  course  will  focus  on  five  main  troubleshooting  areas:  operating  system,  hardware,  networking,  security,  and  applications.  It  will  also  provide  the  knowledge  and  skills  necessary  to  monitor  and  maintain  Windows  Vista  client  computers.   Audience  The  audience  for  this  course  is  experienced  enterprise-­‐level  IT  Professionals  who  focus  on  a  broad  range  of  desktop  operating  system,  desktop  application,  mobile  device,  networking,  and  hardware  support  issues.  As  working  professionals,  students  must  quickly  resolve  support  issues  by  combining  technical  expertise  with  problem  solving  and  decision  making  skills  and  a  deep  understanding  of  their  business  and  technical  environments.  They  must  consider  all  variables,  justify  resolutions  with  a  logical  troubleshooting  approach,  and  relate  tradeoffs  to  business  and  technical  requirements  and  constraints.  Students  will  have  used  Microsoft  Windows  XP-­‐SP2  and  may  have  experience  with  Windows  server  operating  systems.  Their  jobs  require  them  to  stay  knowledgeable  and  skilled  about  new  versions  and  updates  of  technology  in  the  business  environment.    Prerequisites

• Experience  supporting  previous  versions  of  the  Windows  operating  system.  • Familiarity  with  an  IT  helpdesk  ticketing  system.  • Experience  researching  online  and  local  knowledge  bases.  • Experience  running  commands  from  a  command  window,  such  as  the  DOS  command  prompt.  • Familiarity  with  computer  hardware  and  devices,  such  as  the  ability  to  use  Windows  device  manager  

and  look  for  unsupported  devices.  • Basic  TCP/IP  knowledge,  such  as  knowing  why  you  need  to  have  a  valid  IP  address.  • Basic  Windows  and  Active  Directory  knowledge,  such  as  knowledge  about  domain  user  accounts,  

domain  vs.  local  user  accounts,  user  profiles,  and  group  membership.  • Fundamentals  of  applications,  such  as  how  a  client  communicates  with  the  server  in  client/server  

applications.      

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 136 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        136  

• Experience  reviewing  logs,  such  as  understanding  chronology,  sequential  order,  severity,  etc.  In  addition,  it  is  recommended,  but  not  required,  that  students  have  completed  the  following  courses:  

• 5115A:  Installing  and  Configuring  the  Windows  Vista  Operating  System  • 5116A:  Configuring  Windows  Vista  Mobile  Computing  and  Applications  

Important:  This  learning  product  will  be  most  useful  to  people  who  intend  to  use  their  new  skills  and  knowledge  on  the  job  immediately  after  training.   5177AC

Implementing and Maintaining Instant Messaging Using Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 Course  duration:  One  day      Overview This  one-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  teaches  students  the  instant  messaging  functionalities  that  are  available  in  Microsoft  Office  Communications  Server  2007.  The  course  introduces  the  Office  Communications  Server  2007  architecture  in  the  Standard  and  Enterprise  Editions,  and  the  considerations  involved  in  implementing  them.  The  course  focuses  on  the  instant  messaging  features  and  the  role  of  server  components  in  both  standard  and  enterprise  instant  messaging  solutions.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  current  real-­‐time  communications  IT  Professional  and  infrastructure  specialists  who  want  to  learn  how  to  implement  Microsoft  Office  Communications  Server  2007.   Prerequisites  

• Familiarity  with  Active  Directory  knowledge  and  concepts.  • Familiarity  with  Exchange  Server  Messaging  knowledge  and  concepts.  • Familiarity  with  SharePoint  knowledge  and  concepts.  • Fundamental  knowledge  of  using  Microsoft  Office  2007  or  Microsoft  Office  2003.  • Fundamental  Windows  Server  2003  knowledge  and  experience.  • Fundamental  Networking  knowledge  and  experience.  

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 137 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        137  

5178AC

Implementing and Maintaining Audio/Visual Conferencing and Web Conferencing Using Microsoft Office C Course  duration:  Two  days      Overview 5178A:  Implementing  and  Maintaining  Audio/Visual  Conferencing  and  Web  Conferencing  Using  Microsoft  Office  Communications  Server  2007.  Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  two-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  plan,  deploy,  and  manage  audio/visual  and  Web  conferencing  by  using  Microsoft  Office  Communications  Server  2007.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  IT  Professional  infrastructure  specialists.  This  includes  real-­‐time  communications  Technology  Specialists  and  professional  real-­‐time  communications  engineers.  In  addition,  IT  Professionals  in  any  job  role  that  interacts  with  Microsoft  Office  Communications  Server  2007,  Microsoft  SharePoint  Server,  and  Exchange  Server  will  benefit  from  the  course.   Prerequisites  

• Familiarity  with  Active  Directory  knowledge  and  concepts.  • Familiarity  with  Exchange  Server  Messaging  knowledge  and  concepts.  • Familiarity  with  SharePoint  knowledge  and  concepts.  • Fundamental  knowledge  of  using  Microsoft  Office  2007  or  Microsoft  Office  2003.  • Fundamental  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  knowledge  and  experience.  • Fundamental  networking  knowledge  and  experience.  

In  addition,  it  is  recommended,  but  not  required,  that  students  have  completed:  • Course  5177A:  Implementing  and  Maintaining  Instant  Messaging  Using  Microsoft  Office  

Communications  Server  2007.    

5179AC

Implementing and Maintaining Telephony Using Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 Course  duration:  Two  days      Overview This  two-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  teaches  students  how  to  implement  and  maintain  an  Office  Communications  Server  2007  telephony  solution.  The  course  covers  the  topologies  supported  by  Office  Communications  Server  2007  for  deploying  a  telephony  solution  for  an  organization.  Further,  the  course  introduces  the  various  call-­‐flow  scenarios  in  an  enterprise  and  explains  the  call  flow  among  the  various  Office  Communications  Server  2007  components  in  each  scenario.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  current  real-­‐time  communications  IT  Professional  and  infrastructure  specialists  who  want  to  learn  how  to  implement  Microsoft  Office  Communications  Server  2007.    Prerequisites

• Familiarity  with  Active  Directory  knowledge  and  concepts.  • Familiarity  with  Exchange  2007  Unified  Messaging  knowledge  and  concepts.  • Familiarity  with  SharePoint  knowledge  and  concepts.  • Fundamental  knowledge  of  using  Microsoft  Office  2007  or  Microsoft  Office  2003.  • Fundamental  Windows  Server  2003  knowledge  and  experience.  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 138 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        138  

• Fundamental  Networking  knowledge  and  experience.  In  addition,  it  is  recommended,  but  not  required,  that  students  have  completed:  

• Course  5177A:  Implementing  and  Maintaining  Instant  Messaging  Using  Microsoft  Office  Communications  Server  2007.  

• Course  5178A:  Implementing  and  Maintaining  Audio/Visual  Conferencing  and  Web  Conferencing  Using  Microsoft  Office  Communications  Server  2007.  

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 139 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        139  

6066AC Developing Managed Applications for Microsoft Windows Mobile 6.0 Course  duration:  Three  days      Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  teaches  experienced  developers  the  skills  required  to  successfully  develop  managed  (Microsoft  .NET  Compact  Framework  2.0)  applications  on  the  Windows  Mobile  6.0  platform.  This  course  focuses  on  the  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2005  development  environment,  .NET  Compact  Framework  2.0,  and  the  Microsoft  Windows  Mobile  6  SDK.    Audience The  target  audience  for  this  course  is  experienced  developers  who  already  have  programming  experience  in  Visual  C#  or  Visual  Basic  and  Visual  Studio  2005  or  Visual  Studio  .NET.  These  developers  are  likely  to  develop  enterprise  business  solutions.    Prerequisites

• Two  or  three  years  of  professional  experience  programming  with  Visual  C#  or  Visual  Basic.  Students  must  be  familiar  with  developing  managed  applications  for  Windows  desktop  or  Windows  Mobile.  

• Prior  experience  of  developing  applications  using  Visual  Studio  .NET  or  Visual  Studio  2005.  • Previous  experience  of  developing  Windows  Mobile  applications  is  suggested,  but  not  essential.  

Students  with  prior  experience  of  developing  mobile  applications  will  achieve  the  most  from  this  course,  although  beginners  to  mobile  application  development  will  be  able  to  complete  the  course.  

 6067AC Developing Native Applications for Microsoft Windows Mobile 6.0 Course  duration:  Two  days      Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  two-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  teaches  experienced  Visual  C++  and  Win32  developers  the  skills  required  to  successfully  develop  native  (Visual  C++/Win32  API)  applications  on  the  Windows  Mobile  6  platform.  This  course  focuses  on  the  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2005  development  environment,  .NET  Compact  Framework  2.0,  and  the  Microsoft  Windows  Mobile  6  SDK.    Audience The  target  audience  for  this  course  is  experienced  Visual  C++  and  Win32  developers  who  already  have  programming  experience  in  Visual  C++  and  Visual  Studio  2005,  Visual  Studio  .NET,  or  eMbedded  Visual  C++.  These  developers  are  likely  to  develop  enterprise  business  solutions.    Prerequisites

• Three  or  four  years  of  professional  experience  programming  with  Visual  C++.  Students  must  be  familiar  with  developing  MFC  and  COM  applications  for  Windows  desktop  or  Windows  Mobile.  

• Prior  experience  of  developing  applications  using  Visual  Studio  .NET,  Visual  Studio  2005,  or  eMbedded  Visual  C++.  

• Previous  experience  of  developing  Windows  Mobile  applications  is  suggested,  but  not  essential.  Students  with  prior  experience  of  developing  mobile  applications  will  achieve  the  most  from  this  course,  although  beginners  to  mobile  application  development  will  be  able  to  complete  the  course.  

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 140 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        140  

6158CC

Updating Your SQL Server 2005 Skills to SQL Server 2008 Course  duration:  Three  days      Overview This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  update  their  skills  in  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2005  to  SQL  Server  2008.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  developers  and  database  administrators  who  are  experienced  with  using  SQL  Server  2005  and  want  to  update  their  skills  to  SQL  Server  2008    Prerequisites Experience  with  developing  or  administering  databases  in  SQL  Server  2005.   6214AC

Effective Team Development using Microsoft Visual Studio Team System Course  duration:  Three  days     Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  manage  source  control  management,  a  configurable  build  process,  tools  that  aid  in  test  driven  development,  and  process  workflow  all  integrated  directly  into  Visual  Studio  2008.  By  the  end  of  the  course,  developers  are  equipped  to  use  test-­‐driven  techniques  and  proven  software  processes  to  create  high-­‐quality  software  with  a  minimal  change  in  overall  effort.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  Enterprise  IT  Staff  who  actively  participate  in  software  development  projects.  They  participate  in  specification,  design,  coding,  testing  or  project  management    Prerequisites

• Experience  and  familiarity  with  process  methodologies  such  as  Microsoft  Solutions  Framework  (MSF).  

• Familiarity  with  diagramming  implementations,  High-­‐level  database  design,  Distributed  systems  design,  Business  requirements  analysis.  

• Experience  in  using  source  code  versioning  control  tools,  bug  reporting,  tracking,  analysis  tools,  and  possibly  a  unit  testing  suite.  

• Experience  with  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2003  or  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2005.  • Experience  in  using  source  code  versioning  control  tools,  bug  reporting,  tracking,  analysis  tools,  and  

possibly  a  unit  testing  suite.  They  should  have  experience  with  Visual  Studio  2003  or  Visual  Studio  2005  and  some  knowledge  of  Visual  Basic  .NET  or  Visual  C#  code.  

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 141 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        141  

6215AC

Implementing and Administering Microsoft Visual Studio 2008 Team Foundation Server Course  duration:  Two  days      Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  two-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  implement  and  administer  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2008  Team  Foundation  Server.  The  course  focuses  on  installation  and  configuration  details,  team  projects,  work  items,  version  control,  Team  Build,  and  reporting.  Course  #6215A  can  be  offered  as  a  standalone  module  or  with  the  survey  course,  #6214A.  The  two  courses  combined  would  make  it  a  five  day  ILT.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  experts  who  install,  configure,  and  manage  Microsoft  Team  Foundation  Servers  and  Team  System  projects.  The  intended  audience  for  the  course  work  either  as  a  team  leader  or  server  administrator  in  an  enterprise  development  organization.    Prerequisites

• VS  2008  Team  System  200  level  knowledge  and  skills.  • Familiarity  with  VSTS  SKU's  and  basic  features  or  with  concepts  taught  in  Course#  6214A.  • Experience  using  Virtual  PC  software,  Visual  Studio  IDE,  Windows  SharePoint  Services  2.0,  and  SQL  

Reporting  Services.  • Proficiency  using  Microsoft  Windows  operating  system.  • Experience  with  previous  versions  of  Microsoft  Visual  Studio.  • Some  experience  with  a  .NET  language  (VB.NET/C#).  • Experience  working  in  a  software  development  team.  

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 142 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        142  

6231BC Maintaining a Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2 Database Course  duration:  Five  days    Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  five-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  maintain  a  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2008  database.  The  course  focuses  on  teaching  individuals  how  to  use  SQL  Server  2008  product  features  and  tools  related  to  maintaining  a  database.    Prerequisites

• Basic  knowledge  of  the  Microsoft  Windows  operating  system  and  its  core  functionality.  • Working  knowledge  of  Transact-­‐SQL.  • Working  knowledge  of  relational  databases.  • Some  experience  with  database  design.  

 6232BC

Implementing a Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2 Database Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview This  five-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  is  intended  for  Microsoft  SQL  Server  database  developers  who  are  responsible  for  implementing  a  database  on  SQL  Server  2008  R2.  In  this  course,  students  learn  the  skills  and  best  practices  on  how  to  use  SQL  Server  2008  R2  product  features  and  tools  related  to  implementing  a  database  server.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  IT  Professionals  who  want  to  become  skilled  on  SQL  Server  2008  R2  product  features  and  technologies  for  implementing  a  database.  To  be  successful  in  this  course,  the  student  should  have  knowledge  of  basic  relational  database  concepts  and  writing  T-­‐SQL  queries.    Prerequisites

• Working  knowledge  of  Transact-­‐SQL  (ability  to  write  Transact-­‐SQL  queries)  or  Course  2778A:  Writing  Queries  Using  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2008  Transact-­‐SQL    

• Working  knowledge  of  relational  databases  (database  design  skills).    • Core  Windows  Server  skills.  • Basic  programming  language.  

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 143 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        143  

6234AC

Implementing and Maintaining Microsoft SQL Server 2008 Analysis Services Course  duration:  Three  days      Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  teaches  students  how  to  implement  an  Analysis  Services  solution  in  an  organization.  The  course  discusses  how  to  use  the  Analysis  Services  development  tools  to  create  an  Analysis  Services  database  and  an  OLAP  cube,  and  how  to  use  the  Analysis  Services  management  and  administrative  tools  to  manage  an  Analysis  Services  solution.    Audience The  primary  audience  for  this  course  is  individuals  who  design  and  maintain  business  intelligence  solutions  for  their  organization.  These  individuals  work  in  environments  where  databases  play  a  key  role  in  their  primary  job  and  may  perform  database  administration  and  maintenance  as  part  of  their  primary  job  responsibilities.  The  secondary  audience  for  this  course  is  individuals  who  develop  applications  that  deliver  content  from  SQL  Server  Analysis  Services  to  the  organization.    Prerequisites

• Conceptual  understanding  of  OLAP  solutions.  • Experience  navigating  the  Microsoft  Windows  Server  environment.  • Experience  with  Windows  services  (starting  and  stopping).  • Experience  creating  service  accounts  and  permissions.  • Experience  with  Microsoft  SQL  Server,  including:  • SQL  Server  Agent.  • SQL  Server  query  language  (SELECT,  UPDATE,  INSERT,  and  DELETE).  • SQL  Server  System  tables.  • SQL  Server  accounts  (users  and  permissions).  

6235AC

Implementing and Maintaining Microsoft SQL Server 2008 Integration Services Course  duration:  Three  days      Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  teaches  students  how  to  implement  an  Integration  Services  solution  in  an  organization.  The  course  discusses  how  to  develop,  deploy,  and  manage  Integration  Services  packages.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  information  technology  (IT)  professionals  and  developers  who  need  to  implement  data  transfer  or  extract,  transform,  and  load  (ETL)  solutions  by  using  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2008  Integration  Services.    Prerequisites

• Exposure  to  enterprise  data  import  and  export  scenarios.  • Experience  navigating  the  Microsoft  Windows  Server  environment.  • Experience  with  Microsoft  SQL  Server,  including:  • SQL  Server  Agent.  • SQL  Server  query  language  (SELECT,  UPDATE,  INSERT,  and  DELETE).  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 144 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        144  

• SQL  Server  System  tables.  • SQL  Server  accounts  (users  and  permissions).  

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 145 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        145  

6236AC

Implementing and Maintaining Microsoft SQL Server 2008 Reporting Services Course  duration:  Three  days      Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  teaches  students  how  to  implement  a  Reporting  Services  solution  in  an  organization.  The  course  discusses  how  to  use  the  Reporting  Services  development  tools  to  create  reports,  and  how  to  use  the  Reporting  Services  management  and  administrative  tools  to  manage  a  Reporting  Services  solution.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  information  technology  (IT)  professionals  and  developers  who  need  to  implement  reporting  solutions  by  using  Microsoft  SQL  Server  2008  Reporting  Services.    Prerequisites

• Exposure  to  creating  reports  in  Microsoft  Access  or  other  third-­‐party  reporting  products,  such  as  Crystal  Reports.  

• Conceptual  understanding  of  the  push  and  pull  distribution/subscription  paradigm.  • Experience  navigating  the  Microsoft  Windows  Server  environment.  • Experience  with  Windows  services  (starting  and  stopping)  • Experience  creating  service  accounts  and  permissions  • Experience  with  Microsoft  SQL  Server,  including:  • SQL  Server  Agent.  • SQL  Server  query  language  (SELECT,  UPDATE,  INSERT,  and  DELETE).  • SQL  Server  System  tables.  • SQL  Server  accounts  (users  and  permissions).  

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 146 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        146  

6292AC

Installing and Configuring Windows 7 Client Course  duration:  Three  days      Overview This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  is  intended  for  IT  professionals  who  are  interested  in  expanding  their  knowledge  base  and  technical  skills  about  Windows  7  Client.  In  this  course,  students  learn  how  to  install,  upgrade,  and  migrate  to  Windows  7  client.  Students  then  configure  Windows  7  client  for  network  connectivity,  security,  maintenance,  and  mobile  computing.  This  course  helps  students  prepare  for  the  Exam  70-­‐680,  TS:  Windows  7,  Configuring.      Audience This  course  is  intended  for  IT  professionals  who  are  interested  in:  

• Expanding  their  knowledge  base  and  technical  skills  about  Windows  7  Client.    • Acquiring  deep  technical  knowledge  of  Windows  7.    • Learning  the  details  of  Windows  7  technologies.    • Focusing  on  the  "how  to"  associated  with  Windows  7  technologies.  

Most  of  these  professionals  use  some  version  of  Windows  client  at  their  work  place  and  are  looking  at  new  and  better  ways  to  perform  some  of  the  current  functions.    Prerequisites

• Experience  installing  PC  hardware  and  devices.    • Basic  understanding  of  TCP/IP  and  networking  concepts.    • Basic  Windows  and  Active  Directory  knowledge.    • The  skills  to  map  network  file  shares.  • Experience  working  from  a  command  prompt.    • Basic  knowledge  of  the  fundamentals  of  applications.  For  example,  how  client  computer  

applications  communicate  with  the  server.    • Basic  understanding  of  security  concepts  such  as  authentication  and  authorization.    • An  understanding  of  the  fundamental  principles  of  using  printers.  

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 147 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        147  

6293AC

Troubleshooting and Supporting Windows 7 in the Enterprise Course  duration:  Three  days      Overview This  course  is  designed  for  Information  Technology  (IT)  professionals  who  have  experience  with  Windows  XP  and  Windows  Vista  who  work  as  Windows  7  Enterprise  Desktop  Support  Technicians  (EDSTs)  in  Tier  2  support  environments.  The  goal  of  this  training  is  to  enable  these  individuals  to  support  the  Windows  7  operating  system  and  solve  technical  troubleshooting  problems  in  a  Windows  7  and  Windows  Server  2008  R2  networking  environment.    This  course  helps  candidates  prepare  for  Exam  70-­‐685,  the  final  requirement  for  the  Enterprise  Desktop  Support  Technician  (EDST)  professional  credential.    By  the  course’s  end,  students  will  have  been  exposed  to  the  process  of  establishing  and  using  a  troubleshooting  methodology,  and  the  EDST  job  role  and  responsibilities.  Additionally,  students  will  be  exposed  to  various  troubleshooting  tools  and  techniques  that  enable  them  to  address  the  following  Windows  7  issues  in  an  enterprise  network  environment:    

• Startup  • Group  Policy  • Hardware  and  device  driver  • Performance  • Network  connectivity  

 

• Remote  connectivity  • User  profile  and  logon  • Security  • Applications  

 

 Audience The  primary  audience  for  this  course  is  the  Enterprise  Desktop  Support  Technician  (EDST)  providing  Tier  2  support.  The  secondary  audience  for  this  course  is  the  Desktop  Support  Technician  (DST)  in  an  Upper  MORG  Organization.  EDSTs  are  experienced  IT  Professionals  who  focus  on  a  broad  range  of  desktop  operating  system,  desktop  application,  mobile  device,  networking,  and  hardware  support  issues.  EDSTs  must  combine  technical  expertise  with  problem  solving  and  decision  making  skills  and  a  deep  understanding  of  their  business  and  technical  environments  to  quickly  resolve  support  issues.  They  consider  all  variables,  justify  resolutions  with  a  logical  troubleshooting  approach,  and  relate  tradeoffs  while  adhering  to  business  and  technical  requirements  and  constraints.  EDSTs  are  primarily  responsible  for  the  maintenance  and  support  of  PC  desktops,  installing  and  testing  line-­‐of-­‐business  applications  on  end-­‐user  computers,  and  physically  making  changes  to  user  desktops  or  re-­‐images  as  required.    EDSTs  have  used  previous  versions  of  Microsoft  Windows  desktop  operating  systems  and  may  have  experience  with  Microsoft  Windows  Server  operating  systems.  Their  job  requires  them  to  keep  their  skills  and  knowledge  current  with  new  versions  and  updates  of  technology  as  defined  by  the  business  environment.  They  use  EMS/PowerShell  scripts  for  routine  tasks  and  bulk  operations.  They  conduct  most  server  management  tasks  remotely  by  using  Terminal  Server  or  other  administration  tools  installed  on  their  local  workstations.    Prerequisites

• Networking  fundamentals,  including  TCP/IP/User  Datagram  Protocol  (UDP),  Domain  Name  System  (DNS)  

o Microsoft  Active  Directory  principles  and  management  o Microsoft  Windows  Server  2008  fundamentals  o Microsoft  Windows  Client  fundamentals  

• Fundamentals  of  using  the  2010  Microsoft  Office  system  or  the  2007  Microsoft  Office  system  Students  who  attend  this  training  can  meet  the  prerequisites  by  attending  the  following  courses,  or  obtaining  equivalent  knowledge  and  skills:    

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 148 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        148  

• Course  6292A:  Installing  and  Configuring  Windows  7  Client  • Course  6420B:  Fundamentals  of  Windows  Server  2008  

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 149 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        149  

6294AC

Planning and Managing Windows 7 Desktop Deployments and Environments Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview This  five-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  is  intended  for  desktop  administrators  who  want  to  specialize  in  desktop  deployment,  configuration,  and  management  .  In  this  course,  students  will  learn  how  to  plan  and  deploy  Windows  7  desktops  in  large  organizations  .  They  will  also  learn  how  to  design,  configure,  and  manage  the  Windows  7  client  environment.  This  course  helps  students  prepare  for  the  Exam  70-­‐686,  Pro:  Windows  7,  Enterprise  Desktop  Administrator.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  IT  Professionals  who  are  interested  in  specializing  in  Windows  7  desktop  and  application  deployments  and  managing  the  desktop  environments  for  large  organizations.  People  attending  this  training  could  be  support  technicians  or  currently  in  deployment  roles  and  are  looking  at  taking  the  next  step  in  their  career  or  enhancing  their  skills  in  the  areas  of  planning  and  deploying  Windows  7  desktops.    Prerequisites

• A  solid  understanding  of  TCP/IP  and  networking  concepts.  • A  solid  Windows  and  Active  Directory  background.  For  example,  domain  user  accounts,  domain  vs.  

local  user  accounts,  user  profiles,  and  group  membership.  • A  good  understanding  of  scripts  and  batch  files.  • A  solid  understanding  of  security  concepts  such  as  authentication  and  authorization.    • Performed  a  clean  installation  of  Windows  7,  Upgrade  to  Windows  7,  and  migrate  user-­‐related  data  

and  settings  from  Windows  XP.  • Configured  disks,  partitions,  volumes,  and  device  drivers  to  enable  Windows  7  to  function  as  desired.    • Experience  configuring  and  troubleshooting  permissions  and  other  settings  to  allow  access  to  

resources  and  applications  on  Windows  7  Systems.    • Experience  configuring  settings  to  enable  network  connectivity.    • Experience  configuring  and  troubleshooting  a  wireless  network  connection.    • Experience  configuring  and  troubleshooting  Windows  7  security.    • Configure  mobile  computers  and  devices.  • Familiarity  with  the  client  administration  capabilities  of  Windows  Server  and  familiar  with  

management  tools  such  as  the  System  Center  suite  of  products.  • Familiarity  with  deployment,  packaging,  and  imaging  tools.    • The  ability  to  work  in  a  team/virtual  team    • Trained  and  mentored  others  

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 150 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        150  

6317AC Upgrading Your SQL Server 2000 Database Administration (DBA) Skills to SQL Server 2008 DBA Skills Course  duration:  Three  days     Overview This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  upgrade  their  SQL  Server  2000  database  administration  (DBA)  skills  to  SQL  Server  2008  DBA  skills.  Please  note  that  there  is  no  certification  exam  related  to  this  course.      Audience This  course  is  intended  for  IT  professionals  who  administer  and  maintain  SQL  Server  databases.     Prerequisites Experience  developing  or  administering  SQL  Server  2000  databases.   6367AC Introduction to Object Oriented Programming using Microsoft Visual Studio 2008 Course  duration:  Three  days      Overview This  three-­‐day  instructor  led  course  will  enable  attendees  to  start  designing  and  developing  object-­‐oriented  applications  using  Visual  Studio  2008.  Attendees  will  learn  object-­‐oriented  concepts  including  classes,  methods,  properties,  inheritance,  and  interfaces.  Also  they  will  learn  how  to  identify  opportunities  to  use  these  concepts  in  design,  and  how  to  implement  these  object-­‐oriented  concepts  using  Visual  Studio  2008.    Audience The  target  audience  for  this  course  is  lower-­‐intermediate  level  programmers  who  have  a  minimum  of  three  months  programming  experience  in  a  professional  environment  and  want  to  learn  how  to  use  Visual  Basic  or  C#  to  develop  well-­‐conceived  and  implemented  object-­‐oriented  programming  applications.    Prerequisites

• An  understanding  of  the  problem-­‐solving  techniques  that  apply  to  software  development  • An  understanding  of  the  following  principles  of  software  development:    

o modern  software  development  models    o typical  phases  of  a  software  development  lifecycle  o concepts  of  event-­‐driven  programming  o concepts  of  object-­‐oriented  programming  o creating  use-­‐case  diagrams  o designing  and  building  a  user  interface  o developing  a  structured  application    

• A  basic  understanding  of  the  following  scripting  techniques  o Web  scripting  techniques  o Macro  scripting  techniques  o Windows  scripting  techniques  

• Hands-­‐on  experience  creating  and  implementing  script  code    • A  fundamental  understanding  of  the  .NET  Framework  -­‐  specifically,  the  purpose,  function,  and  

features  of  following  .NET  Framework  components:  o the  Common  Language  Runtime  o the  .NET  Framework  class  library  

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 151 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        151  

• A  conceptual  understanding  of  the  following  .NET  Framework  topics:  o Common  Type  System  -­‐  identifies  the  types  supported  by  the  common  language  runtime  o Metadata  and  Self-­‐Describing  Components  -­‐  the  .NET  Framework  simplifies  component  

interoperation  by  allowing  compilers  to  emit  additional  declarative  information,  or  metadata,  into  all  modules  and  assemblies  

o Cross-­‐Language  Interoperability  -­‐  managed  objects  created  in  different  programming  languages  can  interact  with  one  another  

o Assemblies  in  the  Common  Language  Runtime  -­‐  the  concept  of  assemblies,  which  are  collections  of  types  and  resources  that  form  logical  units  of  functionality  (assemblies  are  the  fundamental  units  of  deployment,  version  control,  reuse,  activation  scoping,  and  security  permissions)  

o Application  Domains  -­‐  application  domains  provide  isolation  between  applications  o Runtime  Hosts  -­‐  the  runtime  hosts  supported  by  the  .NET  Framework,  including  ASP.NET,  

Internet  Explorer,  and  shell  executables  • A  basic  understanding  of  the  Visual  Studio  IDE  (Integrated  Development  Environment)  • Hands-­‐on  experience  using  a  version  of  Visual  Studio  .NET  to  achieve  the  following:  

o Declaring  and  initializing  typed  variables  using  the  Camel  case  naming  convention  o Using  arithmetic,  relational,  and  logical  operators  in  code  statements  o Using  branching  statements  to  control  code  execution  o Using  looping  statements  to  iterate  through  collections  or  repeat  steps  until  a  specified  

condition  is  met  o Identifying  syntax  and  logic  errors  o Accessing  and  managing  data  from  a  data  source    

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 152 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        152  

6368AC Programming with the Microsoft .NET Framework Using Microsoft Visual Studio 2008 Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview This  five-­‐day,  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  an  introduction  to  developing  n-­‐tier  applications  for  the  Microsoft  .NET  Framework  3.5  environment  using  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  2008  Service  Pack  1  (SP1).  Both  this  course  and  the  6367Acourse  prepare  students  for  the  646x  series  of  Technology  Specialist  courses.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  software  development  professionals  that  have  a  minimum  of  six  months  experience  developing  applications  in  an  object-­‐oriented  environment  using  Microsoft  Visual  C#,  Microsoft  Visual  Basic,  or  Java.  Delegates  should  have  completed  course  6367.    Delegates  attending  this  course  are  planning  to  use  the  .NET  Framework  for  future  business  application  development.  This  course  is  intended  for  developers  who  wish  to  expand  their  understanding  of  application  development  in  the  .NET  Framework,  and  it  provides  an  initial  foundation  in  .NET  that  can  be  built  upon  with  more  advanced  .NET  training.  Programmers  attending  this  course  should  ensure  that  they  are  familiar  with  the  Visual  Studio  integrated  development  environment  (IDE).    Object-­‐oriented  programming  and  the  .NET  Framework  are  the  basic  building  blocks  that  all  professional  developers  need  to  acquire  before  moving  on  to  the  more  advanced  courses  and  TS  Certification.    Prerequisites

• An  understanding  of  problem-­‐solving  techniques  that  apply  to  software  development.  • A  basic  understanding  of  Web,  Macro,  and  Microsoft  Windows  scripting  techniques,  and  some  

experience  writing  scripts.  • A  general  understanding  of  the  purpose,  functions,  and  features  of  the  .NET  Framework.  • Experience  using  Visual  Studio  2008.  • Experience  in  object-­‐oriented  design  and  development.  

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 153 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        153  

6416DC

Updating Your Windows Server 2003 Technology Skills to Windows Server 2008 Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview This  course  will  provide  you  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  work  with  network  infrastructure  and  Active  Directory  technologies  in  Windows  Server  2008.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  individuals  who  already  have  experience  with  Network  Infrastructure  and  Active  Directory  technologies  in  Windows  Server  2000  or  Windows  Server  2003,  and  who  wish  to  upgrade  their  skills  to  Windows  Server  2008.  Typical  students  include  people  who  have  at  least  one  year  of  experience  implementing  and  administering  a  network  operating  system  and  IT  Professionals  who  work  in  medium  and  enterprise  organizations  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  design,  implement,  and  manage  a  Windows  Server  2000  or  Windows  Server  2003  infrastructure.    Prerequisites •  Experience  planning,  implementing,  managing,  maintaining,  and  securing    Windows  Server  2000  or  2003,  including  Active  Directory  and  Network  Infrastructure  server  roles.    •  Working  knowledge  of  networking,  for  example,  TCP/IP  and  Domain  Name  System  (DNS).    •  Experience  installing,  configuring,  and  administering  Windows  2000  Server,  Windows  Server  2003,  Windows  XP  Professional,  or  Windows  Vista.    •  MCSA  on  Windows  Server  2003  or  MCSE  on  Windows  Server  2003  is  recommended.    

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 154 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        154  

6418CC

Deploying Windows Server 2008 Course  duration:  Three  days      Overview This  course  will  provide  you  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  install  and  deploy  Windows  Server  2008  R2.  This  course    also  will  teach  you  how  to  automate  server  deployment,  as  well  as  provide  guidelines,  best  practices,  and  considerations  that  will  help  you  to  migrate  existing  services  to  Windows  Server  2008  R2.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  information  technology  (IT)  professionals  who  have  experience  with  Windows  Server  2003  or  Windows  Server  2008,  and  who  hold  an  Microsoft  Certified  Technology  Specialist  (MCTS)  credentialor  Microsoft  Certified  IT  Professional  (MCITP)  credential  (or  Microsoft  Certified  Systems  Engineer  (MCSE)  credential  or  Microsoft  Certified    Systems  Administrator  (MCSA)  credential)  certification  and/or  equivalent  knowledge.  They  also  should  be  responsible  for  deploying  Windows  Server  2008  R2,  including  the  R2  features  that  enable  enhanced  functionality  of  Windows  7  clients,  must  understand  how  to  use  the  latest  deployment  tools  and  solution  accelerators  that  were  updated  for  Windows  Server  2008  R2  and  Windows  7.  This  course  is  intended  for  IT  professionals  experienced  on  the  technologies  that  Windows  Server  2003  or  Windows  Server  2008  R2  include,  and  who  have  a  Windows  Server  2003  or  2008  MCTS  or  MCITP  (or  MSCA/MCSE)  certification  or  equivalent  knowledge.        This  course  also  is  targeted  at  IT  professionals  who  are  responsible  for  planning  and  implementing  the  deployment  of  Windows  Server  2008  R2  and  Windows  7.  This  audience  uses  graphical  administration  tools,  command-­‐line  tools,  Windows  PowerShell™,  imaging  tools,  Microsoft  Deployment  Toolkit,  and  Microsoft  Solution  Accelerators.  These  IT  professionals  conduct  most  server-­‐deployment  tasks  in  a  deployment  lab,  and  roll  out  monitored  pilot  deployments  in  a  controlled  fashion.  They  use  a  combination  of  low-­‐touch  and  no-­‐touch  deployment  processes  and  tools.  This  audience  also  deploys  these  servers  from  a  centralized  location,  and  validates  remote  server  deployments  and  configurations  using  remote  management  tools  and  scripts.    Prerequisites

• Able  to  perform  server  and  desktop  installation,  upgrades,  and  configuration  • A  conceptual  understanding  of  automated  deployment  • A  basic  understanding  of  the  processes  in  Microsoft  Operations  Connector  Framework,  Microsoft  

Solutions  Framework,  and  ITIL  3.0  • Basic  skills  with  Windows  PowerShell  2.0  • Windows  command  line  • Understanding  of,  and  experience  with,  monitoring  and  management  tools  • Networking  knowledge  • Knowledge  of  Active  Directory  Domain  Services  (AD  DS)  • Knowledge  of  security    • Understanding  of,  and  experience  with,  performance  monitoring  • Troubleshooting  skills  • Familiarity  and  experience  with  Windows  PowerShell  2.0,  Windows  Command  line,  scripting  of  

imaging  and  virtualization  technologies,  and  general  batch  scripting.      

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 155 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        155  

6419BC

Configuring, Managing and Maintaining Windows Server 2008-based Servers Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview This  five-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  combines  five  days’  worth  of  instructor-­‐led  training  content  from  the  Network  Infrastructure  Technology  Specialist,  Active  Directory  Technology  Specialist,  and  IT  Professional  Server  Administrator  courses  of  Windows  Server  2008  to  provide  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  that  are  required  to  manage  accounts  and  resources,  maintain  server  resources,  monitor  server  performance,  and  safeguard  data  in  a  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2008  environment.  This  course  covers  the  core  skills  required  by  anyone  working  with  Windows  Server  2008  Servers.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  Windows  Server  administrators  who  operate  Windows  Servers  on  a  daily  basis  and  want  to  learn  the  skills  for  configuring,  managing,  and  maintaining  the  core  technical  areas  of  Windows  Server  2008.    Prerequisites

• At  least  one  year  experience  operating  Windows  Servers  in  the  area  of  account  management,  server  maintenance,  server  monitoring,  or  server  security.  

• A+,  Server+,  hardware  portion  of  Net+,  and  familiarity  with  Windows  (client  side).  • Working  knowledge  of  networking  technologies.  • Intermediate  understanding  of  network  operating  systems.  • Working  experience  with  Windows  Server  2003  and  Windows  Server  2008.  • Basic  knowledge  of  Active  Directory.  • An  understanding  of  security  concepts  and  methodologies  (for  example,  corporate  policies).  • Basic  knowledge  of  TCP/IP.  • Basic  knowledge  of  scripting  tools  such  as  Powershell  and  WMI.  

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 156 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        156  

6420BC

Fundamentals of Windows Server 2008 Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview The  purpose  of  this  5-­‐day  course  is  to  teach  students  the  basic  fundamentals  of  networking,  security,  and  server  administration  with  Windows  Server  2008  and  Windows  Server  2008  R2.  It  is  intended  to  provide  the  foundational  level  knowledge  needed  to  prepare  students  to  begin  building  a  career  in  Microsoft  technologies.    Audience Candidates  for  this  course  are  seeking  to  gain  fundamental  knowledge  and  skills  around  security,  networking,  and  administration  in  Windows  Server  2008  and  Windows  Server  2008  R2.  It  can  apply  to  home  computer  users,  academic  students,  information  workers,  developers,  or  help  desk  technicians  wishing  to  begin  a  new  skills  path  or  up-­‐skill  to  Windows  Server  technologies.  Candidates  for  this  course  may  also  include  IT  Pros  with  skills  within  other  IT  areas  or  operating  systems  (such  as  Linux)  who  wish  to  gain  an  insight  into  Windows  Server.      Prerequisites In  addition  to  their  professional  experience,  students  who  attend  this  training  should  have  the  following  technical  knowledge:  

• A  good  fundamental  knowledge  of  general  computing  equivalent  with  the  CompTIA  A+  Certification    • An  ability  to  understand  basic  security,  networking  and  administration  concepts  • Some  previous  knowledge  and  experience  with  desktop  operating  systems,  although  this  is  not  

mandatory  Note:  No  programming  skills  are  required,  although  some  experience  and  knowledge  of  scripting  technologies  would  be  advantageous.    

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 157 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        157  

6421BC Configuring and Troubleshooting a Windows Server 2008 Network Infrastructure Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview This  five-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  configure  and  troubleshoot  a  Windows  Sever  2008  network  infrastructure.  Students  will  learn  to  implement  and  configure  secure  network  access  and  implement  fault  tolerant  storage  technologies.  Students  will  gain  an  understanding  of  the  network  technologies  most  commonly  used  with  Windows  Server  2008  and  IP-­‐enabled  networks.  Students  will  also  learn  how  to  secure  servers  and  maintain  update  compliance.    Audience The  primary  audience  for  this  course  includes  Active  Directory  technology  specialists  aspiring  to  be  Enterprise  Administrators  (Tier  4  day-­‐to-­‐day  network  operations)  or  Network  Administrators  (Tier  2).  Experienced  Server  Administrators  aspiring  to  be  Enterprise  Administrators  would  also  benefit  from  this  course.    The  secondary  audience  for  this  course  includes  Storage  Area  Network  Administrators  who  need  to  understand  this  information  to  deploy  or  extend  their  current  storage  infrastructure.  Operations  Managers  who  need  this  information  to  support  troubleshooting  efforts  and  business  decisions  would  also  benefit  from  this  course.    Prerequisites

• Working  experience  with  Windows  Server  2003.  • Basic  knowledge  of  Active  Directory.  • An  understanding  of  security  concepts  and  methodologies  (for  example,  corporate  policies).  • Basic  knowledge  of  DHCP.  • Basic  knowledge  of  IPsec.  

   

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 158 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        158  

6425CC Configuring and Troubleshooting Windows Server 2008 Active Directory Domain Services Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview This  five-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  to  teach  Active  Directory  Technology  Specialists  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  configure  Active  Directory  Domain  Services  in  a  distributed  environment,  implement  Group  Policies,  perform  backup  and  restore,  and  monitor  and  troubleshoot  Active  Directory  related  issues.    Audience  The  primary  audience  for  this  course  are  AD  Technology  Specialists,  Server  Administrators,  and  Enterprise  Administrators  who  want  to  learn  how  to  implement  AD  in  a  distributed  environment,  secure  domains  using  Group  Policies,  and  perform  backup,  restore,  and  monitor  and  troubleshoot  AD  configuration  to  ensure  trouble  free  operation.    Prerequisites  

• Basic  understanding  of  networking.  • Intermediate  understanding  of  network  operating  systems.  • An  awareness  of  security  best  practices.  • Basic  knowledge  of  server  hardware.  A+  or  equivalent  knowledge  • Some  experience  creating  objects  in  Active  Directory.  • Foundation  course  (6424A)  or  equivalent  knowledge.  • Basic  concepts  of  backup  and  recovery  in  a  Windows  Server  Environment.  •  

6426CC Configuring and Troubleshooting Identity and Access Solutions with Windows Server 2008 Active Directory Course  duration:  Three  days    Overview This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  in-­‐depth  knowledge  on  configuring  and  troubleshooting  Identity  and  Access  (IDA)  solutions  with  Windows  Server  2008  Active  Directory.    Audience  This  course  is  intended  for  those  who  want  to  understand  how  IDA  solutions  are  implemented  in  Windows  Server  2008.  This  course  provides  a  technology  Overview  of  IDA  and  PKI  solutions,  and  details  the  implementation  of  each  of  the  roles  in  Windows  Server  2008  that  implement  the  IDA  solution.  Also  architects,  IT  professionals,  and  developers  who  are  responsible  for  integrating  applications  and  platforms  with  enterprise  directory  and  security  services  would  benefit  from  this  course.  Prerequisites  Technical  background  knowledge  and  hands-­‐on  experience  of  Active  Directory  Domain  Services  (AD  DS).  This  includes  technical  knowledge  equivalent  to  6425B:  Configuring  Windows  Server  2008  Active  Directory  Domain  Services.    

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 159 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        159  

6433AC

Planning and Implementing Windows Server 2008 Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview This  five  day  course  is  intended  for  IT  Professionals  who  are  interested  in  the  knowledge  and  skills  necessary  to  plan  and  implement  a  Windows  Server  2008  and  Windows  Server  2008  R2  environment.  It  incorporates  both  the  planning  of  the  server  infrastructure  and  key  aspects  of  the  implementation,  management  and  maintenance  of  Active  Directory  and  Network  Infrastructure.  It  is  the  primary  training  resource  for  Exam  70-­‐646  preparation  (MCITP:  Server  Administrator  certification).  It  covers  the  most  important  job  tasks  for  Server  Administrators  who  are  responsible  for  the  planning,  operations,  and  day-­‐to-­‐day  maintenance  of  Windows  Server  2008  and  Windows  Server  2008  R2  servers  in  the  enterprise.    The  course  covers  Windows  server  2008,  Windows  Server  2008  R2  and  Windows  Server  2008  R2  Sp1.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  experienced  IT  Professionals  looking  to  gain  deeper  insight  and  decision  making  knowledge  for  a  variety  of  planning  and  implementation  tasks  typically  carried  out  by  Server  Administrators.  Also,  this  course  is  relevant  for  you  if  you  have  been  working  as  a  Server  Administrator  on  a  previous  version  of  Windows  Server  and  want  to  update  your  skills  to  the  Windows  Server  2008  and  Windows  Server  2008  R2  Sp1  environment.    The  course  is  intended  to  build  on  the  student's  existing  skills  in  the  areas  of  Active  Directory  and  Network  Infrastructure  for  Windows  Server  2008,  therefore  it  is  not  suitable  for  new  or  inexperienced  server  administrators.    Prerequisites

• At  least  one  year  experience  in  implementing  or  contributing  to  server  and  client  planning  • At  least  one  year  experience  carrying  out  day  to  day  network  Infrastructure  and  Active  Directory  

management  and  maintenance  tasks    • Technology  skills  equivalent  to  moc  course  6418C:  Deploying  Windows  Server  2008    

Also,  the  following  prerequisite  certifications  would  support  your  preparation  for  attending  this  course  and  the  taking  of  the  subsequent  related  exam  (70-­‐646):  

• MCTS:  Windows  Server  2008  Active  Directory  Configuration    o Equivalent  course(s):  6425C  and  6426C  

• MCTS:  Windows  Server  2008  Network  Infrastructure  Configuration  o Equivalent  course(s):  6421B    

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 160 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        160  

6434AC

Automating Windows Server 2008 Administration with Windows PowerShell™ Course  duration:  Three  days      Overview This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  utilize  Windows  PowerShell  for  administering  and  automating  administration  of  Windows  Server  2008.  The  course  focuses  on  cmdlets,  script  structure  and  flow  control,  language  syntax,  and  implementation  details  of  scripting  administrative  tasks  using  COM,  WMI,  and  .NET  foundations.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  Windows  administrators  interested  in  automating  Windows  Server  2008  administration  tasks,  as  well  as  those  people  looking  for  a  full-­‐featured  interactive  command-­‐line  environment  for  Windows  operating  systems.  Windows  end  users  or  developers  who  need  to  understand  what  is  involved  in  Windows  administration  or  command-­‐line  environments  may  also  find  this  course  helpful.    Prerequisites

• Course  6430:  Planning  and  Administering  Windows  Server  2008  Servers,  or  have  equivalent  knowledge  of  administrative  tasks.  

In  addition,  it  is  recommended,  but  not  required,  that  students  have  completed:  • Course  2433:  Microsoft  Visual  Basic  Scripting  Edition  and  Microsoft  Windows  Script  Host  Essentials,  

or  have  equivalent  knowledge  of  scripting  and  automation  in  Windows.    

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 161 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        161  

6435BC

Designing Windows Server 2008 Network and Applications Infrastructure Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview This  five-­‐day  course  will  provide  students  with  an  understanding  of  how  to  design  a  Windows  Server  2008  Network  Infrastructure  that  meets  business  and  technical  requirements  for  network  services.    This  three-­‐day  course  will  prepare  IT  professionals  for  the  role  of  Enterprise  Administrator.  Students  will  learn  how  to  design  application  infrastructure  solutions  based  on  Windows  Server  2008  to  meet  varying  business  and  technical  requirements.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  IT  Professionals  who  typically  work  as  Enterprise  Administrators  and  that  wish  to  obtain  skills  that  enable  them  to  design  a  Windows  Server  2008  and  Windows  Server  2008  R2  network  and  application  Infrastructure.  This  course  is  also  for  Enterprise  Administrators  or  for  IT  Professionals  who  have  been  working  on  a  previous  version  of  Windows  Server  and  want  to  update  their  skills  to  a  Windows  Server  2008  environment.  Students  may  already  be,  or  have  been,  working  as  server  administrators  involved  in  planning  and  design  decisions  at  a  server  level,  and  who  wish  to  gain  skills  and  knowledge  that  enable  them  to  transition  to  Enterprise  level  design  decisions.  The  application  infrastructure  components  of  the  course  will  focus  primarily  on  web-­‐based  applications,  application  and  presentation  virtualization  options  and  Remote  Desktop  Services.  Application  architects  who  want  to  know  more  about  how  to  integrate  Windows  Server  2008  technologies  into  enterprise  applications  will  also  benefit  from  this  course.    Prerequisites

• Experience  configuring  Windows  7.  • Experience  configuring  Active  Directory  Domain  Services,  such  as  domains,  forests,  sites,  trusts,  

certificates,  user  and  computer  accounts.  • Experience  configuring  Windows  Server  2008  Network  Infrastructure,  such  as  IP  addressing,  name  

resolution,  network  access,  file  and  print  services,  and  Windows  Server  Update  Services  (WSUS).  • Experience  configuring  applications  infrastructure  such  as  server  deployment,  remote  desktop  

services,  and  web  services  infrastructure.  •  

Students  who  attend  this  training  can  meet  the  prerequisites  by  attending  the  following  courses,  or  obtaining  equivalent  knowledge  and  skills:  

• 6421B:  Configuring  and  Troubleshooting  a  Windows  Server  2008  Network  Infrastructure  • 6425C:  Configuring  and  Troubleshooting  Windows  Server  2008  Active  Directory  Domain  Services  • 6426C:  Configuring  and  Troubleshooting  Identity  and  Access  Solutions  with  Windows  Server  2008  

Active  Directory  • 6427A:  Configuring  and  Troubleshooting  Internet  Information  Services  in  Windows  Server  2008  • 6428A:  Configuring  and  Troubleshooting  Windows  Server  2008  Terminal  Services    

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 162 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        162  

6436BC

Designing Windows Server 2008 Active Directory Infrastructure and Service Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview During  this  five-­‐day  course,  students  will  learn  how  to  design  an  Active  Directory  infrastructure  in  the  Windows  Server  2008  and  Windows  Server  2008  R2  operating  systems.  Students  will  learn  how  to  design  Active  Directory  forests,  domain  infrastructure,  sites  and  replication,  administrative  structures,  Group  Policy,  and  Public  Key  Infrastructures  (PKIs).  Students  will  also  learn  how  to  design  for  security,  high  availability,  disaster  recovery,  and  migrations.    Audience Job  Role  The  primary  audience  for  this  course  is  IT  professionals,  including  administrators  of  Windows  2000  Server  and  Windows  Server  2003  Enterprise  who  want  to  become  administrators  of  Windows  Server  2008  Enterprise.  Skill  Level:  300  Product  and  Technology  Experience  At  least  three  to  five  years  of  experience  in  medium-­‐to-­‐large  enterprise  organizations,  supporting  and  implementing  Active  Directory.  Audience  Description  This  course  is  intended  for  IT  professionals  who  want  to  gain  professional  job  role  skills  to  help  them  design  the  infrastructure  for  Active  Directory  for  Windows  Server  2008  and  Windows  Server  2008  R2  as  an  Enterprise  Administrator.  This  course  is  also  intended  for  IT  professionals  who  have  been  working  as  Enterprise  Administrators  on  previous  versions  of  Windows  Server  and  who  want  to  update  their  skills  to  Windows  Server  2008.  Students  might  already  be,  or  have  been,  Server  Administrators  who  make  planning  and  design  decisions  at  a  server  level  and  who  want  to  gain  the  skills  and  knowledge  they  need  to  transition  to  enterprise-­‐level  design  decisions.    Prerequisites

• System  administrator–level  working  knowledge.    • Up  to  one  year  of  experience  implementing  server  plans.    • Knowledge  of  client  operating  system  equivalent  to  the  following  certifications  is  beneficial:  

• Exam  70-­‐680:  TS:  Windows  7,  Configuration    Or  

• Exam  70-­‐620:  TS:  Windows  Vista,  Configuring    Students  can  meet  the  prerequisites  by  attending  the  following  courses  or  by  obtaining  equivalent  knowledge  and  skills:  

• 6425C:  Configuring  and  Troubleshooting  Windows  Server  2008  Active  Directory  Domain  Services  • 6426C:  Configuring  and  Troubleshooting  Identity  and  Access  Solutions  with  Windows  Server  2008  

Active  Directory  • 6433A:  Planning  and  Implementing  Windows  Server  2008  Servers  

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 163 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        163  

6438AC Implementing and Administering Windows SharePoint Services 3.0 in Windows Server 2008 Course  duration:  Two  days      Overview This  two-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  the  knowledge  and  skills  that  IT  Professionals  need  to  configure  Microsoft  Windows  SharePoint  Services  in  Windows  Server  2008.    Audience The  audience  of  this  course  is  Windows  SharePoint  Server  3.0  administrators,  who  are  responsible  for  planning,  deploying  and  managing  Windows  SharePoint  Services  3.0  servers  and  sites  in  a  Windows  Server  2008  environment.  Students  taking  this  course  are  expected  to  have  experience  administering  Windows  Server  2003  or  Windows  Server  2008,  and  experience  working  with  IIS  6.0  or  IIS  7.0.  Students  are  not  expected  to  have  experience  with  Windows  SharePoint  Services.    Prerequisites

• Technical  background  knowledge  and  hands-­‐on  experience  on  implementing,  managing,  and  supporting  Microsoft  Windows  Server  2003  or  2008,  including  Internet  Information  Services  (IIS).    

• Working  knowledge  of  Active  Directory,  TCP/IP,  and  Domain  Name  System  (DNS).        

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 164 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        164  

6439AC

Configuring and Troubleshooting Windows Server 2008 Applications Infrastructure Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview This  course  introduces  students  to  a  series  of  Windows  Server  2008  technologies  that  are  used  in  common  business  scenarios,  and  are  often  the  technical  underpinnings  for  business  applications.    It  guides  students  through  the  installation,  configuration,  management  and  troubleshooting  of  a  Windows  Server  2008  technology  infrastructure  for  a  large,  comprehensive  business  application,  assisting  them  with  the  foundational  knowledge  required  for  success  in  supporting  such  technologies.  It  covers  technologies  in  Windows  Server  2008  and  Windows  Server  2008  R2  including  Sp1.  This  course  also  directly  supports  the  70-­‐643:    TS:    Windows  Server  2008  Application  Infrastructure,  Configuring  exam.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  IT  Professional  technical  specialists  who  work  in  the  complex  computing  environment  of  a  medium  to  large  company  and  are  responsible  for  the  underlying  Microsoft  technologies  that  support  a  business  application  infrastructure  in  Windows  Server  2008  and  Windows  Server  2008  R2.    Prerequisites

• Up  to  one  year  of  experience  managing  Windows  Server  2008  and/or  Windows  Server  2008  R2  in  a  medium-­‐to-­‐large  networking  environment  of  multiple  physical  locations.  

• At  least  two  years  of  experience  configuring  and  managing  Windows  Vista  or  Windows  7  clients  • Experience  managing  applications  and  network  technologies  in  an  enterprise  environment,  which  

may  include  network  services  and  resources  such  as  messaging,  databases,  file  and  print,  a  firewall,  Internet  access,  an  intranet,  Public  Key  Infrastructure,  remote  access,  remote  desktop,  virtualization,  and  client  computer  management.  

• Experience  managing  connectivity  requirements  such  as  connecting  branch  offices  and  individual  users  in  remote  locations  to  corporate  resources  and  connecting  corporate  networks.  

 6445AC Implementing and Administering Windows Small Business Server 2008 Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview This  five-­‐day  hands-­‐on  workshop  provides  students  with  the  necessary  knowledge  to  plan  and  implement  Windows  Small  Business  Server  2008.  Students  gain  first-­‐hand  knowledge  on  topics  such  as  installing,  migrating,  monitoring,  securing,  and  backing  up  data.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  technology  consultants,  system  integrators,  and  in-­‐house  technology  staff  that  serve  small  and  medium-­‐sized  businesses.      In Prerequisites

• Course  6420:  Fundamentals  of  a  Windows  Sever  2008  Network  Infrastructure  and  Application  Platform  

• Course  6424:  Fundamentals  of  Windows  Server  2008  Active  Directory  • Course  5115:  Installing  and  Configuring  the  Windows  Vista  Operating  System  • Course  5116:  Configuring  Windows  Vista  Mobile  Computing  and  Applications  

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 165 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        165  

6451BC Planning, Deploying and Managing Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager 2007 Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview This  five-­‐day,  instructor-­‐led  course  will  provide  you  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  plan,  deploy,  and  manage  Microsoft  System  Center  Configuration  Manager  2007.  This  course  requires  that  students  have  a  base-­‐level  understanding  of  Systems  Management  Server  2003  or  Configuration  Manager  2007.  It  also  requires  that  students  have  a  system  administrator-­‐level  working  knowledge  of  deployment,  configuration,  and  troubleshooting  for  Windows-­‐based  personal  computers,  as  well  as  a  working  knowledge  of  TCP/IP  networking,  Microsoft  SQL  Server,  Active  Directory  Domain  Services  (AD  DS)  or  Active  Directory  directory  service,  and  basic  Public  Key  Infrastructure  concepts.  This  course  focuses  on  planning  and  deploying  sites  and  clients,  configuring  software  distribution,  deploying  operating  systems,  and  managing  software  updates.  It  also  focuses  on  remote  tools  and  managing  mobile  devices.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  systems  engineers  with  one  to  three  years  of  experience  supporting  multiple  desktop  and  server  computers  running  Microsoft  Windows  Server  in  medium  to  large  enterprise  organizations,  and  who  have  a  need  to  plan  a  System  Center  Configuration  Manager  2007  deployment.  This  course  may  also  be  taken  by  Configuration  Manager  2007  Administrators  who  are  responsible  for  configuring  and  managing  one  or  more  Microsoft  Systems  Management  Server  (SMS)  2003  or  Configuration  Manager  2007  sites,  and  all  supporting  systems.  Administrators  have  one  to  three  years  of  experience  supporting  multiple  desktop  and  server  computers  running  Windows  Server  in  medium  to  large  enterprise  organizations.    Prerequisites

• A  base-­‐level  understanding  of  Systems  Management  Server  2003  or  Configurations  Manager  2007.    • A  system  administrator–level  working  knowledge  of:    

o Deployment,  configuration,  and  troubleshooting  for  Windows-­‐based  personal  computers  o TCP/IP  networking  o SQL  Server  o Active  Directory  o Basic  Public  Key  Infrastructure  concepts  

 

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 166 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        166  

6460AC Visual Studio 2008: Windows Presentation Foundation Course  duration:  Three  days      Overview This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  build  and  configure  a  Windows  Presentation  Foundation  (WPF)  solution.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  application  developers  who  know  how  to  build  Windows  Forms  applications,  custom  user  controls  in  .NET  Framework  2.0  and  how  to  use  the  common  features  of  the  base  class  library.  They  do  not  have  to  understand  concepts  such  advanced  UI  threading  and  asynchronous  programming,  building  custom  controls  from  scratch  or  using  graphics  device  interface  (GDI).  They  also  do  not  need  experience  building  add-­‐ins  or  custom  designers  in  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  development  system.    Prerequisites Intermediate  experience  developing  applications  by  using  earlier  versions  of  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  at  level  200.    6461AC Visual Studio 2008: Windows Communication Foundation Course  duration:  Three  days      Overview This  three-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  build  and  configure  a  Windows  Communication  Foundation  (WCF)  solution.      Audience This  course  is  intended  for  application  developers  who  know  how  to  build  and  consume  Web  services  in  Microsoft  .NET  Framework  2.0  and  how  to  use  the  common  features  of  the  base  class  library.  The  application  developers  do  not  have  to  understand  concepts  such  advanced  WS-­‐*,  Web  Services  Enhancements  (WSE),  service  life  cycle  management,  and  diagnostics.    Prerequisites Intermediate  experience  of  developing  applications  by  using  previous  versions  of  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  development  system  at  level  200.    6462AC

Visual Studio 2008: Windows Workflow Foundation Course  duration:  Two  days      Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  two-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  build  and  configure  a  Windows  Workflow  Foundation  (WF)  solution.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  application  developers  who  know  how  to  create  applications  in  Visual  Studio  2005  or  2008.  The  course  does  not  require  previous  experience  creating  workflow-­‐based  solutions.    

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 167 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        167  

Prerequisites Intermediate  experience  developing  applications  by  using  previous  versions  of  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  at  level  200.  6463AC

Visual Studio 2008: ASP.NET 3.5 Course  duration:  Two  days      Overview This  two-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  create  a  fully  functional  Web  application  by  using  ASP.NET  3.5.    Audience This  course  is  intended  for  application  developers  who  know  how  to  create  applications  in  Visual  Studio  2005  or  2008.    Prerequisites Intermediate  experience  developing  applications  by  using  previous  versions  of  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  at  level  200.    6464AC

Visual Studio 2008: ADO.NET 3.5 Course  duration:  Two  days      Overview This  two-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  to  access  and  modify  data  by  using  ADO.NET  3.5.      Audience This  course  is  intended  for  application  developers  who  know  how  to  create  applications  in  Visual  Studio  2005  or  2008    Prerequisites  Intermediate  experience  developing  applications  by  using  previous  versions  of  Microsoft  Visual  Studio  at  level  200.      

www.laconvergence.com

IT Technical Training Catalog · Summer 2013 337-205-8478 Page 168 855-306-5832 toll-free  

        168  

7197AC

Managing Enterprise Desktops Using the Microsoft Desktop Optimization Pack Course  duration:  Five  days      Overview Elements  of  this  syllabus  are  subject  to  change.  This  five-­‐day  instructor-­‐led  course  will  enable  attendees  to  gain  an  understanding  of  the  tools  available  in  Microsoft  Desktop  Optimization  Pack  (MDOP)  to  improve  their  Change  Management  process  and  reduce  support  across  their  or  their  customer's  environment.    Audience The  primary  audience  is  IT  Professionals  focusing  on  desktop  configuration,  which  could  include  Network  Administrators,  SMS  Administrators,  Field  Consultants,  Technical  Business  Consultants,  and  any  other  technical  worker  that  is  responsible  for  the  types  of  tasks  that  can  be  automated  or  improved  through  the  MDOP.    Prerequisites

• Active  Directory  knowledge  and  concepts  including  Group  Policy.  • Windows  Server  2003  knowledge  and  experience.  • Fundamental  knowledge  of  SQL  Server  2005.  • Fundamental  knowledge  of  Windows  Terminal  Services.  • Fundamental  knowledge  of  System  Management  Server  2003.  • Fundamental  knowledge  of  Microsoft  Operations  Manager.  • Experience  managing  Windows  desktops  in  an  Enterprise  environment.